Tag Archives: TaylorMade Golf

TaylorMade Golf, Wedges

TaylorMade Golf – Enjoy the Forged Feel with the new Fully Forged Milled Grind 5 Wedges

August 7, 2025 – TaylorMade Golf has unveiled its latest line in the Milled Grind wedge family, Milled Grind 5 (MG5). The MG5 line features numerous proven TaylorMade technologies as well as several new updates designed to enhance feel, spin, versatility and overall performance.

MG5 wedges will be available for preorder on August 7 and at trusted retail outlets on September 4 for 229€. MG5 TW Grind wedges will sell for 259€.

THERE’S FEEL. THEN THERE’S FORGED FEEL.

Having spent countless hours with the best players in the world, the TaylorMade R&D team has learned that a wedge can never feel soft enough in their hands. That’s why for the first time ever, MG5 wedges are fully forged from soft carbon steel.

Not only does the forging process allow golfers to experience soft feel around the green where they need it most, it ensures consistency in the wedge from top to bottom.

The process starts with a billet of soft carbon steel that’s heated and bent into an L-shape. The piece then goes through a rough forging process where excess material is trimmed away, and the wedge begins to take shape. Next comes precision forging where the cosmetics and the grind begin to form.

From there, the grind, face, grooves and hosel are machined to ensure consistency and that each wedge comes out exactly as it was designed. The final steps involve a slew of cosmetic detailing processes to round out the final product.

Compared to MG4, MG5 features refined leading-edge curvature and an updated top line blend for a more symmetric overall profile.

“Inspired by some feedback from Collin Morikawa, we set out to make the best feeling wedge TaylorMade has ever created. The best players will tell you having great feel around the greens is critical to having confidence in your short game… and to have the best feeling wedge, it needs to be forged,” said Matt Bovee, Director of Product Creation – Iron and Wedge.

SAW-MILLED GROOVES

MG5 wedges are the first in the MG family to employ aggressive saw-milled grooves. The saw-milling process allows TaylorMade’s designers to come even closer to the legal limits of groove geometry.

Reengineered with ultra-tight tolerances, steeper walls and sharper radii, these grooves help MG5 produce more spin than previous MG generations.

SPIN RETENTION IN WET CONDITIONS

Like MG generations before, MG5 wedges utilise a RAW face finish and all-new continuous Spin Tread Technology to help golfers maintain spin and control in wet conditions.

The continuous Spin Treads act like all-weather tires on a road as they redirect water away from the face and increase friction at impact.

With Spin Tread Technology working in concert with the saw-milled grooves, MG5 retains 13% more spin than MG4 in wet conditions. These technologies also maintain a more consistent launch angle between wet and dry conditions.

MORE GRIND OPTIONS FOR MORE GOLFERS

MG5 wedges feature six different Tour-inspired grinds that were crafted by TaylorMade master wedge craftsman Greg Cesario to give golfers a wide array of options to fit their game. Three of those grinds fit TaylorMade’s standard bounce profile that the majority of golfers gravitate toward: the SB, SC and SX grinds.

SB GRIND

The SB grind features a full sole design with constant trailing edge relief for smooth and consistent turf interaction that’s compatible with most swing types. This grind’s gentle four-way camber allows for increased versatility for golfers that like to manipulate the face. Additionally, the increased sole width provides an added layer of forgiveness, especially for golfers with steeper swings. Most golfers will find this wedge beneficial in virtually all turf conditions.

SC GRIND

The SC grind is TaylorMade’s signature mid-bounce grind and has quickly become the preferred grind amongst staff club professionals. The medium-low bounce design with added camber in the middle of the sole also features distinct heel, toe and trailing edge relief. The result is a grind that’s crafted for ultimate greenside versatility in all turf conditions for players that like to manipulate the face, while providing consistent full-shot stability at the same time.

SX GRIND

A new grind in the MG family, the SX grind features the widest sole and utilises increased curvature to provide consistent turf interaction and performance out of the bunker. The reverse-C trailing edge provides relief which keeps the bounce consistent as golfers manipulate the face. This grind is ideal for golfers looking for the ultimate blend of stability and versatility.

“For the first time in my career, the MG5 lineup of wedges represents the closest thing to the perfect array of grinds, shapes, feel and spin in one package that I’ve seen in over 45 years,” said Greg Cesario, TaylorMade Wedge Master Craftsman.

In addition to the three standard bounce options, the MG5 line also includes three additional grinds for golfers looking for specialised performance.

HB GRIND

The HB grind is crafted for golfers with steeper swings or that play in soft conditions. Its high-bounce design provides stability and forgiveness. At the same time, unique heel relief and the tapered trail edge allow for plenty of versatility, and for the wedge to exit the turf quickly without digging.

LB GRIND

The LB grind features minimal bounce and allows the leading edge to sit close to the ground. The modified C-grind emphasises this address orientation, especially when the face is in an open position. The pronounced beveled leading edge and added camber prevent the leading edge from digging. This grind is perfect for golfers with shallow swings and those that play in tight, firm conditions.

TW GRIND

The TW grind has been updated to reflect Tiger’s most current desires in a wedge. This grind features additional camber, and a new leading-edge blend into the sole for increased effective bounce and less heel relief in the 60° compared to the original TW grind.

“For my entire career, I’ve been a universal player, and that’s been reflected in my wedge setup. Over the years, I’ve specifically honed in on grind profiles that allow me to execute all the shots I need in all different conditions. The MG5 TW grind allows me to do exactly that,” said Tiger Woods.

UNPARALLELED CUSTOMISATION AND PERSONALISATION

With MG5 wedges, TaylorMade continues to expand its industry-leading customisation and personalisation options with the MyMG5 programme. This programme allows golfers to fully customise their wedge set.

In five different grinds, they’re able to customise text in five different layouts with up to 12 characters in 15 different paint fills, choose from more than 50 customised logos, grips in five new colours, four finishes including Tour RAW, Aged Copper, Chrome and Charcoal, and select the shaft that best fits their swing.

SPECS

MG5 wedges come stock in Satin Chrome and Charcoal finishes equipped with True Temper Dynamic Golf Tour Issue 115g in wedge flex and Recoil DART 80g wedge flex in graphite. The stock grip is the Golf Pride Z-Grip Plus 2.

Putters, TaylorMade Golf

TaylorMade Golf – Spider goes Zero Torque with the introduction of the new Spider ZT putters

May 29, 2025 – TaylorMade Golf has a longstanding reputation as a premier manufacturer of high-MOI putters with the Spider family dating back to 2008. The latest addition, Spider Zero Torque (ZT), is designed to give golfers of all abilities increased stability and consistency on the greens through its high-MOI design that utilises multi-material construction, onset hosel configuration, extreme perimeter weighting, and precise CG placement.

“Spider putters – renowned for their stability, alignment, and roll – have been reengineered in the Spider ZT to feature a toe-up, or ‘face-forward’ balance configuration. This design minimises torque and reduces the need for hand manipulation, promoting a more consistent stroke.”

“As a result, the putter face remains squarer to the target line throughout the putting motion, enhancing directional control and building confidence at address and through impact,” says Andrew Oldknow, Director of Product Category, Product Creation of the company.

Extensive PGA Tour and LPGA Tour testing has already occurred in 2025. In fact, Spider ZT putters already have one win on the PGA Tour as Team TaylorMade athlete Haeran Ryu used a Spider ZT in her win at the LPGA Tour’s Black Desert Championship.

HIGH-MOI TOE-UP DESIGN

Spider ZT putters utilise 100% milled multi-material construction featuring high-density 303 stainless steel in the face and low-density 6061 aluminium in the back. Extreme perimeter weighting also enhances the putters’ high-MOI and enhanced stability dynamics.

Three strategically placed TSS weights allowed TaylorMade engineers to triangulate CG properties to maintain a toe-up position.

LOW-TORQUE SHAFT ORIENTATION

When designing Spider ZT, TaylorMade engineers positioned the CG 25mm behind the face. This allowed them to bore the shaft directly in line with the CG with 1° of onset.

This orientation not only reduces the amount of face twisting that occurs during the stroke, it also presets the shaft in a forward leaning position at address and eliminates the propensity for golfers to add loft at impact.

The result is consistent end-over-end roll that enhances distance control and allows putts to stay online.

IMPROVED SOLE CAMBER

Spider ZT has a heel-to-toe cambered sole accommodates a wide array of player types and setup styles and is designed to work specifically with the hosel configuration.

As a result, golfers are better able to sole and aim the putter at address and deliver it to that same square position at impact.

PREMIUM MILLED TRUE PATH ALIGNMENT

True Path Alignment is nothing new in Spider putters, but it announces itself in a new way with Spider ZT.

Instead of appearing as a solid white streak on the top of the putter with a black sightline, Spider ZT features thinly milled lines on the top of the 303 stainless steel face that are evenly spaced, with the total lined area adding up to exact width of a golf ball.

This allows golfers to precisely centre the ball in the middle of the face at address to reduce misses on the heel and toe.

PURE ROLL INSERT

Like previous generations of Spider putters, Spider ZT utilises TaylorMade’s Pure Roll insert. Made from a combination of Surlyn and aluminium, the insert features grooves that are angled at 45° to promote forward roll, while also enhancing sound and feel.

SPIDER ZT COSMETICS

The Spider logo and scripting have been reimagined as seen on the anodised blue sole plate and the SuperStroke grip.

A single black dot on the toe-side sole signifies the standard-length model. The counterbalance sole has two dots, and the long putter sole has three dots.

The sole also has ‘5K’ inscribed noting Spider ZT’s high-MOI properties.

The blue headcover features a black spider front and centre with numerous other spiders stitched throughout. A black TaylorMade logo is located on the toe-side magnetic flap.

SPIDER ZT SPECS

The Spider ZT standard length putter comes in lengths of 33”, 34” and 35”. The stock shaft is the KBS CT Putter 120 Stepless Black, and the stock grip is the SuperStroke Pistol 1.0 set 1° off axis. Loft is 2.5°, lie angle is 70° and head weight is 370g.

The Spider ZT counterbalance putter comes in lengths of 36” and 38”. The stock shaft is the KBS GPS Custom Graphite 155g, and the stock grip is the SuperStroke 2.0XL 13.75” Round. Loft is 2.5°, lie angle is 70° and head weight is 395.

The Spider ZT long putter is available in a length of 46”. The stock shaft is the KBS GPS Custom Graphite 155g, and the stock grip is the SuperStroke 3.0 17” Round. Loft is 2.5°, lie angle is 79°, and head weight is 470g.

The standard and counterbalance are available in both right and left handed. The long is available in right hand only.

Available in standard, counterbalance and long lengths, Spider ZT putters is available for preorder in store from 29th of May and will be in store and online on the 19th of June 19.

Spider ZT putters come in standard length (33”, 34” and 35”) with an RRP of 599€; counterbalance putters (36” and 38”) with an RRP of 659€; and long putters (46”) with an RRP of 729€.

Drivers, TaylorMade Golf

TaylorMade Golf – Timeless tradition meets modern technology with the introduction of R7 Quad Mini Driver

April 15, 2025 – TaylorMade Golf introduces the all-new R7 Quad Mini Driver. Inspired by one of the most popular drivers in the company’s history, R7 (and R7 SuperQuad), the R7 Quad Mini pays homage to what’s come before while creating its own modern identity in the same breath.

“The R7 Quad Mini Driver is one of those projects that got everyone excited from the initial concept, and being able to bring back one of the most iconic clubs in TaylorMade history (R7 Driver) was a dream come true. We couldn’t be more excited to continue setting the pace in the Mini Driver category,” says Chandler Carr, TaylorMade Product Manager, Product Creation.

The R7 Quad Mini Driver will be available for preorder on April 15 online, and available for purchase at trusted retail outlets on May 1.

R7 Driver Inspiration

TaylorMade recognised the popularity of Mini drivers both on the PGA TOUR and for amateurs and wanted to further push the envelope of what’s possible in terms of both tech and performance. To do so, they looked back on what’s worked in the past and found inspiration from the R7 driver.

Released in 2004, the R7 was one of the most popular drivers in TaylorMade history. It captured over 30 wins worldwide, including the 2004 U.S. Open.

Adjustability Where It’s Needed Most

The R7 driver was also the first driver to incorporate TaylorMade’s Movable Weight Technology which revolutionised the way the entire industry thought about adjustability. The R7 Quad Mini Driver incorporates that same technology allowing golfers to dial in spin, distance, trajectory and shot shape with precise CG placement. The Quad Weighting System includes two 13g and two 4g weights with two ports at the back of the clubhead and one each on the toe and heel.

By moving weight and CG toward the front of the club, golfers experience a penetrating ball flight that’s ideal for maximising distance. Conversely, placing more weight in the back of the club and moving the CG accordingly in that direction, golfers find enhanced control and ease of use from the deck. Additional weights can also be purchased for an even greater range of adjustability.

Infinity Carbon Crown

A key element in designing the R7 Quad Mini Driver was minimising mass in the top of the head. The incorporation of a satin Infinity Carbon Crown allowed engineers to not only save weight, but relocate it to other parts of the head where it’s used more efficiently. Visually, the Infinity Carbon Crown presents a clean, elegant profile that inspires confidence in the playing position.

Proven TaylorMade Technologies

The R7 Quad Mini also incorporates Twist Face which helps golfers maintain tighter downrange dispersion, especially on mishits. Speed Pocket increases face flexion and rebound at impact to enhance ball speed and launch, especially on shots struck low on the face. Together, these technologies work in conjunction to provide golfers increased versatility and playability.

Specialised Component Package

While the design and technology in the R7 Quad Mini Driver’s head is cutting-edge, the complete component packaging is equally so. The stock Fujikura Speeder MD (Mini Driver) shaft is specifically designed to help keep spin rates low while also aiding in stability without adding weight.

Aesthetically, golfers will appreciate the black head with white, red and yellow accents that harken back to 2004 and the era of the original R7. The black headcover also features the original R7 logo with red, white and yellow trim.

“The R7 Quad Mini Driver is the perfect canvas for innovation and style. Featuring four movable TAS (Trajectory Adjustment System) weights, our newest Mini Driver gives golfers the ability to adjust shot shape and maximise performance off the tee and from the deck. It also features our most trusted technologies like the Infinity Carbon Crown and Twist Face, providing the ultimate suite of playability and versatility in a single package,” concludes Chandler Carr.

R7 QUAD MINI DRIVER SPECS

The R7 Quad Mini Driver has an RRP of 519€, and is available in 11.5° of loft in both right and left-handed. The 13.5° head is available in right-handed only. The lie angle is 57° and the head measures 305cc. The length is 43.75” and the swing weight is D4. The stock shaft is the Fujikura Speeder MD in 6x, 6S and 5R. The stock grip is the Golf Pride Z-Grip Black/Red 52g 0.600.

Golf Academies, Golf Junior, TaylorMade Golf

Afriyea Golf Academy – Earl Grey Golf Club members and TaylorMade support Uganda’s academy with golf clothing and balls

March 27, 2025 – The members of Earl Grey Golf Club in Alberta, Canada, alongside leading golf brand TaylorMade Golf, have stepped up to support Uganda’s Afriyea Golf Academy with essential golf apparel and equipment. This generous contribution, facilitated through the Global Golf Box initiative led by Jennifer MacKinnon, aims to empower young Ugandan golfers by providing them with the resources needed to nurture their talent and position Uganda as a future force in global golf.

Afriyea Golf Academy, based in Fort Portal, Uganda, is at the forefront of grassroots golf development in East Africa. The academy has built a reputation for producing skilled golfers while promoting environmental sustainability, inclusion, and personal development. However, limited resources have often hindered its ability to provide young, talented players with access to proper golf attire, membership fees, education and essential equipment.

Jennifer MacKinnon, a Senior Associate Golf Professional at Calgary’s Earl Grey Golf Club, launched the Global Golf Box initiative in 2024 in collaboration with Afriyea’s Isaiah Mwesige to help bridge this gap. Their mission is to uplift the most disciplined, committed, and talented young golfers, ensuring they have the tools to reach their full potential.

“I wanted to make a meaningful impact within the golf community by supporting and uplifting underprivileged junior golfers. The Global Box Initiative with Afriyea in Uganda was never just about sending clothing and balls it was about building connections across the world, supporting a program that reflects our values, and reinforcing that golf is a community where everyone belongs. And what better membership than Earl Grey to help bring this unique project to life,” Jennifer MacKinnon said.

The donation includes t-shirts, trousers, shorts, hoodies, and golf balls. Items that will go a long way in boosting the morale and performance of the academy’s young golfers.

“We are thrilled to partner with Jennifer and the members of Earl Grey Golf Club,” Isaiah Mwesige stated. “This initiative demonstrates how global partnerships can create real pathways for young Ugandan golfers to grow into future champions.”

The impact of this initiative of donations has already been felt at Afriyea Golf Academy. Coach Happy Robert, one of the academy’s senior instructors, emphasized how crucial the support is for young golfers.

“Golf is a game of confidence, and having the right gear plays a huge role in how young players perform,” Happy Robert said. “Many of our students come from backgrounds where access to basic golf necessities is a challenge. This support from Earl Grey Golf Club and TaylorMade gives them a renewed sense of purpose. It tells them that someone out there believes in their potential.”

Fifteen-year-old Esther Kemigisa, one of the academy’s rising stars, shared her excitement about receiving new equipment.

“When I wear a proper golf shirt or hold a brand-new ball, I feel like a professional,” Esther Kemigisa said with a smile. “It pushes me to practice harder because I know that if I work hard, I can become like my golf idols. I’m incredibly grateful for this support, and I hope that one day, I can inspire other young golfers just as people are helping us now.”

“Golf offers far more than just physical exercise and outdoor enjoyment it builds character and instills discipline, focus, and integrity. By nurturing patience, perseverance, and sportsmanship, it equips individuals with the essential qualities for success both on and off the course. I am honored to support this campaign with my donation and excited to witness the lasting impact it will have on these young golfers,” said Joan, a member of Earl Grey Golf Club.

Building Uganda’s presence on the global golf stage

Uganda’s golf scene is growing, with emerging talent from programs like Afriyea Golf Academy. However, opportunities for international exposure remain scarce. Initiatives like the Global Golf Box program and partnerships with international golf clubs and brands help bridge this gap, allowing African golfers to compete more effectively on the world stage.

“We want to see Ugandan players breaking into top international tournaments,” Isaiah Mwesige said. “To achieve that, we need continued support from equipment donations to mentorship and sponsorships. This partnership with Jennifer and Earl Grey Golf Club is a crucial step forward, and we hope to build on it in the years to come.”

A Call to Action

Individuals who wish to support this mission to grow the game and help underserved children gain access to the resources they need to change their lives can contact Jennifer MacKinnon or Earl Grey Golf Club. 

More Than Just Golf: Afriyea’s Mission beyond the Fairway

Uganda, a young nation that gained independence in 1962 from British rule, borders the conflict-stricken Democratic Republic of Congo. In Fort Portal, near this volatile region, Afriyea Golf Academy is more than just a training ground for future golf champions it’s a sanctuary of hope.

Beyond shaping young golfers, the academy provides a haven for children whose families have been economically affected by regional instability. It also plays a crucial role in helping children heal from trauma, using the game of golf as a tool for resilience, education, and empowerment.

This initiative is not just about developing golf skills it’s about creating a future where young Ugandans can thrive, regardless of their circumstances. Through the power of golf and global partnerships, Afriyea is not only nurturing athletes but also shaping leaders and change-makers for a better tomorrow.

Golf Balls, TaylorMade Golf

TaylorMade Golf – Brightens the path to better golf with launch of all-new Tour Response golf balls

February 7, 2025 – TaylorMade Golf has introduced all-new Tour Response golf balls. Featuring new Tour-proven technologies and brighter hi-vis designs, Tour Response and Tour Response Stripe golf balls deliver Tour-level performance and soft feel to golfers of all abilities.

Tour Response golf balls will be available for 50€ per dozen and Tour Response Stripe for 52€ per dozen starting 7th of February online, and in retail locations on the 13th of February.

Tour Response golf balls will continue to be available in white and yellow, and Tour Response Stripe golf balls will now come in neon orange, neon pink, neon yellow, neon blue and navy colourways. Multipacks of Tour Response Stripe balls will also be available.

NEW HI-VIS 360° CLEARPATH ALIGNMENT

In addition to white and yellow colourways in Tour Response, Tour Response Stripe golf balls are now available in even brighter, easier to align colours in the 22mm 360° ClearPath Alignment stripe. The digital band wraps around the centre of the ball to help golfers aim putts better, faster and more consistently, all while providing instant feedback on the quality of the roll.

Working with leaders in ink and print technologies, TaylorMade was able to incorporate the first-of-its-kind in golf neon digital ink into Tour Response Stripe golf balls using proprietary equipment. The ink includes fluorescent additives that are premixed and make the 360° ClearPath Alignment stripe even more vibrant.

Tour Response golf balls now feature Speed Wrapped Core Technology which the R&D and engineering teams have spent years perfecting in TP5 and TP5x. The material reduces the density of the core which dampens the sound and fosters an overall faster construction for enhanced ball speed and distance. With a compression of 70, Tour Response balls give golfers exceptionally soft feel using Tour-tested materials.

“The Speed Wrapped Core, which has had incredible success in our TP5 and TP5x product, is even better in Tour Response because it enables more ball speed and more feel within a single product,” said Mike Fox, Senior Director of Golf Ball Product Creation of the company.

SPEEDMANTLE

Surrounding the Speed Wrapped Core is a new SpeedMantle with High-Flex Material (HFM) that allows the ball to interact more with the face, further enhancing both ball speed and soft feel.

In totality, the three-piece construction of Tour Response decouples distance and feel. It’s designed to help golfers hit the ball farther while also providing spin, feel and control on short shots where it’s needed most.

TOUR-LEVEL SPIN AND CONTROL

Tour Response balls are constructed with a 100% cast urethane cover for added spin and greenside control compared to ionomer. The soft material allows wedge grooves to grip the ball while also maintaining durability.

“The number one reason people love the Tour Response golf ball is for the feel and performance benefits the cast urethane cover provides,” continues Mike Fox.

ENHANCED AERODYNAMICS

Also in line with TP5 and TP5x, Tour Response balls feature TaylorMade’s Tour Flight Dimple Pattern. Employed in TP5 and TP5x since 2021, this dimple pattern is designed to deliver distance, ball speed and aerodynamic efficiency. In the all-new Tour Response, it promotes shots that come off the face fast, carry, and remain stable in the wind.

A NEW ERA OF PERFORMANCE

Tour Response golf balls have been the leader in their category for years as golfers of all abilities have benefited from their prominent alignment features, soft feel, and overall consistent performance from tee-to-green. With added performance technologies and design features, and an even brighter, more enhanced 360° ClearPath Alignment stripe, the all-new Tour Response balls unlock another level of performance throughout the bag.

“The Tour Response golf ball is truly in a performance class of its own. And when we talk about making golf balls that are measurably and noticeably better, there’s nothing that offers that more than our Tour Response golf ball,” concludes Mike Fox.

Fairway Woods, Hybrids / Rescues, TaylorMade Golf

TaylorMade Golf – Unlocking Another Level of Distance, Forgiveness and Adjustability with Qi35 Fairway Woods and Hybrids

January 8, 2025 – Joining the Qi35 drivers, TaylorMade Golf has announced the release of Qi35 fairway woods and hybrids. Collectively, the family gives golfers of all abilities added levels of versatility, adjustability, and consistent performance with optimized CG projections, high MOI designs, and the addition of loft sleeves in many of the heads.

Qi35 fairway woods and hybrids are available for preorder starting January 7th online and available for purchase at worldwide retail locations starting January 30th.

Qi35 fairway woods are packed with proven TaylorMade technologies like Twist Face, Thru-Slot Speed Pocket, and an Infinity Carbon Crown. These same technologies made TaylorMade fairway woods the most played on the PGA Tour in 2024.

All Qi35 fairway woods utilize multi-material construction that optimizes mass placement for maximum performance in a way that seamlessly blends form and function.

A New Level of Fitting

Like never before, Qi35 fairway woods allow golfers to unlock another level of optimization through the incorporation of 4° loft sleeves in all 3 and 5-woods and the Qi35 Tour 7-wood. At the same time, the Qi35 fairway wood family gives them plenty of different head styles to unlock their full potential with this part of their bag.

“We want to be the leaders in fit. For this year, the question became how can we put loft sleeves in fairway woods without losing face performance? After years of research and testing, we were able to incorporate 4° loft sleeves into all our 3-woods and 5-woods.”

“With Qi35 fairway woods, we’ve elevated the fitting experience and given golfers the chance to truly optimize their distance, flight and face angle,” said Andrew Oldknow, Director of Woods & Putter Product Creation of the company.

TAYLORMADE Qi35 FAIRWAY WOOD

A wide array of golfers stand to benefit from Qi35. The skirt of Qi35 sits lower than the previous model which in turn optimizes the CG location so that it sits in line with the center of the ball at address. As a result, golfers are able to realize fast ball speeds and exceptional distance while still maintaining high MOI.

Qi35 has a TSS weight positioned toward the front of the clubhead to further optimize head mass properties while allowing custom weighting options during assembly. Coupled with a 4° loft sleeve in the 3, 3HL and 5-woods, and there are plenty of fitting and customization options.

Qi35 fairway woods are available for €399 in 3-wood (15° RH/LH), 3-HL (16.5° RH), 5-wood (18° RH/LH) and 7-wood (21° RH/LH). The stock shaft is the Fujikura Ventus Blue FW 25’ 6 (X, S) 5 (R, A). The stock grip is the Golf Pride Z-Grip Black/Silver 0.600 52g.

TAYLORMADE Qi35 Max FAIRWAY WOOD

The Qi35 Max head is the largest, most forgiving in the lineup measuring 200cc. The head shape creates high MOI and promotes easy launch.

A TSS weight sits near the back of the club which creates the most forgiving fairway wood of TaylorMade while promoting easy launch. It also allows for swing weight customization during assembly.

The modified CG location enhances energy transfer between the clubface and the ball. A new face profile and head shape provide versatility from the tee and off the ground.

A 4° loft sleeve is included in 3 and 5-woods while the 7 and 9-woods are bonded.

Qi35 Max fairway woods are available for €399 in 3-wood (15.5° RH/LH), 5-wood (18.5° RH/LH), 7-wood (21.5° RH/LH) and 9- wood (24.5° RH). The stock shaft is the Fujikura AirSpeeder 25’ (5S, 5R, 5A) and the stock grip is the Golf Pride Tour Z-Grip Black/Silver 0.600 52g.

TAYLORMADE Qi35 Tour FAIRWAY WOOD

Tour-inspired Qi35 Tour fairway woods are designed for golfers that prefer the look of a compact head and prioritize workability. Through additional layers of adjustability, Qi35 Tour allows them to optimize distance, flight and shot shape.

Qi35 Tour fairway woods come with a 40g sliding weight that can be moved back to help tighten dispersion, and forward to increase distance. Additionally, the weight can be rotated 180° effectively doubling the number of adjustability options. Coupled with a 4° loft sleeve, Qi35 Tour is one of the most customizable fairway woods TaylorMade has ever made.

Qi35 Tour fairway woods are available for €479 in 3-wood (15° RH/LH), 5-wood (18° RH/LH) and 7-wood (21° RH). The stock shaft is the Mitsubishi Kaili Blue DarkWave FW 75 (X, S) and 65 (R). The stock grip is the Golf Pride Z-Grip Black/Silver 0.600 52g.

TAYLORMADE Qi35 Max Lite FAIRWAY WOOD

The ultralightweight and high MOI design of Qi35 Max Lite gives golfers increased forgiveness and enhances launch. By taking weight out of the head, shaft and grip, the Qi35 Max Lite helps golfers achieve faster swing speeds and more distance as a result.

The high MOI, 200cc head promotes high launch and the modified CG location enhances energy transfer between the clubface and the ball.

The 3 and 5-woods come with a 4° loft sleeve while the 7-wood is bonded.

Qi35 Max Lite fairway woods are available for €399 in 3-wood (15.5° RH/LH), 5-wood (18.5° RH/LH), and 7-wood (21.5° RH/LH). The stock shaft is the Mitsubishi Vanquish 4 (R, R2/A) and the stock grip is the Golf Pride Z-Grip Black/White 0.600 43g.

TAYLORMADE Qi35 HYBRIDS

Qi35 hybrids feature multi-material construction consisting of chromium carbon, steel and aluminum to provide golfers consistent performance and versatility from any lie.

Qi35 hybrids also utilize optimized CG locations to promote high launch conditions. TSS weights are aligned center with the CG to enhance energy transfer between the clubface and ball, while also allowing for optimization of custom swing weights during the assembly process.

Qi35 hybrids incorporate proven TaylorMade technologies like Twist Face and an ultralightweight Carbon Crown. The Thru-Slot Speed Pocket has been engineered to provide consistent face performance in every loft.

TAYLORMADE Qi35 RESCUE

The Qi35 Rescue is ideal for a wide array of golfers and features 3° loft sleeves making it easy to achieve proper fitting and gapping in every loft.

Qi35 is available for €349 in 2 (17° RH), 3 (19° RH/LH), 4 (22° RH/LH) and 5 (25° RH/LH). The stock shaft for mid-flight is the Fujikura Ventus Blue HB 25’ 7 (S), 6 (R), 5 (A). The stock low-flight shaft is the Mitsubishi Kaili Blue DarkWave HY 95 (X), 85 (S). The stock grip is the Golf Pride Z-Grip Black/Silver 0.600 52g.

TAYLORMADE Qi35 Max RESCUE

The Qi35 Max Rescue is bonded and designed to provide golfers maximum MOI. The modified CG location and confidence inspiring profile give golfers ample forgiveness while offering them exceptional distance as well as easy launch at the same time.

Qi35 Max is available for €349 in 3 (20° RH/LH), 4 (23° RH/LH), 5 (27° RH/LH), 6 (31° RH) and 7 (35° RH). The stock shaft is the Fujikura AirSpeeder 25’ (5S, 5R, 5A) and the stock grip is the Golf Pride Z-Grip Black/Silver 0.600 52g.

TAYLORMADE Qi35 Max Lite RESCUE

The Qi35 Max Lite Rescue is bonded and significantly lighter than Qi35 Max. Weight has been removed from the head, shaft and grip allowing golfers to achieve more speed throughout their swing.

Qi35 Max Lite is available for €349 in the same 4-7 lofts and RH/LH options as Qi35 Max. The stock shaft is the Mitsubishi Vanquish 5 (R, R2/A) and the stock grip is the Golf Pride Z-Grip Black/White 0.600 43g.

Drivers, TaylorMade Golf

TaylorMade Golf – Unlocks Another Level of Distance and Forgiveness with Qi35 Family of Drivers

January 7, 2025 – TaylorMade Golf has announced the launch of Qi35, Qi35 LS, Qi35 Max and Qi35 Max Lite drivers – a collaboration of distance and forgiveness. Traditionally, driver construction is a choice between high moment of inertia (MOI) and a low centre of gravity (CG), but with Qi35 drivers, golfers can unlock another level and choose both.

“At TaylorMade, we have been pushing the envelope of forgiveness, and in Qi35, we have taken it to yet another level. The true breakthrough is delivering this new level of forgiveness with even more distance and enhanced launch conditions. Combining that with groundbreaking fitting technology in Qi35 SelectFit heads will allow the golfer to see maximum performance gains with Qi35 drivers,” said Brian Bazzel, VP of Product Creation of the company.

Qi35 drivers are available for pre-order starting January 7th and available for purchase at worldwide retail locations January 30th.

More Distance from More of the Face

To unlock another level of performance, the Qi35 driver combines lowered CG projection with maximum MOI resulting in more distance from more of the face#.

CG projection is a measurement of the balance point of the head projected onto the face. This metric can help define the inherent launch conditions of the driver. When the ball is struck above that balance point, it is launched higher with less spin for a longer drive. When the ball is struck below that balance point, it creates more spin, lower launch and a shorter drive.

By lowering the balance point and optimising weight in the head, TaylorMade engineers activated a larger area of opportunity on the face for improved launch conditions. These improved launch conditions result in more distance from more of the face for each driver in the Qi35 driver family.

Through interchangeable Trajectory Adjustment System (TAS) weights, the CG projection of Qi35 LS and Qi35 can be further optimised to create the most mass efficient CG adjustments for shot shape and control.

The use of chromium carbon fibre in various parts of the head paired with a fourth generation Carbon Twist Face and Infinity Carbon Crown allowed engineers to remove excess weight and apply it farther back to increase MOI in Qi35. The result is a considerable jump in forgiveness creating 13 percent tighter dispersion than Qi10* when the 13-gram weight is in the rear setting. Qi35 Max continues to offer maximum forgiveness with 10K MOI.

Qi35 drivers deliver the ultimate suite of technologies when combining the above features with prior TaylorMade innovations such as Carbon Twist Face, Thru-Slot Speed Pocket and a 4° loft sleeve.

The multi-material construction of chromium carbon fibre, steel, aluminum, tungsten and titanium works together with Qi35’s advanced technology to create the perfect blend of design and performance.

TAYLORMADE Qi35 DRIVER

To create the ability to move weight farther back and forward in the clubhead, Qi35 takes on the same high inertia shape seen in Qi35 Max. By increasing the overall length of the head front-to-back by eight millimeters, the weight saved and repositioned makes Qi35 a 9K inertia driver.

Qi35 comes stock with two TAS weights, 13 grams in the back and 3 grams in the front to be able to customise CG projection. With the 13-gram TAS weight in the back, Qi35 has a CG projection of 1.6mm from center face.

If the weights are flipped, CG projection lowers closer to centre face at 0.4mm with an MOI of 8.1K resulting in a distance gain of five yards*.

Qi35 drivers are available for €689 in 9.0°, 10.5° and 12.0° lofts with 2025 Fujikura Ventus Blue (5S, 5R, 5A) and Mitsubishi Diamana T+ 60 (X, S) stock shafts. The stock grip is Golf Pride’s Black/Silver Z-Grip (0.600 52g).

TAYLORMADE Qi35 Max DRIVER

Qi35 Max houses a rear fixed tungsten weight inside the all-new symmetric inertia generator amassing 34 grams without increasing overall head weight. This keeps MOI at 10K while lowering CG projection to 2.9mm, improving launch conditions and resulting in more distance1.

Qi35 Max drivers are available for €689 and come in 9.0° 10.5° and 12.0° lofts and are equipped with the 2025 Fujikura AirSpeeder (5S, 5R, 5A) and Mitsubishi Diamana T+ 60 (X, S) stock shafts and Golf Pride’s Black/Silver Z-Grip (0.600 58g).

TAYLORMADE Qi35 LS DRIVER

With one 13-gram TAS weight in the back and two 3-gram weights in the front, CG in Qi35 LS can also be optimised to the specific needs of the golfer. The incorporation of TAS weights

into Qi35 LS instead of a sliding weight removes discretionary weight and is more mass efficient creating a greater change in CG, launch conditions and spin.

By putting the 13-gram weight in the front toe position, CG decreases to -0.2mm, the lowest CG projection of the entire Qi35 family. This pinpoint weighting creates more distance and lower spin.

Moving the 13-gram weight to the back position increases MOI with a slight increase in CG projection at 0.8mm.

Qi35 LS drivers are available for €689 in 8.0°, 9.0° and 10.5° lofts with Mitsubishi Kai’li Blue DarkWave CB 60 (X, S, R) and Kai’li White DarkWave 60 (X,S) stock shafts. Qi35 LS comes equipped with GolfPride’s Black/Silver Z-Grip Black/Silver (0.600 52g).

TAYLORMADE Qi35 Max Lite DRIVER

TaylorMade breaks into the ultra-light weight category with Qi35 Max Lite. Qi35 Max Lite is over 35 grams lighter than Qi35 Max and is holistically designed in an ultra-light component package for an exceptional combination of weight and MOI. This driver is aimed toward golfers who are looking to increase their clubhead speed. Qi35 Max Lite is also seen in fairway woods and RescueTM hybrids, as well as a women’s spec.

Qi35 Max Lite drivers are available for €689 in 10.5° and 12.0° lofts in Mitsubishi’s Vanquish 4 (R, R2/A) shaft and Golf Pride’s Black/White Z-Grip (0.600 43g). Qi35 Max Lite women’s is offered in 10.5° and 12.0° lofts with Fujikura’s AirSpeeder 40 L shaft and the Lamkin ST Soft grip (0.580 40g).

Qi35 Designer Series

The Qi35 Designer Series features unique aesthetics from the minds of TaylorMade’s most creative designers. The Designer Series drivers bring an allure of exclusivity with the sought after rich, deep gloss jet black finish with subtle highlights of green. Qi35 Designer Series drivers are offered in Qi35, Qi35 LS and Qi35 Max in both stock and custom configurations for €719.

Fitting Has a New Face with Qi35 SelectFit Heads

To further improve accuracy and efficiency of the fitting process, TaylorMade introduces a groundbreaking technology by creating the first launch monitor enabled fitting heads. For the first time ever, reflective fitting markers are built directly into every Qi35 SelectFit driver face and will be available at all TaylorMade experiential events and retail fitting locations.

The built-in fitting markers deliver the most accurate face delivery and impact information possible allowing fitters to fully optimise the technology of Qi35 drivers exactly to the golfer’s skillset without needing to apply stickers onto the face.

In conjunction with Foresight Sports’ camera-based technology, the reflective fitting markers are tracked by GCQuad or Quad Max launch monitors within the impact interval.

Additionally, TaylorMade has provided Trackman clubhead measurements for the most accurate face impact and club delivery data possible. Within the Trackman app, fitters can select the Qi35 head model which will automatically populate the clubhead measurements.

“We engineer our products to the highest level, but we know we can unlock even more performance when we optimise the technology properly. Qi35 SelectFit driver heads can allow a fitter to identify the most optimal head model with the correct loft, weight configuration and shaft.”

“Marrying the technological benefits of Qi35 with the highest-level fitting capability allows us to give every golfer the forgiveness they need with the distance they deserve,” said Matt Simone, Director of Custom Product Creation of the company.

Availability & Custom

The Qi35 driver family is available for preorder starting January 7th and at retail starting January 30th (March 13th for Designer Series). Qi35 drivers can be customised with various grip and shaft offerings through TaylorMade’s custom ordering platform. Customisable weights will also be offered in an eight-piece weight kit and individually ranging from 3 to 15 grams.

  • # Claim based on robot testing vs. Qi10 driver family in 13 impact locations.
  • * Dispersion and distance claims based on player testing vs. Qi10 driver.
  • 1 Claim based on player testing vs. Qi10 MAX.

Putters, TaylorMade Golf

TaylorMade Golf – Building World No.1 Nelly Korda’s Spider Tour X putter

November 25, 2024 – Current World No. 1 and Team TaylorMade‘s Nelly Korda is playing a Spider Tour X putter currently and in this video, we’re taking you through a start to finish build.

Stay tuned to the end of the video to look at the different specs that she has on this putter including what kind of insert she plays, her loft and lie, as well as the length and swing weight she requires.

TaylorMade Golf

TaylorMade Golf – Partners with Oracle Red Bull Racing for second collaboration of premium golf equipment

October 16, 2024 – TaylorMade Golf, renowned manufacturer of innovative and cutting-edge golf equipment, announces a second collaboration with Oracle Red Bull Racing. The Pursuit Collection has been released exclusively on TaylorMadeGolf.co.uk and TaylorMadeGolf.eu from October 15.

The Pursuit Collection includes a full range of performance products and lifestyle pieces that are inspired by Oracle Red Bull Racing’s 2024 RB20, and the race suits worn by the team’s drivers, Max Verstappen and Sergio Perez. The collection embodies the shared belief in pushing the limits of what’s possible and a mutual unwavering commitment to achieve pinnacle performance in sport.

In all, the Oracle Red Bull Racing collection includes:

  • P·790 Irons – £1,499 / €1,899
  • Spider Tour Putter – £379 / €499
  • Milled Grind 4 Wedge Bundle – £399 / €499
  • TP5x Stripe Dozen Golf Balls – £54.99 / €69.99
  • Tour Stand Bag – £399 / €499
  • Tour Preferred Glove – £27.99 / €39.99
  • Tees – £15.99 / €24.99
  • Tour Terry Cloth Towel – £32.99 / €44.99
  • New Era Team Hat – £39.99 / €54.99
  • New Era Sectors Hat – £39.99 / €54.99
  • Mechanic Jacket – £149.99 / €189.99
  • Formation Hoodie – £99.99 / €124.99
  • Signature Hoodie – £99.99 / €124.99
  • Slipstream T-Shirt – £39.99 / €54.99
  • Race T-Shirt – £39.99 / €54.99
  • Signature T-Shirt – £39.99 / €54.99

The Oracle Red Bull Racing P·790 irons come in 4-iron through pitching wedge. The black stiff shaft is the Nippon N.S. Pro Modus 3. The blue custom grip is the Golf Pride Tour Z.

The Oracle Red Bull Racing Milled Grind 4 Wedge bundle comes with 56° and 60° wedges. The black stiff shaft is the Nippon N.S. Pro Modus 3. The wedges also come with a blue custom Golf Pride Tour Z grip.

The Oracle Red Bull Racing Spider Tour Putter comes in right-handed, is 34” long, has 3° of loft, a lie angle of 70°, and 29° of toe hang. The 120g steel shaft is the KBS Black PVD Stepless.

SPEED AND PRECISION TO GO THE DISTANCE

In order to go the distance both on the course and the racetrack, speed and precision are of the utmost importance. Just like RB20, P·790 irons are expertly engineered to deliver exacting performance. The heads are finished in classic Team blue and feature co-branded logos on the backside of the toe. The 38g tungsten toe weight is painted red to provide added visual contrast in the clubhead and further showcase the Team’s colours. A checkered racing flag is found on the backbar to enhance the theme of speed.

AI-optimised tungsten weighting and SpeedFoam Air allow each iron in the lineup to deliver the consistency golfers need to play their best.

FLTD CG places the CG low in the clubhead in the long irons for shots that launch high, and higher in the short irons for shots that launch lower and have plenty of spin for precise control.

Advanced internal shaping in P·790 creates an intelligent sweet spot that occupies more of the clubface, thus capturing more shots. This design enables both ball speed and accuracy to be maintained across the clubface for shots that fly strong and go the distance.

There’s no mistaking the sound of RB20’s engine as it sits on the start line. Similarly, P·790 is designed with hollow body construction and an all-new sound stabilization bar that fosters both solid feel and premium acoustics.

Just like the sleek lines and sharp features of RB20, P·790 irons emit a clean look at address and a well-proportioned overall profile that exudes player confidence.

STABILITY WHERE IT MATTERS MOST

Whether taking a curve at full speed or executing a putt to win on the 18th hole, stability is a must. Black, blue and featuring a red sightline, the Spider Tour putter head is engineered with high MOI to deliver the forgiveness and stability needed to execute when it matters most.

Co-branded logos appear on both the grip and sole of the putter head. The red True Path Alignment sightline and red TPU Pure Roll insert provide vivid definition behind the ball and make alignment easy. The insert’s grooves are angled at 45° to promote forward roll off the face and prevent skidding.

Six-gram heel and toe weights also pay a nod to the distinct look of RB20’s tyres with their signature yellow outline.

Spider putters are in the bags of some of the world’s best players including World No. 1’s Scottie Scheffler and Nelly Korda, as well as Rory McIlroy and Brooke Henderson. The Spider family of putters is the winningest putter model on the PGA TOUR in 2024, including all seven of Scheffler’s wins.

A COMPLETE COLLECTION

In addition to the limited-edition P·790 irons and Spider Tour putter, the Pursuit Collection highlights a full menu of on-course products including an Oracle Red Bull Racing Milled Grind 4 wedge bundle, Tour Staff bag, Tour Preferred Grip glove, 100-count tees, and a terrycloth towel.

The Oracle Red Bull Racing MG4 wedge bundle includes 56° and 60° wedges that sport the same blue finish as the P·790 irons and co-branded logos on the backside of the toe. Checkered race strips highlight the mid cavity and the loft, bounce and MG4 symbols are filled with red and white paint. The black and red Nippon N.S. Pro Modus 3 stiff flex shaft only adds to the wedges’ exhilarating aesthetics.

The faces of the wedges incorporate laser etched Spin Tread technology that increases friction with the ball at impact while also channeling water away from the face in wet conditions helping golfers retain both spin and control. They also feature milled grind soles that foster consistent turf interaction out of any lie.

On the apparel side, there’s no shortage of lifestyle pieces to choose from. A wide array of T-shirts in navy, white and black all celebrate the Pursuit Collection with co-branded logos, race-themed designs, and premium material construction. All apparel in the Pursuit Collection is constructed using premium cotton and recycled polyester. Logos are both embroidered and screen printed with careful attention to detail. The Mechanic Jacket also features premium YKK zippers.

Outerwear pieces include the Signature (white and black) and Formation (navy) hoodies, as well as the Mechanic jacket (jet black). Both New Era hats feature 3-D embroidered front panels and come in the “Golfer” design. All apparel pieces celebrate performance and racing themes and feature cobranded logos.

Remember the first collaboration here.

TEAM LEADERS

“TaylorMade is honoured to join forces with Oracle Red Bull Racing, one of Formula 1’s premier racing teams, for a second time. We fully embrace the opportunity to work with some of the brightest minds in sport to bring the worlds of racing and golf together. The Pursuit Collection embodies our shared commitment to performance and innovation, and we couldn’t be more excited to bring the collection to golf and racing fans across the globe,” says David Abeles, TaylorMade Golf President & CEO. 

“We are excited to be continuing our exciting collaboration with TaylorMade and releasing the latest limited-edition collection. We have both come together to create premium products that encapsulate each of our shared values. It is important to us that we work with and prioritise athletes at the pinnacle of their sport and the collection embodies that same elite sport performance. The collection is innovative in its design and there is something for everyone with the range of lifestyle apparel. We have really put the fans at the heart of the collaboration, and we are looking forward to sharing this with fans worldwide,” adds Christian Horner, Oracle Red Bull Racing Team Principal & CEO.

Golf Balls, TaylorMade Golf

TaylorMade Golf – The path to performance has never been clearer, with the TP5 and TP5x Stripe golf balls

August 26, 2024 – TaylorMade Golf, an industry leader in innovation and technology, introduces TP5 and TP5x Stripe golf balls. Both TP5 – the softest five-layer ball on Tour – and TP5x – the fastest five-layer ball on Tour that’s now a 1⁄2- club longer (*) – are available for the first time with TaylorMade’s cutting-edge 360° ClearPath Alignment.

For the first time, golfers can play the ‘Number One Ball for Them’ with the added benefit of a clear 22-millimeter digital band that wraps around the centre of the golf ball with a thin black line to match putter sight lines providing an immediate aid in alignment. TP5 and TP5x Stripe allow the golfer to align putts more accurately, consistently, and quickly.

The design of Stripe also makes proper strikes easily identifiable as the Stripe rolls consistently toward the hole, while off-centre strikes cause a can’t-miss wobble of the digital band. ClearPath Alignment makes it easy to aim tee shots straight down the middle of the fairway as well.

“The reason golfers have fallen in love with the 360° ClearPath Alignment Stripe is because it really allows them to lock in on their line from behind the ball. The immediate feedback about how the golf ball rolls is pivotal as well,” said Michael Fox, Senior Director of Product Creation, Golf Balls.

On professional Tours, Tommy Fleetwood, who has readily embraced TaylorMade’s Visual Technology and currently plays TP5x pix, is testing TP5x Stripe and using it as an alignment aid during practice. Keita Nakajima also continues to test the TP5 Stripe golf ball.

TP5 and TP5x Testing and Development

The development of 2024 TP5 and TP5x took 42 months. Throughout that time, TaylorMade engineers asked a simple question: how can golf ball performance be simulated in a way that matches what golfers experience on the course? The testing process included:

  • 326 hours of robot testing
  • 19,477 player test shots
  • 18,876 robot test shots
  • 30,312 Aerodynamic Research Lab shots
  • 555 prototypes
  • 67,000 total golf ball measurements
  • 30 dimple iterations
  • 106 materials

Countless hours were spent having real golfers line up putts with 360° ClearPath Alignment and we found that the digital band helped them to aim more accurately.

Proven TaylorMade Technologies

The technology story starts on the inside with the Speed Wrapped Core that’s found in both TP5 and TP5x Stripe. The materials used in the core produce a soft sound and feel while also paving the way for construction that promotes fast ball speeds. The use of core materials is the genesis of being able to both enhance feel and maximise distance without sacrificing one or the other.

Moving outward, Speed Gradient construction incorporates a progressive five-layer design that optimises variable stiffness between the core and mantle layers. The result is less spin with driver, fairway woods and long irons while maintaining spin in the wedges and short irons.

“Our learnings from countless player and Tour tests show that golfers, unsurprisingly, favour a softer, more muted sound with added distance. Historically, the challenge has been the inability to improve one without negatively impacting the other.”

“With this understanding, we’ve evolved our golf ball design by uniquely decoupling feel and speed through material advancement, a complete departure from the conventional. The material-level advancement positions our TP5 and TP5x golf balls as having the best feel in the industry with fast constructions,” concludes Michael Fox, Senior Director of Product Creation, Golf Balls.

The all-new TP5 and TP5x Stripe not only give golfers the tee-to-green performance benefits of the most complete five-layer Tour-level ball, they take the guesswork out of the alignment equation in a way that’s visually appealing to discerning players.

(*) 1⁄2-club longer claim based on robot iron testing at Tour launch conditions showing 2024 TP5x 5 yards longer than 2021 TP5x.

Ladies, Lady, TaylorMade Golf

TaylorMade Golf – New Kalea Gold premium Women’s line, designed by Women for Women

August 20, 2024 – TaylorMade Golf, an industry leader in technology and innovation, introduces the all-new Kalea Gold women’s line.

Building on the groundbreaking design of Kalea Premier, every piece of equipment in Kalea Gold was designed with premium components and proven TaylorMade technologies to help women of all abilities play better golf.

No matter if they’re learning the game or vying for their Club Championship, Kalea Gold elevates the experience for women golfers from tee to green.

“We decided to name this line Kalea Gold because we wanted to set the gold standard with our second premier women’s line. We’re building on the momentum of Kalea Premier to create a premium product line through design, technology, and performance.”  

“The most important part of the DNA of this product is that it’s designed by women, for women. Kalea Gold represents a new and fresh way of thinking about women’s golf club design,” says Michelle Penney, Principal Engineer, Product Development of the company.

Designed by Women for Women

In creating Kalea Gold, TaylorMade engineers and designers identified the critical role input from women would play in the design process. That’s why they enlisted four distinct cohorts of women golfers for their feedback.

The first was the TaylorMade Women’s Advisory Board. This group is comprised of female golf industry professionals located across Europe that represent specific niches like teaching, club fitting, and even women’s golf travel. Together, these women were able to give TaylorMade teams expert feedback on what both they and their female clients liked and didn’t like.

The second group was the TaylorMade Women’s Golf and Social Club. Consisting of TaylorMade employees, these women were able to provide real-time, organic feedback on everything from colours incorporated into the design to the grips on each club.

Women’s data-driven/perception test panels and online reviews from Kalea Premier were the final two cohorts that helped guide the vision of what Kalea Gold would ultimately become.

In analysing feedback from these groups of women, TaylorMade engineers and product creation teams found that two main priorities rose to the top: cosmetics and performance.  Cosmetically, women overwhelmingly advocated for a departure from the soft, pastel colours that are often found in women’s clubs. Instead, they preferred elegant colours like white, blue and gold that are found in Kalea Gold.

From a performance standpoint in testing, women found the Kalea Gold clubs to be lightweight, forgiving, and high-performing.

Through this process, TaylorMade teams gained a keen understanding of who the Kalea Gold consumer truly is. While some women were purchasing Kalea Gold as their first set of clubs, a significant portion were making the change to the Kalea Gold line for their second or even third set of new equipment. It became clear early on that Kalea Gold showed tangible benefits for women of all abilities.

Designed for More Speed and More Distance

 

The Kalea Gold driver utilises Carbonwood construction throughout the clubhead. This allows for mass to be strategically placed within the head to increase energy transfer, optimise launch, and maximise distance, all while providing the utmost forgiveness and stability.

Mass optimisation also allows for the addition of a 2° loft sleeve and a TSS weight for precision tuning.

Optimised Performance

Kalea Gold fairway woods feature a wrapped carbon crown with an elegant look that provides a confidence-inspiring contrast with the ball at address. Here again, the use of ultralightweight carbon enhances launch conditions, speed and forgiveness.

The Speed Pocket and Inverted Cone face minimise the downrange miss on off-centre strikes. The addition of a TSS weight allows for optimised tuning here as well.

Precision Performance

Both the Speed Pocket and Inverted Cone in the face of the Kalea Gold Rescue provide an extra layer of forgiveness. Additionally, the carbon crown lowers the CG for enhanced launch and spin.

Forgiveness and Control

Kalea Gold irons utilise Cap Back Design which works in tandem with the Speed Pocket to maximise launch and forgiveness. They also feature an ECHO Damper that promotes better sound and overall feel. The optimised face in each iron is engineered to increase COR for faster ball speeds.

Visually, the top lines of Kalea Gold irons are thinner than those of Kalea Premier providing a sleeker, cleaner look in the playing position.

Kalea Gold iron lofts are stronger than Kalea Premier to help improve gapping. The irons have a progressive upright lie angle that aids in draw bias.

Tour Proven Spider Technology

 

The Kalea Gold putter uses Spider S construction and multi-material design to increase MOI and stability while aiding in alignment.  Its blue body, grey TruePath Alignment, and gold trailing edge provide the perfect contrast against both the ball and green.

Style and Function

Premium construction and attention to detail don’t stop with Kalea Gold clubs. The headcovers are in line with the Kalea Gold theme with their white, gold, grey and blue designs.

Women can ride in style with the blue and white, or white and grey TaylorMade Cart Lite bag that features a 14-way top and weighs just five pounds. For walkers, the blue and white FlexTech bag offers a four-way top and weighs just five pounds as well.

The Importance of Custom Fit

The all-new Kalea Gold emphasises TaylorMade’s commitment to providing women golfers of all abilities and swing speeds with the best performing golf clubs for them. Alongside the Qi10 Women’s range, Kalea Gold will be available via custom allowing the golfer to choose the exact setup which suits them, including a variety of shaft and grip options available. Combined with the ability to tweak loft and lie, it allows the golfer to achieve their desired performance for every club in their bag.

Pricing and Specifications TaylorMade Kalea Gold

The Kalea Gold driver comes in lofts of 11.5° or 13.5° (RH & LH) with a 44” Kalea Gold Ultralight Graphite 40-L shaft and a SuperStroke Traxion Tour Navy/White 37g grip.

The Kalea Gold fairway woods are offered in: RH & LH 3-wood (16°), 5-wood (20°) and 7-wood (24°). All fairway woods come stock with the same shaft and grip as the driver.

Kalea Gold Rescue clubs are available in RH & LH lofts of 23°, 27°, 31° and 35°. Rescue clubs come with the stock Kalea Gold Ultralight 40-L shaft and SuperStroke Traxion Tour Undersize 37g grip.

Kalea Gold iron offerings are 6-PW, and SW with the same shaft and grip.

The RH & LH Kalea Gold Spider Tour S L-Neck putter is 33” long, has a loft of 3°, and head weight of 365g.  The stock shaft is the Kalea Gold Graphite Putter 70, and the stock grip is the Kalea Super Stroke Pistol GT 1.0.

Kalea Golf will be available for preorder at retail on August 20 and at retail on September 6.

Individual clubs have the following RRP: Driver, €599; Fairway, €329; Rescue €269; Irons, €165 per iron; Putter, €329.

TaylorMade Golf, Wedges

TaylorMade Golf – Introducing all-new Hi-Toe 4 wedges to suit all players and all conditions

August 14, 2024 – TaylorMade Golf unveils the latest iteration of short game performance and versatility with Hi-Toe 4 wedges. Built on the success of previous Hi-Toe wedge generations, Hi-Toe 4 embodies proven TaylorMade design and technologies with a number of added performance features to give golfers more confidence, control and versatility in their short game.

“Hi-Toe wedges are a great option for any player who gains confidence from a wedge with a larger face and full-face grooves to ensure maximum spin regardless of where you strike it on the face.”

“Now with Spin Tread RAW face technology and a new array of grinds, the Hi-Toe 4 has more performance and versatility than ever before,” said Matt Bovee, Global Category Director – Irons and Wedges.

All Golfers, All Conditions

The toe mass pad is more visually pronounced in Hi-Toe 4 wedges compared to Hi-Toe 3.  The larger profile gives golfers an added layer of confidence to execute a full suite of short game shots. Additionally, full-face grooves in the 54°, 56°, 58°, and 60° lofts enable the use of the entire face. As golfers use different parts of the face to hit different shots, can do so with maximum control.

Like Milled Grind 4, Hi-Toe 4 wedges have an elevated CG.  This promotes low launch conditions and maximum spin. With Hi-Toe 4, golfers can expect a penetrating, high-spin ball flight that’s predictable in all types of conditions.

Spin and Control

TaylorMade’s Spin Tread technology, originally seen on the face of Milled Grind 4 wedges, is featured in the Hi-Toe wedge line for the first time. The addition of this cutting-edge face finish not only promotes increased friction and spin, it also displaces moisture in wet conditions. Whether playing in a downpour or early in the morning with dew on the grass, golfers retain control with Hi-Toe 4 wedges.

Adding to the spin equation, Hi-Toe 4 wedges feature a raw face finish.  This is the finish preferred by the majority of Tour players. It also helps reduce glare that’s common on other plated finishes like chrome.

Full-Face Grooves and Copper Finish

Hi-Toe 4 wedges feature grooves that extend across the entire clubface from the heel to the toe in lofts of 54°, 56°, 58°, and 60°. This ensures golfers maximum spin, no matter where on the face a shot is struck. The result is added control, and a greater variety of shots golfers can play from different lies.

The bottom groove of every Hi-Toe wedge is gold. Aesthetically, the colour contrasts seamlessly with the copper finish. Increased offset and a more pronounced leading-edge radius make it easy for golfers to hit soft landing shots with an open face. The gold infill in the bottom groove aids in centring the ball at address, while also making it easier to aim square to the target. Coupled with less offset than previous Hi-Toe wedges, aiming square to the target becomes easy.

Cosmetically, Hi-Toe 4 wedges set themselves apart with their Copper finish. This finish aids in reducing glare and will develop a patina over time to create a unique look without sacrificing performance.

All Terrain Grinds

Hi-Toe 4 wedges come in multiple different All-Terrain grinds that are suitable for the entire spectrum of golfing abilities and the wide range of conditions golfers play in. Each grind is machine milled to ensure maximum sole consistency throughout the production process. 

“Hi-Toe 4 sole designs were born out of the need to create unique grinds that complemented a variety of playing conditions and swing styles for golfers that are looking for more versatility and forgiveness.”

“From low-bounce designs that offer more forgiveness out of the bunker, to wider sole designs that offer more versatility and forgiveness off a variety of lies, Hi-Toe 4 complements and widens our wedge choices more than ever before.” 

“The designs were created with the goal of perceived and noticeable differences between all grinds and wedge models,” said Greg Cesario, TaylorMade Wedge Design Team

All Terrain Standard Grind (ATS) 

The most versatile and all-encompassing of the Hi-Toe 4 grinds is the ATS. It’s suitable for players that prefer a neutral face angle at address, fits all swing types, and can be used in a wide variety of playing conditions. Its increased four-way camber allows for liberal face manipulation and gives golfers plenty of options to hit different shots with both an open and closed clubface. The ATS grind is available in the full menu of lofts ranging from 50° to 60°.

All Terrain Versatility Grind (ATV) 

Golfers with shallow angles of attack or that play off tight, firm turf are going to benefit from this asymmetric bounce and concave sole. This multifunctional design and increased effective bounce in the open face position allow for plenty of face manipulation and shot versatility. The ATV grind comes in lofts of 56°, 58° and 60°.

All Terrain C Grind (ATC)

The ATC grind offers our lowest bounce option with its unique, reverse C-sole design. Noticeable heel and toe relief make this grind a trusted choice for shallow players and firm conditions. The ATC grind is available in both 58° and 60° lofts.

TaylorMade Hi-Toe 4 wedges will be available for preorder in stores on August 14 at €199 per wedge.

The stock shaft is the True Temper Dynamic Golf Tour Issue 115g steel shaft, and the stock grip is the Lamkin Crossline 360 Black/Copper 52g grip.

Hi-Toe 4 wedges are available in a comprehensive package of lofts ranging from 50° to 60°. This gives players of all abilities plenty of options to customise their wedge gapping. 

For golfers that prefer a finish other than copper, the My Hi-Toe 4 feature allows them to choose from fully raw, chrome, and black finishes.

For more customisation information, visit www.taylormadegolf.eu.

Hybrids / Rescues, Irons, TaylorMade Golf

TaylorMade Golf – All-new Tour inspired P·UDI and P·DHY featuring piercing performance and maximum versatility

May 3, 2024 – TaylorMade Golf, an industry leader in performance and innovation, announces the latest additions to the P·Series family with the all-new P·UDI and P·DHY. From piercing performance to maximum versatility, the P·UDI and P·DHY offer golfers of all skill levels the ability to choose their flight and optimize the top end of their bag.

P·Series Has a New Level of Versatility

When researching TaylorMade’s next iteration of utility irons, the engineering and product creation teams wanted to understand what skill level golfer would play utility irons. Research showed that UDI usage skews towards the better player, but a lot of mid handicap players still play utility irons. The majority of DHY™ players ranged from six handicaps to 18 handicaps.

The next question they wanted to answer was, what irons are these players using at the top of their bags? The predominant answer was that the overwhelming majority of players played a current P·Series product.

“As we look to the future, beyond the tech and the design language, we are excited about repositioning our utility irons into the P·Series family. P·UDI is an easy pair for players that currently play P·Series product and P·DHY is an extremely forgiving option for players of all skill levels.”

“It is a natural fit to give these players the performance in this category that they are looking for,” said Matt Bovee, Director of Product Creation, Iron and Wedge.

Tour Inspired Shaping 

P·UDI and P·DHY feature a contemporary design with a pearl satin finish and mirror black ridge across the middle. Shaping for each iron has been designed to fit seamlessly with other P·Series irons and fit the eye of the more discerning player.  The P·UDI shaping takes direct inspiration from working with Tour players to create a traditional iron shape that inspires confidence and is easy to play.

The P·UDI has a moderate sole width, but narrower than the more forgiving P·DHY. P·UDI does, however, possess a more compact head size compared to P·790 serving as an alternative option for their long irons compared to other P·Series products.

From a face shaping perspective, P·UDI has a traditional iron shape with a raised face height, slimmer toplines and less offset than previous TaylorMade UDI products with a hint of the backbar from address to inspire confidence. The blade length of P·UDI is noticeably shorter than the P·DHY by roughly five millimetres. Despite P·UDI being more compact, it is still extremely forgiving.

P·DHY is a story of Centre of Gravity (CG) through shaping with a slightly taller toe height, with more backbar visible from address and a lower face profile that helps drive CG low in the clubhead for easier launch. The wider sole aids in additional forgiveness through the turf while providing versatility.

Key P·Series Technologies 

Designed to deliver easy launch, increased forgiveness and enhanced consistency, a

new internal weighting structure combines with proven technologies such as the forged hollow body construction with a high-speed 4140 face, SpeedFoam Air, Thru-Slot Speed Pocket and up to 26g of tungsten mass.

P·UDI and P·DHY feature advanced thick-thin back wall construction, sound stabilization bar, and deliberately distributed mass to maximize forgiveness. Each iron is individually optimised with every gram strategically placed to achieve specific performance goals with premium forged feel.

Performance Differences Between P·UDI and P·DHY

Identifying the difference between P·UDI and P·DHY starts with the CG position in each iron. P·UDI has mid CG right behind centre face to create a more penetrating mid-to-low ball flight, while P·DHY has a lower centre of gravity to produce an easier to launch mid-to-high ball flight. Compared to a hybrid or high lofted fairway, the trajectory of P·UDI and P·DHY are still on the lower end.

From extensive testing, TaylorMade engineers wanted to design utility irons that have a lower trajectory but can generate enough spin to still be able to shape the ball and hold greens when hitting into short par fives or long par threes.

Testing shows P·UDI is more forgiving than P·790 and P·DHY is the most forgiving iron in the entire TaylorMade iron family. This makes P·DHY a perfect option for a player looking for a long iron replacement or one that struggles hitting higher lofted fairway woods.

P·UDI and P·DHY are available at retail from May 3 for €289. Both irons come in RH and LH offerings and are equipped with UST Mamiya’s Recoil DART shaft in 105 X, 90 S and 75 R (only in P·DHY) with Golf Pride’s Z-Grip 52g 0.580 (Black/Grey). Additional shaft and grip options are available through custom ordering.

Loft offerings for P·UDI are 2-17°, 3-20°, 4-22° and P·DHY are 2-18°, 3-20° and 4-22°.

Drivers, Irons, TaylorMade Golf

TaylorMade Golf – New copper clubs, a modern take on vintage designs P·770 and P·790 irons and BRNR Mini Driver

April 19, 2024 – TaylorMade Golf has announced today The Copper Club featuring P·770 and P·790 irons with an aged copper finish and the all-new BRNR Mini Driver Copper.

P·770 & P·790 Copper

The modern classic design of P·770 and P·790 copper celebrates the 1980s TaylorMade logo with an aged copper finish designed to mature over time, creating a unique vintage feel. Its distinctive copper styling, retro logos, and meticulously crafted components blend heritage and modern innovation.

The irons feature the recognisable vintage Golf Pride TaylorMade Victory Copper grip with multiple shaft options available in both P·770 and P·790. P·770 and P·790 Copper are offered in 4-PW in RH only exclusively at www.taylormadegolf.eu for €1,599.

“As club designers, we wanted to have fun with the P·Series and harken back to TaylorMade’s heritage. We want to elevate the perception of our brand when it comes to craftsmanship and these irons have the feel of being both vintage and having that high-end craftsmanship. That is why we paid attention to all of the little details, even all the way down to the finish and the original recipe of the Golf Pride Victory Grip to make a unique throwback product,” says Matt Bovee, Director of Product Creation Iron & Wedge.

The P·770 irons feature a forged hollow body construction gives golfers the best of both worlds; beauty and performance. A soft 8620 carbon steel body is paired with an incredibly thin forged 4140 steel face and Thru-Slot Speed Pocket for a design that is fast, flexible and forgiving even in a compact head shape.

The P·790 irons are equipped with an advanced thick-thin back wall construction, strategically redistributing mass to enhance performance. Each iron is uniquely designed using proprietary AI mass optimisation, placing every gram strategically to achieve specific performance goals.

Combining the responsive face and new internal shaping yields a new P·790 designed to have a larger sweet spot, a remarkable advance from the early generations of P·790. This new sweet spot intelligently captures more shots while ensuring consistent ball speeds and accuracy.

Both irons have FLTD CG, which strategically positions the centre of gravity (CG) lowest in the long irons and progressively shifts higher throughout the set. FLTD CG is designed to provide players with improved launch and playability in long irons and increase spin in the scoring irons.

BRNR Mini Driver Copper

Drawing inspiration from the iconic late-90s Burner drivers, the all new BRNR Mini Copper offers a contemporary twist on a timeless design. Its distinctive copper styling, retro logos, and meticulously crafted components blends heritage and modern innovation.

A combination of carbon fibre, titanium and steel creates the foundation for BRNR Mini’s incredible sound, feel and performance. Split weights allow golfers to switch between the standard setting (13g in the back) for easy launch, and the low spin setting (13g in the front) for a piercing trajectory.

Twist Face, Thru-Slot Speed Pocket and the four-degree Loft Sleeve provide the ultimate suite of technologies. Twist Face helps golfers overcome inherent mis-hit tendencies for straighter shots, while the Speed Pocket is engineered to maximise ball speeds and add forgiveness on low-face strikes. The four-degree Loft Sleeve allows golfers to fine tune loft and face angle for optimum flight.

BRNR Mini Driver Copper is available for purchase now at retail and online for €479.

More information at www.taylormadegolf.eu.

DP World Tour, TaylorMade Golf

TaylorMade Golf – Frank Kennedy, 18 years old, becomes next future star to join Team TaylorMade

February 21, 2024 – TaylorMade Golf has announced today the signing of rising teenage star Frank Kennedy, at 18 years old. Frank will be gracing the fairways of both the DP World Tour, PGA Tour andChallenge Tour in 2024 playing 14 TaylorMade clubs and ball.

Supported by TaylorMade for a few seasons prior to turning professional, the tour team noticed a significant change in Frank’s game during the winter of 2021/2022, where due to his physical development and training regime he significantly increased both strength and speed meaning a complete equipment overhaul was needed.

Working closely with Frank on this through all areas of his bag, he came out the blocks fast in 2022, winning the Portuguese International Amateur Championships, at just 16 years old, and throughout the year proved himself to be England’s brightest young prospect.

He capped off his amateur career with wins at the prestigious Lytham Trophy and a Semi-Final appearance at the British Amateur Championships in 2023. Frank is also the youngest player in history from the United Kingdom to make a cut on the DP World Tour when he achieved the feat at the Hero Open at Fairmont St Andrews in 2021, aged 15.

“I am excited to become part of Team TaylorMade. With a proven track record of producing the most innovative equipment for the best players in the world. Paired with a passion for the game which equals my own, gives me the confidence that I will be in the best position to win everytime I am on the course. I am excited to become part of Team TaylorMade”, says Frank Kennedy.

“Our global sports marketing team are very proud to have put in the work needed to sign Frank Kennedy to TaylorMade Golf. When I think about the future of Golf and the future stars in our game, Frank has all the potential and desire to achieve all of his goals. We are delighted to be a part of this journey and to see a player like Frank choose 14 golf clubs and world-class golf ball proves not only the quality of TaylorMade equipment but also the quality of the expertise and people within our organization. I’m excited to see what the future holds for Frank Kennedy”, says Adrian Rietveld, Senior Manager of Global Sports Marketing of Taylor Made Golf.

Following in the footsteps of fellow Team TaylorMade member Rory McIlroy, Frank turned professional still a teenager and made an instant impact on the DP World Tour, making the cut comfortably in his Professional debut at the British Masters and already notching up his first top 10 at the Fortinet Australian PGA Championships. The sports marketing team have compared Frank’s power and ball striking to that of Rory, meaning high and long drives are a huge asset and strength of his game. Another attribute of Frank’s which has been highly praised by those close to him is his mental strength and self-belief, someone who thrives when faced with a challenge.

After playing in the opening three events of the DP World season Frank returns to action at this week’s Magical Kenya Open.

What’s in the bag of Frank Kennedy? 

  • Driver: TaylorMade Qi10 LS (9º)
  • Fairway woods: TaylorMade Qi10 Tour (16,5º and 18º)
  • Irons: TaylorMade P770 (4); TaylorMade P7MB (5-PW)
  • Wedges: TaylorMade MG4 (50º, 56º, 60º)
  • Golf Ball: TaylorMade TP5
Golf Balls, TaylorMade Golf

TaylorMade Golf – 2024 TP5 and TP5x Golf Balls Redefining Performance and Personality, Plus, a Reimagined TP5 and TP5x pix

February 15, 2024 – The TaylorMade Golf company, has introduced today the 2024 lineup of golf balls, featuring the highly anticipated TP5 and TP5x models.

Already renowned as the Most Complete Tour Ball the latest evolution of the TP5/TP5x family takes a giant leap forward with an all-new Speed Wrapped Core that impacts sound, feel and overall performance, creating TaylorMade’s fastest (TP5x) and softest feeling (TP5) tour balls to date.

Since debuting in 2017, the TP5/TP5x franchise has consistently delivered premium results at every level of the game. The proprietary 5-layer construction has continually evolved to enhance tee-to-green performance with breakthrough technologies that boost distance, wind stability and greenside control.

In 2019, TaylorMade introduced the Speed-Layer System, incorporating High-Flex Material (HFM) into the TP5/TP5x construction, unlocking new levels of speed for all golfers. In 2021, the brand built upon this legacy by introducing the Tour Flight Dimple Pattern, a design innovation that aimed to maximise aerodynamics, reduce wind resistance and add carry distance.

Continuing a trend of innovation and engineering, the 2024 TP5/TP5x relies on a combination of new technologies to provide the biggest jumps in performance to date. The most impactful change is the first-of-its-kind Speed Wrapped Core, which produces a softer sound with better feel while paving the way for a faster overall construction. In the 2024 TP5/TP5x, the use of core materials as the central element of decoupling feel and distance represents a game-breaking innovation in golf ball design.

“Our learnings from countless player and Tour tests show that golfers, unsurprisingly, favour a softer more muted sound with added distance. Historically, the challenge has been the inability to improve one without negatively impacting the other.”

“With this understanding, we’ve evolved our golf ball design process by uniquely decoupling feel and speed through material advancement, a complete departure from the conventional.”

“The material-level advancement positions our TP5/TP5x family as having the best feel in the industry with faster constructions,” says Michael Fox, Senior Director of Product Creation, Golf Balls of the company.

This year marks a critical evolution of the patented Speed Gradient construction that defines the TP5/TP5x franchise. In the 2024 TP5/TP5x, TaylorMade incorporated a new progressive 5-layer design fueled by the Speed Wrapped Core, which optimises variable stiffness between the core and mantle layers.

This results in reduced spin on drivers and long irons while enhancing spin control for wedges. It is this variability in driver and wedge spin that maximises the capabilities of five-layer technology and allows the new TP5/TP5x to maintain its leadership position as the most complete tour ball.

THE DIFFERENCE BETWEEN TP5 & TP5x

TP5 and TP5x represent two distinct choices that cater to different player preferences. The TP5, TaylorMade’s softest 5-layer Tour ball, offers a notably softer feel with enhanced spin around the green. This ball fits golfers who prioritise touch and feel in their short game, providing responsive and precise control.  The new TP5 provides lower driver spin than the prior generation but maintains its best-in-class greenside performance.

TP5x emerges as TaylorMade’s fastest 5-layer Tour ball. This design prioritises ball speed, making it the ideal choice for golfers seeking increased velocity off the clubface. The new TP5x also sees a reduction in driver and long iron spin, with a focus on distance while maintaining greenside control. It delivers unmatched performance for players seeking lower driver spin while also delivering faster ball speeds than the prior gen product.

While both 2024 models boast decreased spin on drivers and long irons with maintained wedge spin (compared to the previous generation), spin variance is still the greatest differentiator between TP5 and TP5x. TP5 generates more spin on wedge shots, with TP5x producing less spin on drives and long iron shots in addition to a flatter trajectory.

Ultimately, the choice between the TP5 and TP5x hinges on individual playing styles and preferences, as TaylorMade provides golfers the flexibility to select a ball that aligns with their specific needs. Whether one prioritises a softer feel and enhanced spin or seeks maximum ball speed, TaylorMade’s TP5 and TP5x provide solutions for a wide range of players without sacrificing any tee-to-green performance.

ALL-NEW TP5/TP5x pix WITH CLEARPATH ALIGNMENT

The 2024 TP5/TP5x pix golf balls build on the groundbreaking visual technology of ClearPath Alignment, which is the most played all-over print visual technology on Tour. Compared to previous generations, the new model features a longer centreline and additional colour contrast, offering golfers easier alignment and more precise feedback on the green.

In response to consumer and Tour feedback, the new pix graphic has shifted from a “motion” triangle to a diamond shape and has been rearranged with a more centralised orange colour palate. This adjustment adds more colour and strategically moves black elements away from the centreline, enhancing visibility and making alignment even more user-friendly.

This next-gen ClearPath Alignment represents a significant leap in visual innovation, providing improved visibility and delivering Tour-proven functionality to assist with alignment on the green and evaluate the quality of putting strokes.

Inspired by insights from some of the game’s most talented players, this technology is a testament to TaylorMade’s commitment to performance, precision and the non-traditional. The TP5/TP5x pix, with its multi-colour, high-contrast graphics, ensures exceptional visibility in all conditions, further enhancing the golfer’s experience on the course.

NEW STOCK OPTIONS AND MYSIMBOL PROGRAMME

TaylorMade is set to elevate its renowned TP5 pix limited edition programme, noted for such iconic designs like TP5 pix Pickle and TP5 pix Poker. This expansion brings select offerings to limited retail outlets and online. Moreover, the addition of the new MySymbol collection in Europe will take customisation and personalisation in golf ball to new levels. MySymbol will offer fresh logo options with an exciting array of designs.

In addition, Team TaylorMade athletes are actively crafting unique MySymbol designs to showcase their personalities and interests with these exclusive designs scheduled to make their debut on tours in 2024.

The 2024 TP5 and TP5x comes in both white and yellow and will be available at retail Feb. 15, 2024 at an RRP of €63 per dozen. The new TP5/TP5x pix will also be available at an RRP of €65 / per dozen.

Irons, TaylorMade Golf

TaylorMade Golf – New 2024 Qi Irons, Expanding the Facets of Precision and Distance in the Game Improvement Iron Category

January 9, 2024 – TaylorMade Golf introduces the all-new Qi Irons, a blend of minimalistic aesthetics and advanced multi-material technology. Qi irons aim to deliver the optimal combination of distance, accuracy and solid feel in an inviting game-improvement package.

At the heart of the Qi Iron is individual head optimisation, organic face designs and FLTD CG, all working in unison to help golfers minimise the right miss. It’s no secret that many golfers in the game improvement category have a propensity for the slice. So, why do the leading game improvement irons have a fade bias in the long irons? Don’t worry, it didn’t make sense to the engineers of the company either.

That’s why we designed the all-new Qi irons to have significantly less right bias, for straighter and more accurate shots.

“Qi Irons represent a fusion of performance and design, delivering a combination of distance and accuracy with a solid feel unexpected of game improvement irons. We rely on a team of technologies to make this possible, with the ultimate goal of giving golfers straight distance that outperforms the competition”, said Matt Bovee, Director of Product Creation, Irons, of the company.

Comprehensive Technologies | Integrated System Design

With Qi Irons, TaylorMade debuts its new Integrated System Design – a suite of technologies aimed at optimising each individual iron head. The advantage of the system lies in the ability to facilitate communication among key technologies throughout the engineering process.

This is crucial because the face design, Speed Pocket functionality and mass distribution are intricately interconnected, collectively influencing ball speeds, launch angles and spin rates.

Driven by organic face geometries, Cap Back Design and Speed Pocket technology, this comprehensive approach tunes the performance of each head to ensure ideal gapping, exemplary ball speeds and consistent launch angles throughout the entire set.

The 4- and 5-irons feature a lower profile backbar design for a low centre of gravity that encourages easy launch and towering ball flights. On the other end, shorter irons showcase a backbar design with exaggerated heel-toe weighting for higher inertia, delivering enhanced forgiveness with the ability to control ball flight with scoring clubs. FLTD CG also plays a critical role in optimising performance throughout the set.

In the simplest terms, the advantage of FLTD CG is easier launch with long irons and better control with short irons. Considering that long irons are generally more challenging to get airborne, we strategically position CG lower to invite easy launch conditions. The CG progressively rises into the short irons, which aids in control, launch, spin, trajectory and accuracy. This intuitive design approach is new to the game improvement offerings of the company.

Now in its second generation, Cap Back Design with Toe Wrap Construction blends the advantages of a hollow-body iron with those of a traditional cavity back, replacing the steel back with a more efficient composite badge. The result is a synergistic construction with optimal mass properties, clean lines and a satisfying sound and feel, akin to a player’s distance iron such as P·770 or P·790.

Superior Sound & Feel

To enhance sound and feel, the 2024 Qi Irons feature re-engineered HYBRAR Echo Dampers in the 4- through 9-irons. Individually designed for each iron, these dampers incorporate strategically placed ribbed structures that sit behind the face. Each iron face aligns with the damper, effectively reducing unwanted vibrations. Furthermore, the Echo Damper collaborates with Cap Back Design and a 360 undercut with thick-thin topline geometry to maximise COR and forgiveness while maintaining a desirable sound and feel.

“These irons epitomise TaylorMade’s continual evolution in game improvement designs. We maintain the elevated forgiveness and ease-of-use, but package it with a clean look that any golfer would proudly display in their bag. In essence, we are delivering both distance and forgiveness within a more consistent and accurate package. All while achieving a larger sweet spot and a feel akin to forged irons,” said Matt Bovee.

Qi HL Irons | High & Light

Qi HL irons are crafted for players seeking higher launch and faster clubhead speeds. Loft configurations are approximately 2° higher compared to the standard Qi model, contributing to Qi HL’s ability to achieve increased launch angles.

Another defining feature is the weight reduction, with like-to-like builds of Qi HL measuring up to 26g lighter than a standard Qi iron, a design element intended to enhance clubhead speed and overall performance for a specific audience. Stock shaft options include the KBS Max LITE (steel) and Fujikura Speeder NX 50g (graphite), available in flex options S, R and A.

Available for preorder on January 9, 2024, and at retail beginning February 2, 2024, the Qi irons have an RRP per iron of €183 for steel and €200 for graphite, will be offered in 4-PW, AW, SW, LW.

They come equipped with KBS Max MT 85 steel shafts (S, R) or Fujikura’s Ventus Blue graphite shafts (7S, 6R & 5A). Qi HL will be offered in 5-PW, AW, SW and come equipped with KBS Max Lite (S, R) shafts. For women, the Qi and Qi HL irons will come equipped with the Fujikura Speeder NX TCS shafts.

Fairway Woods, Hybrids / Rescues, TaylorMade Golf

TaylorMade Golf – Forgiveness Runs in the Family, with the All-New Qi10 Fairway and Qi10 Rescue Family

January 9, 2024 – TaylorMade Golf continues its technological innovation in fairway woods and hybrids with the introduction of the all-new Qi10 Family. Breakthrough technologies are in abundance with an Infinity Carbon Crown in fairways and precision weighting and shaping in hybrids.

Both fairways and hybrids come in three different models: Qi10, Qi10 Max and Qi10 Tour. They are available for preorder starting the 9th of January 2024.

Each member of the Qi10 fairway wood and hybrid family has a uniquely optimised face design focused around maximising ball speed across the face for each individual loft. TaylorMade engineers used iterative computer simulations to determine the shape and thickness of each area to properly maximise the COR area around where golfers are most likely to impact the ball with each fairway model.

The Qi10, Qi10 Max and Qi10 Tour fairways boast the all-new Infinity Crown that provides a clean, uninterrupted view at address while simultaneously optimising performance. Engineers relied on this new design to reshape the club, shifting more weight lower in the clubhead to maintain high inertia with a slightly enlarged face profile to inspire confidence and generate ball speed.

Qi10 FAIRWAY: Perfect Blend of Distance and Forgiveness

The most widely used version on Tour and among amateurs, the Qi10 fairway is the perfect blend of distance and forgiveness, while the precision CG location delivers a combo of high launch and low spin.

“One thing that golfers may not know is that the steel model of TaylorMade fairway woods is among the most played on Tour year after year. With the added performance of Qi10 delivered by the Infinity Carbon Crown and repositioned internal mass pads, we are confident that trend will continue. This is a very clean overall design that delivers the vibrant sound and powerful distance that TaylorMade fairway woods are accustomed to achieving”, said Tomo Bystedt, Senior Director Product Creation of the company.

The Qi10 Fairway incorporates proven TaylorMade technologies such as the Thru-Slot Speed Pocket and laser etched topline. Respectively, these features boost speed on low face shots and promote consistently accurate alignment. Continuing the legacy of V Steel technology, the Qi10 Fairway’s sole design improves turf interaction and versatility.

Internal mass pads have been designed for balanced performance, weight has been split between low-forward and low-back to produce a hot trajectory with ample forgiveness.

Qi10 MAX FAIRWAY: Extreme Forgiveness & Playability

The Qi10 Max fairway takes TaylorMade’s proven formula for this target golfer and enhances it for extreme forgiveness and playability. Its larger front-to-back shape allows for increased inertia that’s designed to deliver more stability at impact. A shallower profile and extreme MOI allows for higher launch and forgiveness across the face making this the most forgiving fairway TaylorMade has ever made.

Departing from the traditional, the Qi10 Max Fairway boasts an ultra-high MOI construction, combining low CG projection with a confidence inspiring 200cc head volume. Internal mass pads have been designed for maximum forgiveness with the weight moved to the extreme low back, making this fairway TaylorMade’s easiest to hit in the line.

Qi10 TOUR FAIRWAY: Three Fairways in One

The Qi10 Tour fairway features a titanium head that frees up additional mass for precise CG placement in a compact, Tour-proven shape. It boasts a lower profile moveable weight system with a 50g sliding weight and a 2° loft sleeve to offer versatile flight options. Golfers can shift the weight back for higher launch and stability, centre it for all-around performance or move it forward for a low-spin ball flight with maximum distance.

New to the Qi10 Tour Fairway is the integration of a TSS weight and the innovative Infinity Carbon Crown. The TSS weight enables precise customisation for pinpoint swing weighting, while the infinity crown provides a sleek, clean look at address that makes alignment easy.

Qi10 Tour fairway combines proven TaylorMade innovations like multi-material titanium carbon construction, laser topline alignment and Twist Face. These features blend seamlessly to enhance overall performance across a variety of on-course scenarios.

The Qi10 family of fairways are available for preorder starting the 9th of January 2024. Qi10 Max and Qi10 will be available at retail starting Feb. 2, 2024 and Qi10 Tour will be available at retail starting Feb. 16, 2024.

Qi10 fairways have an RRP of €379 and available in 3-wood (15°, RH/LH), 3-wood HL (16.5°, RH), 5-wood (18°, RH/LH), 7-wood (21°, RH/LH) and 9-wood (24°, RH) with Fujikura Ventus TR Blue FW 6 (R, S, X).

Qi10 Max fairways also have an RRP of €379 and available in both RH and LH 3-Wood (16°), 5-Wood (19°), and 7-Wood (22°) with Fujikura Speeder NX TCS 50 (S, R, A) shafts. There is also a women’s Qi10 Max offering in the same lofts with Fujikura Speeder NX TCS 40 shaft at the same price.

Qi10 Tour fairways have an RRP of €479 and available in both RH and LH 3-wood (15°) and 5-wood (18°).

Qi10, Qi10 Max and Qi10 Tour fairways come with Golf Pride’s Z-Grip Plus2 0.600 52g. QI10 Max women’s fairways have Lamkin’s ST Soft Grey/White 0.580 40g grip.

Qi10 RESCUE FAMILY

The Qi10 family of Rescue clubs is headlined by the all-new Carbon Crown in the Qi10 and Qi10 Max models, which frees up mass for optimal weight distribution and forgiveness. Each Rescue features a different shape with the oversized Qi10 Max, classic Qi10 and compact Qi10 Tour.

The Qi10 Rescue has internal split weighting and low CG to create a versatile Rescue with extremely long distance and easy, high launch. The mid face height allows for easy launch from tight lies and confidence off the tee. Both Qi10 and Qi10 Max hybrids have the proven V Steel sole to improve turn interaction and versatility.

Featuring rear-leaning perimeter weighting and ultra-low CG, the Qi10 Max Rescue is a versatile Rescue engineered for high launch and max forgiveness. A shallow face height allows golfers to hit it high from anywhere.

Qi10 Tour Rescue has a deeper forged C300 face with a higher toe that provides a look and performance for players seeking the ultimate combination of distance, workability, control and iron-like turf interaction with excellent versatility. Internal heel-toe weighting promotes added forgiveness with a more compact look.

The entire Qi10 Rescue family features Thru-Slot Speed Pocket to optimise speed on low face hits and Twist Face corrective face angles designed to overcome inherent golfer tendencies on mis-hits to produce straighter shots.

Qi10, Qi10 Max and Qi10 Tour hybrids are available for preorder starting Jan. 9th, 2024 and in stores Feb. 2, 2024.

The Qi10 Rescue has an RRP of €329 and available in lofts of 3-19° (RH/LH), 4-22° (RH/LH), 5-25° (RH/LH), 6-29° (RH only) and 7-33° (RH only) with Fujikura Ventus TR Blue HB (7S, 6R, 5A).

The Qi10 Max Rescue also has an RRP of €329 and available in lofts of 3-20° (RH/LH), 4-23° (RH/LH), 5-27°, 6-31° (RH only) and 7-35° (RH only). They are equipped with Fujikura Speeder NX TCS 50 (R, A) and 60 (S). A women’s offering is also available with Fujikura Speeder NX TCS 40 shaft and the Lamkin ST Soft Grey/White grip.

Both the Qi10 Max and Qi10 Rescue have Lamkin’s Crossline 360 Black/Blue 47g grip. Qi10 Max women’s comes with Lamkin’s ST Soft Grey/White 0.580 40g grip.

Featuring Golf Pride’s Z-Grip Plus2 0.6000 52g grip, the Qi10 Tour Rescue has an RRP of €349 and is offered in lofts of 2-17° (RH only), 3-19.5° (RH/LH) and 4-22° (RH/LH).

DP World Tour, PGA Tour, TaylorMade Golf, What's in the bag…

TaylorMade Golf – Six-time DP World Tour winner Tommy Fleetwood announce multi-year contract extension

January 6, 2024 – TaylorMade Golf has long boasted an unmatched roster of global athletes, and the company continues to invest in players that uphold the highest performance standards on the course and display some of the most relatable personalities in the game. The company has announced the re-signing of World No. 14, Tommy Fleetwood.

The six-time DP World Tour winner and European Ryder Cup hero has signed a multi-year extension. Renowned as one of the game’s dominant ball strikers, Fleetwood will continue to play P·7TW ironswhich he wielded to a result of 5th in Strokes Gained on the PGA Tour 2023. In addition to the BRNR Mini Driver, a club that’s delivered many memorable shots over the last season, Fleetwood’s bag for 2024 will include TaylorMade’s new Qi10 LS driver, Qi10 5-wood, Hi-Toe 3 wedge and TP5x pix golf ball.

“Deciding on your commercial partners plays a huge role in your career. Being a member of Team TaylorMade is something I am proud of, so renewing my contract is a natural progression for my continued improvement. Working with such a great team had a huge impact on the decision. Adrian (Rietveld) has become so important in my life, and along with Keith (Sbarbaro) and the rest of the team I know they do everything to support us on Tour. I appreciate the faith that David (Abeles) has in me, and I look forward to working together far into the future,” said Tommy Fleetwood.

Since joining Team TaylorMade in 2021, Fleetwood has 15 top 10 finishes including top 5s at the 2022 PGA Championship, 2022 Open Championship and 2023 U.S. Open. In his six seasons on the PGA TOUR, Fleetwood has five runner-up finishes, four 3rd place finishes, 22 top 5s and 33 top 10 finishes.

“Tommy is one of the classiest golfers in the game. From how he carries himself on the course to how he interacts with people off it, he truly epitomises the TaylorMade values of high-level performance and relatability to golfers from all walks of life. We couldn’t be prouder to continue our relationship with Tommy, he’s an elite athlete and one of golf’s foremost ambassadors. We’re thrilled to have him on Team TaylorMade,” said David Abeles.

In the golf bag of Tommy: 

  • Driver: TaylorMade Qi10 LS (9º)
  • Fairway woods: TaylorMade BRNR Mini Driver (13,5º); TaylorMade Qi10 5 (18º)
  • Irons: TaylorMade Golf P7TW (3-PW)
  • Wedges: TaylorMade Hi-Toe 3 (52º)
  • Golf Ball: TaylorMade TP5x pix

TOP-8 HIGHLIGTHS OF TOMMY FLEETWOOD

  • 6-Time DP World Tour Winner
  • Re-Signed to Multi-Year Contract with TaylorMade
  • First Signed with TaylorMade in 2021
  • Finished 5th on the PGA TOUR in Strokes Gained in 2022-23
  • Finished 6th in the FedEx Cup in 2022-23
  • Three Ryder Cup Appearances with an Overall Record of 7-3-2
  • 2017 Race to Dubai Champion
  • Marquee Victories: Nedbank Golf Challenge (2022 & ’19), Abu Dhabi HSBC Championship (2018 & ’17), 2017 French Open
Golf Companies, PGA Tour, TaylorMade Golf

TaylorMade Golf – Contract extension announced with Scottie Scheffler, the No. 1 player in the world

January 4, 2024 – As Scottie Scheffler begins his 2024 campaign this week at The Sentry, TaylorMade Golfhas announced with proud the continuation of this relationship with a multi-year contract extension.

In two full seasons with Team TaylorMade, Scheffler has produced seven worldwide wins including victories at The Masters and THE PLAYERS, all with TaylorMade Golf equipment. In that time Scheffler vaulted himself to the No.1 ranking in the OWGR, six PGA Tour wins in a historic 392-day span and back-to-back PGA Tour Player of the Year Honors.

“My relationship with TaylorMade goes well beyond just the equipment. I’ve been able to build trustworthy connections with their team knowing that they are always doing what is best for me to accomplish my goals of winning on the PGA TOUR. TaylorMade equipment has always been the industry standard in my eyes and I couldn’t be happier to continue this great partnership,” said Scottie Scheffler.

Scheffler began playing TaylorMade irons in 2020, before joining Team TaylorMade in the beginning of 2022 where he reeled off four wins in less than three months with TaylorMade driver, fairway wood and irons in the bag.

In 2023, Scheffler successfully defended his title at the Waste Management Open, won THE PLAYERS and the Hero World Challenge en route to defending his Player of the Year honors.

“Scottie has ascended to the top of golf’s world rankings with an uncompromising commitment to hard work, continuous improvement in every facet of his game, a champion’s mindset, and an expectation to meet the highest standard for his golf equipment. Combined with Scottie’s humility and grace, these attributes are consistent with the core values of TaylorMade and we couldn’t be more excited about his decision remain part of our team for the long term,” said David Abeles, TaylorMade CEO and President.

Scheffler is currently going through the testing process for his 2024 equipment set up. His expected 2024 WITB includes the Qi10 (8.0º) driver, the Qi10 (15.0º) 3-wood, and the P7TW (5-PW) irons.

SCOTTIE SCHEFFLER IN 10 HIGHLIGHTS

  • All seven worldwide wins have come with TaylorMade equipment in the bag in the last two seasons including wins at The Masters in 2022 and THE PLAYERS in 2023
  • Scheffler also has 27 Top 10s and 23 Top 5s since joining Team TaylorMade – including seven Top 5s in a row and 17 Top-10s (most since 2005) in 2022-23
  • The World No. 1 finished his 2022-23 season ranked first in the following categories: Scoring Average, Top 10 Finishes, SG: Total, SG: Off-The-Tee, SG: Approach, SG: Tee-to-Green, Greens in Regulation, Bogey Avoidance and Proximity from 175-200 yards
  • Scheffler’s 2022-23 Greens in Regulation (74.43%), Strokes Gained Tee-to-Green (2.62), adjusted scoring average (68.63) and bogey or worse percentage (10.73%) numbers are the best in PGA TOUR history by a player not named Tiger Woods
  • He is the only player in the Strokes Gained era to finish a season leading the TOUR in SG: Off-the-Tee and SG: Approach
  • Scheffler was the first player since 2009 to lead the PGA Tour in Greens in Regulation in back-to-back seasons
  • At THE PLAYERS in 2023, Scheffler became the first PLAYERS Champion to lead the field in both Driving Distance and Greens in Regulation
  • Scheffler’s victory at THE PLAYERS marked his sixth on the PGA Tour, just 392 days after he picked up his first TOUR title at the 2022 WM Phoenix Open
  • The gap of 392 days between wins one and six is the fourth shortest of the last 60 years on the PGA Tour
  • He is the only player to win the PGA TOUR Player of the Year (2022 & 2023), PGA TOUR Rookie of the Year (2020) and Korn Ferry Tour Player of the Year (2019). Won his last start at the Hero World Challenge

TaylorMade Golf

TaylorMade Golf – Launch of a Limited Edition for the first PGA Tour event of 2024 in Hawaii

January 3, 2024 – This first week of the year the golf vibrations reach us with an Aloha! The first event on the 2014 PGA Tour calendar takes us to the paradise of Hawaii, where the Sentry Tournament of Champions takes place from January 4 to 7.

More specifically, the Kapalua Plantation Course, which was closed for a few months as a result of the fire that devastated the island of Maui last August. Now recovered and reopened for golf tourists, it is the moment for the professionals in the classic tournament of champions, marked by the absence of the last winner, Jon Rahm, now in the lines of LIV Golf.

And to get in the mood, TaylorMade Golf has created the original SHAKA Collection, with a series of attractive golf products that golfers will love.

The SHAKA collection is an expression of the Aloha! state of mind, infusing the game with the laid-back Shaka spirit, the famous chill signal, that typical hand gesture associated with Hawaii and the surf culture.

The bag’s lush floral print adds an extra touch of island vibes, making every round of golf, wherever you are, feel like an escape to paradise.

The SHAKA TP5 and TP5x Pix balls, the SHAKA Flextech carry bag and the SHAKA mallet cover, in Limited Edition, can now be purchased online, to add a Hawaiian touch to your golf bag.

TaylorMade Golf

TaylorMade Golf – Announced the Limited Edition collection in partnership with Oracle Red Bull Racing

October 10, 2023 – Oracle Red Bull Racing and TaylorMade Golf Company, a renowned producer of high-performance golf equipment, today announced the launch of an exciting new collaboration. The collection will release exclusively on TaylorMadeGolf.com and its international sites on October 17, coinciding with the week of the 2023 United States Grand Prix.

Titled the “Speed Craft Collection,” the collaboration includes a full range of TaylorMade products inspired by Oracle Red Bull Racing’s season-dominating 2023 RB19 car, as well as the Team’s race suits. The collection embodies driver excellence and brings fans to the intersection of sport and lifestyle, showcasing the biggest products from TaylorMade with the iconic stamp of current World Champions, Oracle Red Bull Racing.

Featured in the collection is a special edition version of the Stealth 2 Plus driver, the Carbonwood played on Tour by TaylorMade athletes Scottie Scheffler and Rory McIlroy, incorporating the race car’s iconic dark navy and red livery as seen on track.

THE CARBON CONNECTION 

Both Oracle Red Bull Racing and Stealth 2 drivers thrive on the speed, power and lightweight strength of carbon construction. The advanced material allows the RB19 car to achieve the balance of precision weighting and aerodynamics that leads to the podium, while also serving as the basis for 60X Carbon Twist Face in Stealth 2. The engineering feat delivers better energy transfer at impact (compared to titanium) and helps maintain ball speed on off-centre strikes for increased forgiveness.

The Stealth 2 Plus features more carbon fibre that any driver in TaylorMade history, utilising nearly twice as much carbon compared to the original Stealth. It also features a sliding weight track with a 15g weight that can be positioned for your preferred shot shape – making it a fitting nod to the RB19, known for its on-track speed and adjustability.

Like the unmistakable acoustics of a perfectly tuned engine, our team obsessed over creating the ideal sound with Stealth 2 Plus, even factoring carbon sole thickness into the equation. In addition, we used a combination of curvature, shape, and internal stiffening ribs to deliver a sound profile that is both bright and powerful.

A FULL COLLECTION

Stability is critical whether taking curves at full speed or generating the perfect pace on a 10-footer. The Oracle Red Bull Racing Spider GTX putter boasts a sleek, modern design that pays homage to the classic high-MOI shape of Spider. Fluid lines and sharp angles come together to create a visually striking frame that perfectly cradles the golf ball at address.

Additional on-course items include a towel, tees, gloves, headcovers and TP5x golf balls, TaylorMade’s fastest and longest TOUR ball that’s preferred by Rory McIlroy and Tommy Fleetwood. It features a new Flight Dimple Pattern unlocks the next level of aerodynamics while promoting maximum carry distances.

For golfers on the course or fans at the track, the line also features co-branded lifestyle apparel and headwear to be worn anywhere at any time, keeping sport and fashion at the front and centre of the collection. The apparel includes a unique range of t-shirts, hoodies, caps and bucket hats, with designs that can be dressed up or down to celebrate the individual’s own style interpretation. The collaboration injects a unique lifestyle focus and players and fans alike can now elevate fashion and self-expression both on and off the course.

David Abeles, TaylorMade President and CEO said: “As two leading forces in our respective arenas, TaylorMade and Oracle Red Bull Racing share a common passion for pushing boundaries and pursuing excellence. Just as Oracle Red Bull Racing develops the ultimate vehicle for their drivers Max Verstappen and Sergio Perez, TaylorMade builds technology-driven golf equipment for our tour players and amateurs alike. We are thrilled to unveil the Speed Craft Collection, a testament to our collective commitment to innovation and performance.”

Oracle Red Bull Racing Team Principal and CEO Christian Horner said: “We are excited to announce our partnership with TaylorMade and kick things off with the new collaboration: we have put our own unique stamp on the collection and merged elite sport performance and lifestyle. We share our core principles with our new partner, by both prioritising high performing athletes at the top of their game and innovation in design. We are excited to bring this collaboration to fans worldwide”.

Putters, TaylorMade Golf

TaylorMade Golf – New Spider Tour Series with five unique models including the iconic Spider Tour and Spider Tour X putters

September 19, 2023 – With unmatched stability and an unmistakable shape, for nearly two decades Spider putters have been claiming major championships and stacking victories across professional tours globally.

Today, TaylorMade Golf revitalises the essence of this iconic franchise with the release of the Spider Tour Series – a family of high MOI putters with five unique models featuring renowned technologies such as True Path Alignment, Pure Roll and TSS weighting.

Within a design that will always be synonymous with stability, each Spider Tour Series putter is crafted using multi-material construction to push weight low and back in the head for high levels of inertia. Engineers created superstructures that maintain the shape of a classic Spider Tour, then utilised thin wall undercuts to remove excess weight.

A steel wireframe construction allows engineers to better control weight distribution and CG location. The suite of putters includes various CG positions to fit a wide variety of putting styles, while also arming custom fitters with an array of options.

Underneath the hood is a new HYBRAR Echo Damper that is also seen in TaylorMade distance irons such as Stealth and Stealth HD. It is placed directly behind the face to dampen unwanted vibrations, delivering premium sound and feel on every putt.

With the Spider Tour Series, TaylorMade is utilising the same Pure Roll insert that rose to prominence with the original Spider X putter. Moulded from a Surlyn material, it delivers a soft yet responsive feel with grooves that are angled 45° downward to help impart better topspin and an end-over-end roll.

The Gunmetal PVD (Physical Vapor Deposition) finish not only enhances the aesthetics of the putters but also provides enhanced durability and a sense of luxury that elevates the overall quality of the family. The PVD coating creates a robust barrier that helps protect the surface from the rigors of regular use and exposure to various environmental elements.

“Spider putters have long been synonymous with stability, which directly translates to high-MOI performance. The unconventional shape creates a more stable platform that protects ball speed on mishits and delivers a more consistent roll across the face. Our new Spider Tour Series maintains our iconic technological features, including True Path and Pure Roll, while also delivering a range of shapes and CG locations to match a variety of putting styles,” says Brian Bazzel, VP of Product Creation of the company.

In this new series there are different weight options with different centre of gravity placements to help different golfers’ putt better.

SPIDER TOUR

Spider Tour is one of the most recognisable shapes in the putting world, accounting for dozens of victories on professional tours across the globe. TaylorMade is breathing new life into the company’s most popular creations with enhanced materials, a new colour and refined weight distribution.

The Spider Tour model has a CG location of 35mm from the face, 5,700 MOI and 29° of toe hang on a small slant hosel. Spider Tour has over 700 MOI more than the previous model.

SPIDER TOUR X

Made popular as the putter of choice for Rory McIlroy, the Spider X shape has been one of the most sought-after in the franchise. It was originally designed to convert players who loved blade putters into mallets, using a compact shape and modern look to deliver a more blade-like feel with the added benefits of alignment and forgiveness that are incumbent to Spider putters.

TSS weights in Spider Tour X are placed farther forward, generating more face rotation and a CG placement that is 33mm from the face compared to 35mm of Spider Tour. This model has MOI of 5,000 and 30° of toe hang on the small slant hosel.

SPIDER TOUR Z

Spider Tour Z is one of two new shapes in this line-up, paying homage to the Spider Tour with a wing shaped back. The perimeter of this putter sits low in the ground to provide a comfortable feeling at address and help frame the golf ball for easy alignment. TSS weights on this model are placed very far forward to encourage more face rotation and a blade-like feel.

It has a CG location of 29mm from the face, 5,050 MOI and 29° of toe hang with a small slant hosel.

SPIDER TOUR V

Spider Tour V eliminates the wing structure and creates a more modern streamlined look. It is the smallest putter in shape and size in the line-up, providing the most rotation of the bunch.

Spider Tour V has a CG location of 27mm from the face, MOI of 4,900 and 32° of toe hang with a small slant hosel.

SPIDER TOUR S

The Spider Tour S is a larger version of the original Spider. The putter head is 3mm longer and 8mm wider in comparison. Spider Tour S is constructed at a heavier head weight and only offered at 35” and 38” lengths, with both featuring counterbalance grips for maximum stability.

Spider Tour S has a CG location of 38mm from the face, 6,063 MOI and is face balanced. It will be available in Spring of 2024.

Spider Tour series putters are available at retail on 27th of October with an RRP of €399. All models come equipped with a white/yellow SuperStroke GT 1.0 Pistol grip and gloss black PVD KBS shaft.

TaylorMade Golf, Wedges

TaylorMade Golf – New Milled Grind 4 wedges, with all-new Spin Treat technology, enhanced in wet conditions

August 15, 2023 – TaylorMade Golf, an industry leader in golf equipment innovation, unveils its latest breakthrough in wedge design – the Milled Grind 4 (MG4) with the all-new Spin Tread technology. Built upon the success of its predecessors, MG4 represents a significant advancement in the Milled Grind family, offering golfers a combination of spin control, versatility and premium feel.

“This is a major step forward in the progression of the Milled Grind family. With MG4 we have evolved our approach to wet spin and developed an all-new Spin Tread technology. We use a laser etching treatment to create face roughness, which translates to better friction and moisture channeling for optimal ball control, especially on partial shots,” says Bill Price, Senior Director of Product Creation, Putter & Wedge of the company.

This innovation proves crucial, particularly in wet conditions, where players experience higher launches and reduced spin. By combining the laser treatment with strategically designed grooves and a raw face, TaylorMade has achieved notable improvements in wet spin rates compared to prior models while also increasing face durability.

The technology works in a similar fashion to the tread on a tire, which creates space for water to exit so the tire can have direct contact with the pavement and better grip the road. In the case of MG4, the treads channel away moisture and allow the golf ball to stay on the face longer while imparting more spin.

With MG4, TaylorMade has not only focused on performance and technology, but also prioritised aesthetics and player feedback. MG4 features a refined finish with a slightly darker tint, minimising glare and providing a more unified appearance that blends seamlessly with the raw face as it oxidises over time. Furthermore, the redesigned back geometry enhances the wedge with a more solid and softer feel – all complimenting its refined Tour-inspired shaping and address versatility.

“The feel component is a significant factor. By replacing the chrome-plated face with raw finishes early in the Milled Grind evolution, we were able to influence spin and also enhance the overall feel of the wedge. Adding our reconstructed backbar, with more weight positioned directly behind the strike zone, allows us to help players achieve their desired shot trajectories and spin rates with premium feel and confidence,” says Greg Cesario, TaylorMade Wedge Design Team of the company.

TaylorMade has introduced a comprehensive range of sole grinds in the MG4 lineup, offering golfers more versatility while also simplifying the selection process. The grinds are categorised into three main options: low bounce (LB), standard bounce (SB) and high bounce (HB). However, to cater to different swing dynamics, the company added alternative options in each category, providing a total of six bounces to meet the player’s unique requirements.

The new MG4 wedge range features the following sole grinds:

  • Low Bounce (LB): Low leading edge for added versatility and shot making in firm conditions.
  • Low Bounce V (LBV): Designed for skilled players with a shallow attack angle, offering exceptional spin and the ability to manipulate face angles effectively.
  • Standard Bounce (SB): All-around performance that prevents excessive digging and allows the clubhead to glide through the turf smoothly.
  • Standard Bounce C (SBC): Provides increased versatility for players who prefer to manipulate face angles, without compromising bounce performance.
  • High Bounce (HB): TaylorMade’s standard high bounce design is playable for skilled golfers and defies the convention that high bounce wedges are only for high handicappers. In fact, Rory McIlroy uses a HB 60º Milled Grind 4 depending on course conditions.
  • High Bounce Wide (HBW): With an increased sole width, this high bounce option offers improved playability and excels in sand play.

  • Tiger Woods Grind (TW): Offered in 56° and 60° lofts, each sole on the MG4 TW was inspired by Tiger’s grind. The 56° wedge is a dual sole with heavy heel relief, while the 60° has an extremely high bounce on the leading edge with a shaved heel. Designed to be supremely versatile, these unique grinds allow Tiger to take on any shot, on any course, anywhere in the world.

The TaylorMade Milled Grind 4 wedges are available in two premium finishes, Tour Satin Chrome and Tour Matte Black (SB only). Milled Grind 4 will be available at retail on September 8, 2023 with an RRP of 199€, with the TW Grind at an RRP of 249€.

Standard available lofts include 46º, 48º, 50º, 52º, 54º, 56º, 58º and 60º. The 46º and 48º lofts are only available in Standard Bounce options. The wedges come equipped with True Temper Dynamic Gold Tour Issue 115g Wedge shaft and Lamkin Crossline 360 Black/Silver/Green Round grip.

Irons, TaylorMade Golf

TaylorMade Golf – Launch of the latest iteration of the acclaimed P·790 Irons Featuring FLTD CG & SpeedFoam Air

August 8, 2023 – TaylorMade Golf’s P·Series irons each have their own unique artistry that positions them among the highest-performing irons in the marketplace. Today, TaylorMade announces the all-new P·790, with each iron individually designed to perform exactly how golfers need it.

With precision mass optimisation in each iron, tungsten weighting and SpeedFoam Air, every individual iron has a unique internal structure. This AI-optimised construction is engineered to create an unrivaled blend of distance, forgiveness and accuracy.

True Beauty Lies Within: The 2023 P·790 irons are all about what’s inside.

“P·790 is a collision of art and engineering. The allure lies not only in the clean design and visual appeal, but also in the high-performance machine that lives within. It’s the total package, an ideal blend of external elegance and internal power,” says Matt Bovee, Director, Product Creation Irons of the company.

FLTD CG FOR CONSISTENT PERFORMANCE

For the first time, P·790 features FLTD CG, a strategic design that positions the centre of gravity (CG) lowest in long irons and progressively shifts it higher throughout the set. This intuitive design concept allows for easier launch and more forgiveness in the long irons, while the shorter, weaker lofted irons are designed to control ball flight and optimise spin.

In the long irons (3-4), CG has been shifted almost a millimeter lower compared to previous generations, while CG starts to creep up as you go through the set. Overall, there is a linear trend from low-to-high giving the golfer spin exactly where they need it to promote accuracy, control and consistency from top to bottom.

IT’S WHAT’S INSIDE THAT COUNTS

The internal structure of every P·790 iron was uniquely designed with AI-driven mass optimisation, ensuring every gram of weight was strategically placed to deliver the best possible result with that specific iron.

The most notable visual difference from one iron to the next is the sound stabilisation bar, which sits above the tungsten weight framework. Located in the three through seven irons, each bar is uniquely shaped and positioned to individually optimise feel and performance by controlling the amount of unsupported space between the internal structure and the topline of the club. The design minimises unwanted vibrations at impact and ensures that every iron creates a premium forged feel with optimal CG placement.

In the long irons, the sound stabilisation bar moves more toward the centre of the club while the tungsten weight frame is positioned nearer to the sole. Mass distribution is specifically arranged to lower the centre of gravity, making it easier to launch the golf ball high with low- lofted irons.

Compared to prior generations of P·790 irons, a larger face opening gave engineers more space to push tungsten weights farther towards the toe. In conjunction with a thick-thin back wall that creates additional mass savings, this new construction allows for a shift in mass that’s designed to produce more consistency throughout the set.

Moving weight lower and towards the perimeter of the club further allowed engineers to design for improved forgiveness and control CG positioning. Within the scoring clubs (8-PW), CG progressively shifts higher for more control, better spin properties and enhanced accuracy.

REFINED AESTHETICS

P·790 irons have always been revered for their clean and minimalistic appearance, and the latest model upholds that history. A band of tour satin scratch bisects the pearl satin chrome finish to create premium appeal. With refined aesthetics, P·790 irons seamlessly blend with P·770 irons in a combo set to create a unified look throughout the bag.

PROVEN P·790 TECHNOLOGIES

The 2023 P·790 irons still feature SpeedFoam Air, which is 69 percent less dense than the original SpeedFoam. A forged 4140 high speed face creates a hollow body construction that houses the internal technology and sustains a premium feel.

A staple of TaylorMade designs, the Thru-Slot Speed Pocket works in unison with unique internals constructions to expand the sweet spot while also protecting ball speeds on low face strikes. P·790 irons include machined grooves for precision craftsmanship, a characteristic that is paramount throughout the P·Series lineup. P·790 features a pearl satin scratch finish and tour satin stripe that runs down the middle of the club, with a sharp tonality on the polishing.

The all-new P·790 irons are available for pre-order on August 8, 2023, with sets hitting the shelves on September 1, 2023. P·790 irons have an RRP per iron of 220€ for steel and 257€ for graphite.

P·790 irons are offered in 3-PW, AW (RH/LH) with True Temper Dynamic Gold 105 (S) and Dynamic Gold 95 (R) steel shafts and Mitsubishi MMT 75S, 65R and 55A graphite shafts. P·790 irons come equipped with Golf Pride’s Z Grip +2.

Putters, TaylorMade Golf

TaylorMade Golf – Launch of the new TP Reserve family of premium milled putters

June 23, 20232 – With a history of innovation in putter technology, TaylorMade Golf expands its reach across the ecosystem of putter design and plants its flag in the world of premium milled putters with the launch of TP Reserve.

The TP Reserve family of premium milled putters features three classic blade shapes and three refined mallets. Each TP Reserve model is a blend of detailed precision, crafted with classic styling and awe-inspiring aesthetics.

Designed and machined with soft 303 stainless steel, machined-in grooves on the face reduce surface area, impacting the ball for a softer feel and crisp sound.

TP Reserve has fine linear mill marks across the face with a set of grooves machined in at a specific depth to achieve optimal sound. The grooves are machined in the same linear fashion with strike location from top-to-bottom and heel-to-toe, maintaining the same sound regardless of impact location.

TaylorMade engineers created four different fitting options via a combination of shaft and hosel designs for selective toe hangs. The hosel in each model is represented by the second number in the model name. Hosels included are: L-Neck No. 1, Small Slant No. 3, Single Bend No. 7 and Flow Neck No. 9.

“There is a large bucket of golfers that love the look of a classic putter shape, and we took the time to carefully craft performance in a way that is a brand-new opportunity for us. The story of TP Reserve is about style, craftsmanship and character which can be seen in every aspect of the putter”.

“We sweated the details, received TOUR feedback and went with refined edges, thinner toplines, new flange thickness and blade length to create putters built off exactness instead of sameness”, says Bill Price, Senior Director Product Creation, Putter & Wedge.

B11 & B13: Shaping to Fit the Calculated Putting Mind

Clean geometric shaping with precise edges and sharp lines help frame the ball while inspiring confidence. A thin machined topline creates an exact 8mm topline compared to the 9mm topline of the TP Juno cast putter it took inspiration from. With feedback from TaylorMade Tour Professionals, the B1 models also have a longer blade length.

B11 features a reinvented L-neck hosel where machining allowed for a shorter hosel bucket and increased radii on the edges. B13 has a small slant hosel with 57° of toe hang, the most of any putter in the TP Reserve line.

B29: Shaped for the Purpose of Putting

With smooth, flowing lines the B29 model produces exceptional feel and consistent roll time after time. B29 draws inspiration from the TP Soto and features the flow neck hosel, with machined bumpers to achieve softer edges.

B31: Reinventing a TaylorMade Classic

Engineers reinvented this classic TaylorMade shape by shaving away material behind centre face to create perfectly balanced wings on the heel and toe – dispersing weight to the perimeter for enhanced MOI.

Compared to the TP Del Monte, which was 104mm from heel to toe, the B31 is 110m to create a distinctive look with more stability. The B31 model is the only blade to feature a sole plate to dial in sound on this larger blade. It comes with the same L-neck hosel as B11.

M21 & M27: Tour-Proven Wing Design

Inspired by the TP Bandon, M21 and M27 mallets deliver high MOI performance and elegant aesthetics. The models feature a combination of soft edges and a blend of machine marks with sharp geometric lines that reflect the technical precision of this classic mallet.

M27 has a new mid-length single bend that is shorter, making the point where the shaft bends closer to the putter head. This reduces offset and produces minimal toe hang promoting easier set up and repetitive alignment.

Every TP Reserve mallet has a premium sole plate offering artisanship and function to help optimise sound and feel.

M33 & M37: Appealing to the Golfer’s Inner Creativity

This round shape is new to the TaylorMade family with outside edges that are machined and have radii to control the dimensions for advanced exactness. This model is the only TP Reserve mallet with a sightline on top, in addition to two in the back cavity. Both models have a 1mm thicker topline than the M21 & M27 models.

M33, with the small slant hosel, has the most toe hang of the TP Reserve mallets at 33°.

M47: Inspiring the Putting Purist

M47 is a blend of a blade and mallet crafted into a flawless piece of performance steel. It has the widest topline of the three TP Reserve mallets and gradient thickness in the cavity and a perfected radius along the bumpers.

The TaylorMade TP Reserve putters will be available for preorder from June 23 and at retail beginning August 18 with an RRP of 499 euros. All models come in right-handed and left-handed options with lengths of 33”, 34” and 35”. The putters come equipped with KBS 120 Chrome stepless shaft and Black Lamkin Deep Etched Pistol grip to optimise feel.

TP Reserve putters come with a premium leather headcover with its minimalist design and soft-to-the-touch feel.

Drivers, TaylorMade Golf

TaylorMade Golf – The All-New BRNR Mini Driver, a modern take on a TaylorMade classic

April 17, 2023 – TaylorMade Golf, a leading performance golf brand, has announced the launch of the BRNR Mini Driver, paying homage to the iconic Ti Bubble 2 Driver that dominated professional tours in the mid-1990s.

This model combines retro aesthetics with modern technology and performance, continuing TaylorMade’s throwback theme among the Mini Driver franchise.

The 304cc BRNR Mini features a modern twist with a reimagined K-sole resembling the Ti Bubble 2. The K-sole helps the club glide smoothly through the turf while reducing resistance and promoting a consistent strike. This enables golfers to have “driver off the deck” distance with the consistency of higher lofted fairway woods.

Two movable weights on the sole – a 13g weight in the back and a 1.5g weight in the front – can be modified to create dynamically different results and ball flights. In the standard setting with the 13g weight in the back, it provides the optimal blend of long distance, forgiveness and versatility. Moving the 13g weight to the front produces a low spin setting for longer distance with a piercing trajectory and increased roll out. This setting reduces spin by approximately 200 rpms.

The BRNR Mini Driver, who it’s for?

While the BRNR Mini Driver can benefit a wide range of golfers, it best fits two use cases. First, better players seeking a club they can play off the tee with enhanced accuracy while still maximising distance. Select Tour professionals opt for Mini Driver for this reason – because it tightens dispersion for powerful players with ultra-fast ball speeds without sacrificing too much distance. Players in this category also like hitting it off the deck, making it a valuable weapon on second shots into long par 5s.

The second common use case is for golfers who struggle with the driver – making it an ideal option for players who find 460cc drivers challenging to hit, especially those who hit down on the ball and fail to optimise launch with larger heads. For these players, the BRNR Mini Driver provides an advantage over 3-wood because of its larger face, which adds forgiveness and more face area for contact.

Overall, it is a versatile club that can be used by a wide range of golfers, from fast swing-speed players looking for accuracy off the tee to average golfers looking for a more forgiving and easier-to-launch alternative to fairway woods.

“BRNR has been very popular in testing with tour players, especially at the first major of the year as a potential fairway finder on demanding tee shots and on approach shots on par fives. Players are always looking for a club that can be versatile and reliable off the tee and BRNR checks both of those boxes. Being able to adjust the weights to match the ball flight the player is looking for allows this club to be something that provides distance and shot shaping ability that can be crucial at narrower courses,” says Keith Sbarbaro, Vice President, Tour Operations of the company.

A NOD TO THE PAST

Revitalising the Mini Driver franchise as a homage to the past began in 2019 with the reinvention of the Original One, celebrating the club’s 40th anniversary and the launch of the first metalwood driver. The 300 Mini Driver further elevated the franchise in 2021. Following that success, BRNR continues the legacy of bringing back iconic 300cc-sized drivers that have defined the brand over the years.

Drawing inspiration from the Ti Bubble 2 Driver, which was in the winners’ bag at the 1998 Masters, the BRNR Mini features the original design’s unmistakable copper and black hues. It maintains critical stylistic elements such as the mid-’90s TaylorMade logo while possessing advanced technology and material usage.

Every component was designed to create a nostalgic experience. The popular UST ProForce 65 shaft is revitalised and dressed in black and copper to resemble the original Burner Bubble. A SuperStroke S-Tech grip (50g) adds to the aesthetic, while a retro-inspired barrel headcover completes the package.

“The BRNR Mini Driver is a modern interpretation of a classic driver, showcasing our long- standing heritage in the sport. While it has retro aesthetics, it’s no showpiece to hang in your office. It has the horsepower to attack golf courses and can be a major asset in the hands of the right golfer. We aimed to balance throwback elements with modern looks, technology and performance,” says Tomo Bystedt, Senior Director of Product Creation, Metalwoods & Carbonwood of the company.

BRNR Mini Driver is launched today 17th of April and on sale at retail on 21st of April, with an RRP of 479 Euros, and will be offered in lofts of 11.5° and 13.5°. The UST Mamiya ProForce 65 – Retro Burner Edition 65 (S, R) is the stock shaft offering. BRNR comes stock with SuperStroke S-Tech 50g Grip (Black/Copper).

Golf Balls, Rules, TaylorMade Golf

TaylorMade Golf – Nearly 45,000 golfers offer opinion and feedback on proposed golf ball ruling

March 31, 2023 – In response to the USGA and R&A’s proposed golf ball Model Local Rule (MLR), TaylorMade invited everyday golfers to voice their opinion by completing a survey regarding the topic of golf ball bifurcation.

Nearly 45,000 golfers across more than 100 countries spanning a variety of ages, abilities and participation levels took the time to complete the survey and have their voice heard.

Notable results are: 

Are you familiar with the Model Local Rule (MLR) for golf balls used in Elite Competitions that was recently proposed by The United States Golf Association (USGA) and The Royal and Ancient Golf Club (R&A)?

  • 93% Yes
  • 7% No

Is the proposed golf ball rule clear to you?

  • 83% Yes
  • 17% No 

To the best of your knowledge, do you agree with the proposed golf ball rule?

  • 81% No
  • 19% Yes

Are you for or against bifurcation in the game of golf (i.e., different rule(s) for professionals versus amateurs)?

  • 81% Against
  • 19% For

To the best of your knowledge, do you think the proposed golf ball rule is good for the game of golf?

  • 81% No
  • 19% Yes

Do you think average hitting distances in professional golf need to be reduced?

  • 77% No
  • 23% Yes

How important is it for you to play with the same equipment professional golfers use?

  • 48% Extremely important
  • 35% Moderately important
  • 17% Not at all important

How interested are you in professional golf?

  • 81% Extremely interested
  • 18% Moderately interested
  • 1% Not interested at all

The next generation of golfers said they would be less interested in professional golf if the proposed MLR were to go into effect, with 57 percent of golfers aged 18-34 years old stating they would be less interested, while five percent said they would be more interested.

If the proposed golf ball rule were to go into effect, would it have an impact on your interest in professional golf?

  • 45% Yes, I would be less interested
  • 49% No, I would be just as interested
  • 6% Yes, I would be more interested

If the proposed golf ball rule were to go into effect, would it have an impact on how much golf you play?

  • 85% No, it wouldn’t have an impact
  • 14% Yes, I would play less golf
  • 1% Yes, I would play more golf

Please use up to three words to describe the proposed golf ball rule.

Is the majority of the golf you play recreational or competitive (i.e., tournaments)?

  • 79% Recreational
  • 21% Competitive

Which captures your handicap index?

  • 0.5 or better 6%
  • 0.6-4.9 13%
  • 5.0 to 9.9 24%
  • 10.0 to 14.9 27%
  • 15.0 to 19.9 17%
  • 20.0 to 24.9 7%
  • 25.0 to 29.9 2%
  • 30.0 or higher 1%
  • I don’t have a handicap index 3%

How many years have you played golf?

  • Less than a year 1%
  • 1-2 years 4%
  • 3-5 years 10%
  • 6-10 years 12%
  • 11-15 years 11%
  • 16-20 years 11%
  • More than 20 years 51%

“The goal of our survey was to give golfers the opportunity to voice their opinion on this proposed ruling as we absorb the MLR and its potential effects on the everyday golfer. We are grateful that nearly 45,000 golfers across the world felt the need for their voice to be heard. The overwhelming amount of responses show the passion, knowledge and care for the game our audience possesses. Each response and data point is being reviewed as we will utilize this feedback in our preparation to provide a response to the USGA and R&A”, says David Abeles, TaylorMade Golf President & CEO.

A summary of the notable data from a survey of nearly 45,000 golfers.

Golfers from more than 100 countries voiced their opinion on the proposed rule change.

Rules, TaylorMade Golf

TaylorMade Golf – Responding to the USGA and R&A’s proposed golf ball Model Local Rule

March 21, 2023 – TaylorMade Golf has issued the following statement to all golfers regarding the recent USGA/R&A proposed golf ball rollback:

“The USGA and R&A recently announced a proposal to create a Model Local Rule where highly skilled golfers must use a different golf ball from 2026 onwards. This will introduce bifurcation into our sport, meaning that you – the golfer – will play with different equipment than the professionals. 

We believe a large part of golf’s appeal is this underlying sense of: ‘I can do that, too.’ And using the same equipment as the pros gives us a more accurate feel for how talented these players are. Most of us will never know what it’s like to play in Madison Square Garden, throw a touchdown in the Super Bowl, or score the game-winning goal in a World Cup final, but we can go to St. Andrews, walk across the Swilcan Bridge and for a moment feel what it’s like to be a professional. Walk in their shoes, play the same courses, and use the same equipment. It’s all part of why we love this sport.

The USGA and R&A have provided a window in which all manufacturers can provide feedback on this proposal and its potential impact.

As we absorbed this announcement and tried to understand the why, as well as the impact, all of our conversations came back to one place – you, the golfer. We want your voice to be heard, so please, let us know what you think.

TaylorMade Golf invite you to be part of the conversation and to be part of our feedback to the USGA and R&A:

TAKE THE SURVEY HERE

PGA Tour, TaylorMade Golf, What's in the bag…

TaylorMade Golf – Scottie Scheffler wins the WM Phoenix Open with Stealth 2 Plus driver and gets de Nº1

February 13, 2023 – Scottie Scheffler reclaimed the World No. 1 ranking after securing back-to-back victories at the Waste Management Phoenix Open 2023 going 6-under par on Sunday (68-64-68-65) with Stealth 2 Plus Driver, Stealth 2 3-fairway wood and P·7TW irons in the bag.

Scheffler made four birdies and an eagle in the final round with his driving average on those holes being 316-yards. His drive on the Par 5 13th hole was 366-yards, setting up a birdie that started to separate Scheffler from the chasers behind him.

All five of Scheffler’s career wins have come in the last year, all with TaylorMade drivers. Scheffler’s win with Stealth 2 Plus comes off the heels of detailed work between Scheffler and TaylorMade tour representatives during practice rounds at the WM Phoenix Open.

Scheffler’s win marks his fifth in the last 365 days, the most of any player on the PGA Tour.

What’s in Scottie Scheffler golf bag?

  • Driver: TaylorMade Stealth 2 Plus (8º, Fujikura Ventus Black 7 X)

  • Fairway wood: TaylorMade Stealth 2 3 (15º, Fujikura Ventus Black 8 X)

  • Irons: Srixon ZU85 (3-4, 3 Nippon N.S. Pro Modus 3 Hybrid Prototype 10 X); TaylorMade P7TW (5-PW, True Temper Dynamic Gold Tour Issue X100)
  • Wedges: Titleist Vokey Design SM8 (50º/12ºF, 56º/14ºF, True Temper Dynamic Gold Tour Issue S400); Titleist Vokey Design WedgeWorks Proto (60º/06ºK, True Temper Dynamic Gold Tour Issue S400)
  • Grips: Golf Pride Tour Velvet
  • Putter: Scotty Cameron Special Select Timelss Tourtype GSS
  • Ball: Titleist Pro V1
LPGA Tour, TaylorMade Golf

TaylorMade Golf – World Nº2 Nelly Korda signs to play Stealth 2 HD driver and TP5 golf ball

January 17, 2023 – TaylorMade Golf and World No.2 on the Rolex Women’s World Golf Rankings Nelly Korda have agreed to a multi-year partnership beginning at this week’s Hilton Grand Vacations Tournament of Champions at Lake Nona.

The eight-time winner on the LPGA Tour, major champion and Olympic Gold Medalist will play a full bag of TaylorMade equipment and TP5 golf ball.

“The captivating talent and unparalleled drive to win Nelly possesses makes us proud to have her join our Team TaylorMade family. Nelly sets a standard of excellence that we are motivated to match by putting the highest performing equipment possible in her hands each week she competes. We are looking forward to working with Nelly towards accomplishing her goal of more major championships and victories on the LPGA Tour in the years to come,” says David Abeles, TaylorMade Golf President & CEO.

With testing still ongoing, at Lake Nona this week Korda’s TaylorMade staff bag will feature:

  • Driver: TaylorMade Stealth 2 HD (9.0°)
  • Fairway Woods: TaylorMade Stealth 2 3-wood (15.0°); TaylorMade Stealth 2 7-wood (21.0°)
  • Irons: TaylorMade P·770 (5-6 irons); TaylorMade P·7MC (7-PW)
  • Wedges: TaylorMade Milled Grind 3 (50°, 54°)
  • Golf Ball: TaylorMade TP5

“I signed with TaylorMade because of their proven ability to elevate the game of the best golfers in the world. In testing with the TaylorMade Tour Team, it was clear that not only was I working with high performing equipment, but also a team that shared my passion for working as hard as possible to be in the best position to win. I’m thrilled to be a part of Team TaylorMade,” says Nelly Korda.

Korda’s consistent delivery and desired draw shot shape made the Stealth 2 HD driver a perfect pair as she noted liking the look and feel of the draw bias head. In her irons, the 2023 P·770’s gave Korda added height to be able to hold greens from the 180-yard range, while in shorter irons the 2023 P·7MC’s provide the dispersion and distance control she was looking for.

After testing the TP5x and TP5 golf balls, Korda decided on TP5 as she was able to maintain a desired trajectory with softer feel and more spin around the greens.

Drivers, TaylorMade Golf

TaylorMade Golf – The MyStealth 2 programme allow you to put the Stealth 2 Plus driver in your element

January 11, 2023 – TaylorMade Golf continues its investment in personalization with the MyStealth 2 programme to allow golfers to have advanced personalization in the Stealth 2 Plus driver model.

This are the characteristics that can be personalized:

  • Face Colour: Red, Black, Yellow, Blue, Light Blue, Bright Green, Pink, Orange, Purple
  • Ring Colour: Red, Black, Gold, Silver, White, Charcoal
  • Crown Finish: Gloss or Satin
  • Top Line: Black or White
  • Sightline: Logo or No Logo
  • Weight Colours: Black or Chrome
  • Custom MyStealth 2 Headcover

MyStealth 2 has an RRP of 759€ and is offered in the Stealth 2 Plus model in 9° and 10.5° loft in both RH and LH. Preorder begins the 10th of January 2023 at TaylorMadeGolf.com and available at select retailers starting the 17th of February 2023.

Fairway Woods, Hybrids / Rescues, TaylorMade Golf

TaylorMade Golf – New Stealth 2 fairways and hybrids, featuring versatile designs and breakthrough technologies

January 10, 2023 – TaylorMade Golf continues its technological innovation in the fairway wood and Rescue categories with the announcement of the Stealth 2 fairway and Stealth 2 Rescue family. The latest line of Stealth 2 fairway woods and Rescue clubs continues to feature with breakthrough movable weight technologies and versatile designs.

The flagship model of the line is Stealth 2 Plus fairway, which features a heavy 50g sliding weight on the sole. This weight allows for three main settings, each with its own performance characteristics – creating three different fairway woods in one. The middle setting is the most versatile for optimal playability off the deck or off the tee. This standard setting will fit a wide range of golfers and has mid launch, mid-spin and consistently powerful distance.

Players can manipulate the weight to fit their swing or desired launch conditions. Shifting it to the front reduces spin and creates a piercing trajectory for added distance off the tee. This setting is also ideal for high-spin golfers who want to knock off spin for increased roll out and distance.

“We anticipate the forward setting being popular on Tour, particularly among players like Collin Morikawa who have historically used our 13.5° Rocket 3-wood for increased distance and a low spin/low launch. The versatility of Stealth 2 Plus will allow for this type of “rocket” setting but ultimately its versatility is its greatest appeal.”

“Adjusting the movable weight creates noticeable performance differences in terms of launch, spin and distance, allowing golfers to dial in the preferred flight characteristics that their game, course and conditions require,” says Tomo Bystedt, Senior Director of Product Creation.

Positioning the weight all the way back is the most forgiving setting. It adds spin and increases MOI for enhanced performance on off-centre strikes. This setting also encourages a steeper descent angle with more spin, creating a performance option for players who possess the power and speed to attack par 5s with their second shots – helping them to hold the green more easily.

The combination of the sliding weight along with an FCT Loft Sleeve gives Stealth 2 Plus a massive spin and loft range, checking in at +/- 2° of loft and approximately +/- 550 RPMs of spin. These two functions allow players to customise the club to fit their specific needs and playing style.

The Stealth 2 fairway builds on the success of the original Stealth fairway, which was among the most played fairway woods on the PGA Tour in 2022. It features a slightly lower profile 3D carbon crown that pushes CG down and pulls mass away from the high toe area, allowing more weight to be positioned rearward for optimal forgiveness and maximum playability.

The V Steel sole continues to play a pivotal role with the Stealth 2 fairway. This iconic TaylorMade technology is dual-purpose:

1)  Helping to drive weight low for deeper CG.

2)  Improving turf interaction and providing the versatility to take on a variety of lies.

Another unique addition to the TaylorMade fairway family is the all-new Stealth 2 HD, engineered to maximise forgiveness and deliver easy playability for golfers at every level. A radical departure from traditional TaylorMade designs, it features an ultra-high MOI construction with an oversized 200cc head.

A larger, low-profile sole helps the club hug the ground at address and makes it easier to achieve a high launch, while internal weighting encourages a draw-bias ball flight. Stealth HD has the highest MOI of any TaylorMade fairway wood and expands the limits of forgiveness in terms of off-the-deck playability. For golfers who have historically struggled to produce successful shots with their fairway woods, this ground-breaking design will be an exciting and easy-to-hit alternative.

Every Stealth 2 fairway and Rescue features a new Advanced Inverted Cone Technology, an intelligent design that optimises the face thickness profile of each individual club type to ensure peak performance regardless of face size, shape or material. Engineered to maximise speed and enhance durability, the design is thinnest at true centre and around the edges, with a thicker mantle surrounding centre face.

“Advanced ICT takes a proven TaylorMade concept and pushes it to the next level. We’ve now optimised variable face thickness for each individual club, so that every face on a Stealth 2 fairway or Rescue has been specifically engineered for that club. This design feat is a testament to our team’s relentless drive to improve on every aspect of our products year after year,” add Matt Johnson, Principal Engineer, Advanced Design.

SPECIFICATIONS

Stealth 2 Plus, Stealth 2 and Stealth 2 HD fairways will be available for preorder on January 10 and at retail on February 17, 2023. Stealth 2 Plus has an RRP of 479€ and will be offered in 3/15° and 5/18° lofts. It will be offered in the Mitsubishi Kai’li Red FW (75X, 75S, 65R), with a variety of custom shaft options available. Stealth 2 Plus fairways come stock with the Golf Pride’s Z-Grip (52g).

Stealth 2 and Stealth 2 HD have an RRP of 379€. Stealth 2 will be offered in lofts of 3/15°, 3HL/16.5°, 5/18°, 7/21° and 9/24°. Shaft offerings include Fujikura Ventus TR Red FW (6-S, 5-R, 5-A), with a variety of custom shaft options available. Stealth 2 HD will be offered in lofts of 16°, 19° and 22°. Fujikura Speeder NX Red is the stock shaft offering with a variety of custom shaft options available. Both models come stock with Golf Pride’s Z-Grip (52g).

Stealth 2 HD Women’s Fairway is offered in lofts of 16°, 19° and 22°, and comes stock with the Aldila Ascent Ladies 45 shaft and Lamkin Ladies Sonar grip.

STEALTH 2 PLUS, STEALTH 2 AND STEALTH 2 HD RESCUE CLUBS

For the first time, TaylorMade is releasing a trio of Rescue clubs within the same family: Stealth 2 Plus, Stealth 2 and Stealth 2 HD, each designed with a specific golfer and performance goal in mind.

Stealth 2 Plus Rescue features a compact tour-inspired shape that lends itself to enhanced shot making. It combines the control and workability of a long iron with the added forgiveness of a Rescue.

Compared to the original Stealth Rescue, CG is positioned lower in the Stealth 2 head for a more centered CG projection that leads to optimal launch and spin. A mass pad positioned at the back of the club further increases MOI for forgiveness and playability.

Stealth 2 HD is new to the family and utilises a larger but lower overall profile along with internal draw-bias weighting to deliver high launch and easy-to-hit performance. Higher lofts than traditional Rescue clubs promote better launch and help golfers get the ball airborne faster at moderate swing speeds.

With versatile designs and breakthrough technologies, the Stealth 2 family of fairway woods and Rescue clubs has the potential to change the trajectory of fairway and hybrid design for years to come. Golfers of all abilities will be able to find a club that fits their needs and helps them improve their game.

SPECIFICATIONS

Stealth 2 Plus, Stealth 2 and Stealth 2 HD Rescues clubs will be available for preorder on January 10 and at retail on February 17, 2023. Stealth 2 Plus has an RRP of 329€ and will be offered in lofts of 2/17°, 3/19.5° and 4/22°. It will be offered in the Mitsubishi Kai’li Red HY (95X, 85S, 75R) shaft, with numerous custom shaft options available. It comes stock with the Golf Pride’s Z-Grip (52g).

Stealth 2 Rescue has an RRP of 299€ and will be offered in lofts of 3/19°, 4/22°, 5/25°, 6/28° and 7/31°. It will be offered in the Fujikura Ventus Red TR HB (7-S, 6-R, 5-A) shaft, with numerous custom shaft options, as well as Lamkin’s Crossline 360 grip (47g).

Stealth 2 HD Rescue has an RRP of 299€ and will be offered in lofts of 3/20°, 4/23°, 5/27° and 6/31°. It will be offered in the Fujikura Speeder NX Red (60-S, 50-R, 50-A) shaft, with numerous custom shaft options available. Stealth 2 HD Rescue comes stock with the Lamkin Crossline 360 grip (47g).

Stealth 2 HD Women’s Rescue offerings include the Aldila Ascent Ladies shaft and the Lamkin Ladies Sonar grip (38g). Loft offerings include 4/23°, 5/27° and 6/31°.

Irons, TaylorMade Golf

TaylorMade Golf – New Stealth HD Irons, designed to help developing golfers find more success in the game

January 10, 2023 – TaylorMade Golf, the industry leader in innovation and technology, today announces the all-new Stealth HD irons – an unconventional approach to helping developing golfers find success in the game.

The original Stealth iron featuring Cap Back design for more forgiveness excelled at bringing golfers everywhere better shots more often and will continue as the brand’s marquee game improvement iron. With the addition of Stealth HD, the company welcomes a wider breadth of golfers to Team TaylorMade with a more forgiving, easy-to-launch max game improvement option.

Development of this iron started from the ground up, as TaylorMade embarked on a journey to create an iron unlike any other in the brand’s history. Product creationists and engineers surveyed golfers in the max game improvement demographic to understand what they need, how they play golf and gather data on their performance. Research included extensive product testing as well as in-depth interviews with the target golfers for Stealth HD.

Taking design inspiration from the data, Stealth HD was engineered to deliver performance where this player needs it most. An ultra-low-profile head shape in the long irons drives CG lower to help get the ball airborne with ease – a critical component for defining success among this player set. Progressive head sizes, meaning that each club is uniquely shaped and gets incrementally larger from 5-iron through pitching wedge, help independently optimize the performance of each iron.

An increased sole radius and innovative step-down design along the bottom of the club round out the all-new shape. Testing confirmed that increasing the sole arc from heel to toe led to more shots high on the face, which translates to higher launch and further helps this golfer get the ball airborne. The step-down sole is designed to boost playability by reducing the amount of surface area that contacts the turf.

An asymmetric draw-bias face was incorporated in direct response to golfer interviews, as players within this demographic associated “successful shots” with any result that flew straight or had a draw shape. High COR and fast ball speeds are an added benefit of the new face construction.

In addition, TaylorMade increased loft throughout the Stealth HD iron set to correspond with findings from a proprietary simulation tool – which factors in relevant design variables to optimize carry distance, launch angle and spin at slow to moderate swing speeds.

“In working with players in this category, we exhausted all optimization tools to determine the ideal loft for each iron in the set. Incorporating higher lofts was done purposefully and with intent. Our goal was to provide as much launch and spin as possible without sacrificing distance, and what we found was this design strategy often led to increased carry distance for the developing golfer when compared to traditional super game improvement irons with stronger lofts.”

“By combining this totally unique construction with our existing technologies, we created a high launching, easy-to-hit iron with surprisingly exceptional feel,” says Matt Bovee, Director, Product Creation Irons.

While the head was made for slow to moderate swing speeds, performance effects are seen at every level of skill and speed. The Stealth HD iron is a great option for fitters and any player who struggles to launch the ball consistently. The full package of design elements provides forgiveness and distance for developing golfers, all while maintaining a premium aesthetic.

In addition, Stealth HD irons incorporate proven TaylorMade technologies such as Cap Back Design, a Thru Slot Speed Pocket and the ECHO Damping System, a trio that creates a flexible and responsive face with exceptional feel.

SPECIFICATIONS 

Stealth HD irons will be available for preorder on January 10 and at retail on February 17, 2023. The new irons have an RRP per iron of 170€ for steel and 190€ for graphite and will be available from 5-PW with AW, SW and LW (RH Only) available. Stock shaft offerings include KBS Max 85 MT (steel) and Fujikura NX Red/Silver (graphite), with a variety of custom shaft options. Stealth HD irons come stock with the Lamkin Crossline Black/Red grip (47g).

Stealth HD Women’s Irons offering includes the Aldila Ascent Ladies shaft and the Lamkin Ladies Sonar grip (38g).

Drivers, TaylorMade Golf

TaylorMade Golf – More Carbon and more ‘Fargiveness’ with the Stealth 2 family of Carbonwood drivers

January 10, 2023 – One year ago, TaylorMade Golf transformed the trajectory of driver technology with the groundbreaking Stealth Carbonwood drivers, featuring the first-of-its-kind lighter and faster 60X Carbon Twist Face. After a strong year in the marketplace and on professional tours across the world, carbon-face driver performance is just getting started as TaylorMade introduces the Stealth 2 Plus, Stealth 2 and Stealth 2 HD drivers.

Stealth 2 Carbonwood drivers combine the speed of Stealth with technological advancements that create a new level of forgiveness.

THIS IS FARGIVENESS

Building on the speed producing success of the original 60X Carbon Twist Face that optimised energy transfer for fast ball speeds, the new face design in Stealth 2 features an advanced version of Inverted Cone Technology (ICT). The new ICT is designed to maintain ball speed on off-centre strikes and increase forgiveness, or as TaylorMade like to call that combination: Fargiveness.

A more pronounced ICT produces a thinner face on the edges and a thicker centre face, engineered to spread speed around the perimeter. Stealth 2’s face weighs just 24g (2g lighter than the original Stealth face) and is designed to have an expanded COR area for a larger sweet spot and boosted performance across the entire face.

“There are two main ways to produce forgiveness in a driver, by optimising the face and by optimising the body. Building off the 60X Carbon Twist Face in the original Stealth that led to ball speed gains for golfers across various skill levels, with Stealth 2 we challenged ourselves to bring more forgiveness in each of the three models.”

“We accomplished that through introducing our modified face construction focused on forgiveness on the outside of the face, and a brand-new carbon-based modular body construction,” says Tomo Bystedt, Senior Director Product Creation, CarbonwoodTM and Metalwoods.

THE MORE CARBON THE BETTER

Stealth 2 is the first driver in TaylorMade’s history that has more carbon (including composites) than any other material by volume. TaylorMade has gradually increased the usage of carbon over the last five years and when compared to first generation Stealth there is a 75 percent increase in carbon in Stealth 2 Plus and nearly double in Stealth 2 and Stealth 2 HD.

What does more Carbon mean? More Carbon creates more discretionary mass that can be re-located for a higher Moment of Inertia (MOI) and optimal CG location. The additional carbon has enabled the engineers to increase total MOI in the Stealth 2 Plus driver by nine percent from Stealth Plus.

Carbon is seen in Stealth 2 drivers with a: Carbon Crown, Carbon Reinforced Composite Ring, Carbon Sole and the 60X Carbon Twist Face. The only parts made of metal in Stealth 2 clubheads are the titanium collar on the front of the club that holds the hosel and frames the face, and front and rear weights that vary by model.

The added Carbon Reinforced Ring provides constructional strength, durability and mass savings that allowed engineers to form a more complex and functional shape.

“The modular carbon body construction of Stealth 2 represents our commitment to carbon as the leading material in every TaylorMade driver we produce. It was clear that the breakthroughs we had with Stealth were just the beginning in terms of the performance we can extract from this technology platform.”

“A primarily carbon-based head construction is revolutionising where we are able to position mass in a driver and this allows us to finely tune the launch, spin and MOI in each of the three Stealth 2 driver models,” add Tomo Bystedt, Senior Director Product Creation, Carbonwood and Metalwoods.

GROUNDBREAKING TECHNOLOGY REMAINS

Stealth 2 maintains various technological innovations that made the original Stealth driver a powerhouse at all levels of golf.

The 60X Carbon Twist Face is encased by a polyurethane nanotexture cover that is used to fine tune launch and spin to optimise total distance regardless of playing conditions.

The Inertia Generator remains the foundational source of refined aerodynamic properties. The result is a slippery-fast head shape that aids in swing speed generation on the downswing while retaining high MOI, for golfers at every level.

TaylorMade’s flexible Thru-Slot Speed Pocket design is engineered to maximise ball speeds and produce additional forgiveness on low-face strikes.

The engineers of the company obsessed over creating the perfect acoustics with Stealth 2 in order to produce a sound and feel that TaylorMade drivers are known for. They used a combination of carbon panel curvature, shape, and thickness to finely tune acoustics, delivering a sound profile that is both bright and powerful.

PERFORMANCE COMPARISON OF STEALTH 2 PLUS,
STEALTH 2 AND STEALTH 2 HD DRIVERS

STEALTH 2 PLUS

Because of weight savings from the usage of carbon materials, engineers were able to incorporate the use of a 15g sliding weight track designed to help golfers dial in shot shape by shifting mass on the sole to create the desired ball flight. Stealth 2 Plus is the lowest spinning driver in the family.

STEALTH 2

The reconstructed Stealth 2 driver delivers high MOI performance with a heavy 25g tungsten weight positioned on the Inertia Generator. The TSS (TaylorMade Swingweight System) weight is strategically located on the sole to encourage optimal launch and spin properties, delivering complete performance while allowing the driver to be tuned for swingweight in custom. The carbon ring on Stealth 2 and Stealth 2 HD stands out, as it is completely red and visible at address unlike Stealth 2 Plus.

STEALTH 2 HD

Engineers utilised weight savings from the full-body carbon construction to shift the Inertia Generator with its heavy 30g weight closer to the heel in Stealth 2 HD, creating high launch and draw-bias with extreme MOI. Stealth 2 HD is the most stable and forgiving driver in the family.

STEALTH 2 HD WOMEN’S

Featuring a lighter head weight than the standard HD model and a unique colourway, Stealth 2 HD Women’s driver is designed to enhance clubhead speed. It maintains the high MOI head design for easy, high launch with a draw bias.

SPECIFICATIONS

Stealth 2 Plus, Stealth 2 and Stealth 2 HD drivers will be available for preorder on January 10 and at retail on February 17.

Stealth 2 Plus has an RRP of 669€ and will be offered in 8°, 9° and 10.5° lofts. Shaft offerings include Mitsubishi Kai’li Red 60 (X, S, R) and Project X HZRDUS Black (Gen 4) 60 (X/6.5, S/6.0). Stealth 2 Plus comes stock with Golf Pride’s Z-Grip Plus 2 Black/Red (52g).

Stealth 2 and Stealth 2 HD have an RRP of 649€ and will be offered in 9°, 10.5° and 12° lofts. Stealth 2 shaft offerings included Fujikura Ventus Red TR 5 (S, R, A) and Mitsubishi Diamana S+ 60 (X, S, R). The Stealth 2 HD shaft offering is Fujikura Speeder NX Red 60 (S) and 50 (R, A). Both models come with Golf Pride’s Z-Grip Plus 2 Black/Red (52g) grip.

Stealth 2 HD Women’s comes in 10.5° and 12° lofts with Adila Ascent Ladies 45 shaft and Lamkin Ladies Sonar (38g) grip.

For all offerings, numerous custom shaft and grip options are available through the Custom department. The custom process allows us to build the ideal club for any golfer – it’s not women’s equipment or men’s equipment, but the right equipment.

Clubfitting, TaylorMade Golf

TaylorMade Golf – All-new SelectFit Kit, a revolutionary Custom Fitting Technology

December 12, 2022 – At TaylorMade Golf, the performance of the golfer is taken personally. Not only are TaylorMade engineers and product visionaries dedicated to bringing the most innovative products to the marketplace, but also are committed to creating the best possible fitting experience to maximise performance for every golfer.

TaylorMade engineers simply asked this question: how can we allow fitters to be capable of having a wide range of loft and lie options in one single right or left handed head? Enter the all- new SelectFit Kit, a revolutionary custom fitting system that is a one-of-a-kind technological breakthrough not before seen in the industry.

The SelectFit Kit has adjustment sleeves that give fitters the ability to fit a golfer from three degrees upright to three degrees flat and two degrees strong to two degrees weak on the same head. The two lie adjustment sleeves and one loft adjustment sleeve create the never-before- seen adjustability in this new system.

So, how will this new system be used in a fitting?

While using the same SelectFit shaft matrix that is currently in fitting centres, fitters will continue to use the red and blue arrow system and can achieve a variety of lofts and lies with the twist of a wrench.

If the fitter starts with a standard lie and wants to try a flatter option, they will rotate the sleeve around, line up the markings and adjust it to as much as three degrees flat. If that adjustment was too much, the fitter can swap the sleeves out and match up the head with the sleeve that has the two degrees flat marking.

Then, the fitter can dial in launch and spin to maximise distance with the adjustment options on the loft sleeve, by matching the desired red loft designation to the red arrow. Previously, it would have taken 12 different heads to create this level of loft and lie adjustability for a fitter.

“The all-new SelectFit Kit is born from the mindset of TaylorMade being global leaders in customisation and personalisation and being fully invested in making every golfer at all levels better today than they were yesterday. We are very excited to be able to provide more iron models with more options to more locations across the world with the SelectFit Kit and are confident this will result in TaylorMade being the go-to for custom fitters and golfers everywhere,” says Tom Fisher, Director, Global Custom.

TaylorMade retail partners across the world can now use the SelectFit Kit in their fittings on all TaylorMade irons, including the all-new P·770, P·7MC and P·7MB irons.

Irons, TaylorMade Golf

TaylorMade Golf – The evolution of the P·700 Series arrives with the All-New P·770, P·7MC and P·7MB Irons

December 6, 2022 – TaylorMade Golf company, an industry leader in technological innovation, announces the latest evolution of its acclaimed P·700 Series with the all-new P·770, P·7MC and P·7MB irons. The three irons join P·790 to form a family built upon three main pillars: feel, craftsmanship and performance.

P·770: BUILT FOR THOSE WHO LOVE THE GRIND

The all-new P·770 features a compact, tour proven shape with a thinner top line, less offset in long irons and a shorter blade length when compared to P·790. With its hollow body construction and forged L-Face, the 2022 P·770 yields elevated distance, forgiveness and excellent feel in a smaller sized head.

P·770 features FLTD CG, a strategic design that positions the centre of gravity (CG) lowest in long irons and progressively shifts it higher throughout the set to the shorter, weaker lofted irons. The tungsten weighting scheme in the long and middle irons has been redesigned, shifting more weight to the longer irons’ low tungsten mass, and a reduction in the middle irons’ tungsten, resulting in an ascending CG through the set.

This encourages easier launch and playability in the long irons, while optimising trajectory and spin in the scoring clubs. The intuitive concept promotes consistency and control from top to bottom.

The sound and feel of P·770 are pristine with the addition of SpeedFoam Air, the technology introduced in 2021 with the launch of P·790. SpeedFoam Air dampens sound and strategically supports the face with a material 69 percent less dense than SpeedFoam, which was seen in the prior generation of P·770.

In addition to the added speed made possible by the thinnest P·770 face TaylorMade has produced, the Thru-Slot Speed Pocket and Inverted Cone Technology help unlock increased ball speed across the face and forgiveness low in the face, where mis-hits happen most commonly.


“P·Series irons need to be technical, elegant and timeless and the new P·770 design has all of that in spades. We wanted to take as much performance and hide it on the inside of the iron to where you look at it and it looks like a clean and classic iron with the pearl satin chrome finish and a hint of mirror on the toe.”

“On the inside, the technology we have poured into this iron creates a product that we believe is truly one of one in this space,” says Matt Bovee, Director, Irons Product Creation.

P·770 – Specifications, Pricing & Availability

P·770 irons are available for preorder on 6th of December and at retail beginning the 20th of January, 2023 for an RRP of 220 Euros per iron. P·770 is offered in 3-PW/AW and comes equipped with KBS Tour Steel shafts (X 130g, S 120g) as well as Golf Pride Z-Grip 360 in Grey/Black.

P·7MC: PLAY AS GOOD AS THEY LOOK

With precision playability and a hint of forgiveness, every angle of the all-new P·7MC is meticulously scrutinised to meet the performance demands of the game’s best ball strikers.

The tour-inspired P·7MC fits the eye of discerning players. With minimal offset and perimeter weighting, this classically shaped iron delivers ultimate control and precision. A narrow sole and tight leading edge ensure consistency through the turf.

TaylorMade’s Compact Grain Forging process uses 2,000 tons of pressure, more than double the industry standard. Used in both P·7MC and P·7MB, the additional force gave TaylorMade engineers precision control at a micro level, producing a tighter grain structure for the best possible feel and strength properties.

Compact Grain Forging delivers a refined composition inside and out. The sophisticated craftsmanship comes to life with a satin finish and forged “Metal-T” within the cavity back, creating the unmistakable aesthetic of a premium TaylorMade iron.

Precision in P·7MC is paramount, which is why the face of this iron is continued to be machined. Machining the face ensures precision and quality with TaylorMade’s most aggressive score line geometry for exacting shot making.

“There’s no better feeling than a solidly hit forged iron. For pure ball strikers, the consistency of P·7MC rivals anything in the marketplace today and has been a favorite among skilled golfers. For players who chose to combo, our cohesive design language allows you to seamlessly pair it with either P·770 or P·7MB.”

“No two golfers play the game exactly alike, and one of the things I love about our P·Series family is the ability for golfers to personalise a set to match their needs and maintain aesthetic unity”, says Matt Bovee.

P·7MB: THE ULTIMATE IN SHOT MAKING

The all-new P·7MB was designed for the best ball strikers in the world who demand surgical control and precision shot making. Each strike with P·7MB is sensory overload, delivering unfiltered feedback and best-in-class feel.

As a result of detailed feedback from testing with Rory McIlroy and Collin Morikawa, P·7MB features a shorter blade length, brand new sole geometry, and progressive offset to create a minimalist profile that’s designed to control shot shape and trajectory.

The sole of P·7MB is one millimeter narrower than previous, meaning TaylorMade engineers had to add slightly more bounce to the leading edge which creates a completely different sensation through the turf.

Total effective bounce is a combination of sole width and bounce angle, which engineers were able to perfect by increasing the bounce angle to keep the sole from getting caught in the turf.

“The narrower sole width of P·7MB is a direct result of testing and feedback from Rory McIlroy, Collin Morikawa and our TaylorMade Tour pros. Rory and Collin worked with us to identify the right sole geometry and bounce to match what they were looking for and we perfected that with P·7MB.”

“Having two of the best players in the world being a driving force behind the design of this iron have us extremely excited to bring it to the marketplace,” concludes Matt Bovee.

P·7MB is a seamless blend of traditional muscle back iron performance with a contemporary look and design. The shorter blade length of P·7MB allowed TaylorMade engineers to create an updated backbar using symmetrical geometry.

This allows for more mass to be positioned directly behind the face to support the point of impact and elevate feel. This design creates a timeless look both in the playing position and in the bag.

P·7MB also features the Compact Grain Forging and machined face and grooves that are also seen in P·7MC.

P·7MC & P·7MB – Specifications, Pricing & Availability

P·7MC & P·7MB are available for preorder on the 6th of December 6 and at retail beginning the 20 of January, 2023 for an RRP of 220 Euros per iron. P·7MC & P·7MB are offered in 3-PW and come equipped with KBS Tour Steel shafts (X130g, S 120g) as well as Golf Pride Z-Grip 360 in Grey/Black.

Ladies, TaylorMade Golf

TaylorMade Golf – Launch of Kalea Premier: Premium technology meets elegant design for female golfers

August 15, 2022 – TaylorMade Golf Company’s foundation is built upon the ability to bring the highest performing equipment to golfers of all skill levels. Today, TaylorMade introduces Kalea Premier, the company’s newest women’s range specifically engineered for lightweight speed, easy launch, and max forgiveness.

Every club in the Kalea Premier range is backed by proven technologies and fully fashioned to deliver more longdrives, more precise iron shots and more clutch putts.

“Kalea Premier is a combination of proven TaylorMade technologies, which are tuned specifically to give women in these segments the best performance, and the most visually stunning designs on the market. Our research has shown that women will no longer accept a half-hearted approach to product design in any industry.”

“We’ve been continuously mindful of this and have created a design language that utilises a combination of rich colours and refined textures with premium materials to create a sophisticated and elegant product line for women,” said Tomo Bystedt, Senior Director, Carbonwoods & Metalwoods.

PREMIUM DESIGN & PERFORMANCE

Speed, forgiveness, and allure in a single driver. With a weight saving carbon crown and carbon sole plus a 22g steel rear back weight, Kalea Premier is engineered for advanced forgiveness by combining a low and back CG with an ultra-lightweight head construction that promotes faster swing speeds. Repositioning the Inertia Generator towards the heel encourages optimal launch and spin to fuel distance at moderate and slower swing speeds.

FINDING FAIRWAYS

Fairway woods play a critical role for many women golfers. Kalea Premier offers easy-to-launch designs with added versatility and a 37% larger face than its predecessor. Designed to optimise forgiveness, each loft is the same size and features V Steel technology with refined weight distribution for forgiveness, versatility, and silky turf interaction.

EXTREME PLAYABILITY & EASY LAUNCH

A versatile V Steel sole design helps the Kalea Premier Rescue produce high launching shots from any lie. The head features a unique design with a larger face than prior generation Kalea but with very low CG to promote forgiveness while maintaining a high, easy launch. The lightweight construction also promotes faster swing speeds and gives golfers the confidence to stare down any shot.

FEEL & FORGIVENESS

Kalea Premier irons are powered by Cap Back Design, which provides stability within the topline and upper perimeter of the face, working in conjunction with the Speed Pocket to optimise face flexibility, ball speed and distance. The Cap Back Design also helps minimise unwanted vibrations in the head to deliver a soft and solid feel. Head shaping has been designed uniquely for Kalea Premier to create Super Game Improvement iron forgiveness in a sleeker and more elegant overall profile.

TOUR-PROVEN SPIDER TECHNOLOGY

This modern mallet brings the renowned Spider stability and forgiveness to a head shape that is 15% more compact compared to Spider Tour. Pure Roll technology encourages optimal forward roll, as well as better sound and feel, while a long single sightline delivers a simple but powerful alignment tool. The putter also features a specially designed 70g graphite shaft, which reduces overall club weight without impacting MOI and stability.

STYLE & FUNCTION

Kalea Premier has its own lightweight cart bag that embodies function and style. It features a premium heathered nylon material with 7 pockets, a 14-way top and structured base, delivering a combination of functionality and clean aesthetics.

THE IMPORTANCE OF CUSTOM FIT

The all-new Kalea Premier emphases TaylorMade’s commitment to providing women golfers of all abilities and swing speeds with the best performing golf clubs for them. Alongside the Stealth Women’s range, Kalea Premier will be available via custom allowing the golfer to choose the exact setup which suits them, including a variety of shaft and grip options available. Combined with the ability to tweak loft and lie it allows the golfer to achieve their desired performance for every club in their bag.

PRICING & SPECIFICATIONS

Kalea Premier is available for preorder starting August 15th and at retail on September 2nd. Individual clubs have the following RRP: Driver, 479€; Fairway, 279€; Rescue, 229€; Irons, 150€ per iron; Putter, 289€.

The Kalea Premier Driver is offered in a 12.5º loft (RH & LH) with a stock 44.25’’ Kalea Premier 40 shaft and Lamkin Sonar 38g 0.580 Round grip. Fairways offered are: 3-wood (17.0°), 5-wood (20.5°) and 7-wood (23.0° – RH only). Fairways are equipped with the stock Kalea Premier 40 shaft and Lamkin Sonar 38g 0.580 Round grips.

Kalea Premier Rescue clubs are offered in 23°, 27°, 31° and 35° (RH only) with the stock Kalea Premier 40 shaft and Lamkin Sonar 38g 0.580 Round grips. Iron offerings are 6-PW, AW and SW with the same shafts and grips. The Spider Mini Putter (RH & LH) features an L-neck hosel, 33’’ graphite shaft and a SuperStroke GTR 1.0 grip.

TaylorMade Golf, Wedges

TaylorMade Golf – With MyHi-Toe 3, customizes your short game with the innovative wedge to your taste

August 10, 2022 – The launch of the new Hi-Toe 3 wedge is a big revolution for the short game of all types of players. But TaylorMade Golf goes one step further and has taken your short game more personally, through the MyHi-Toe 3 program.

With MyHi-Toe 3 a number of additional elements of personalisation are available, allowing golfers to create the new wedge entirely as they wish. They can choose from four different finishes, including classic brushed copper, chrome, black and raw, before selecting text, logos, and paint fills to create a purely unique design.

A complete list of customisable options includes: Finish, Grip, Shaft, Length, Personalised, Text, Loft & Bounce, and Custom Paints Fills (Logos, Icons, Carbon Steel, Hosel Rings, and Text).

Price & Availability: MyHi-Toe 3 is available for order now at taylormadegolf.co.uk and taylormadegolf.eu with an RRP of 219 Euros.

Custom shaft options include Project X T 6.0 (s), KBS S Taper Black (s), KBS C-Taper T (s), KBS C-Taper Lite (s), KBS Tour T (s), True Temper Dynamic Gold Tour Issue (s), True Temper DG105 (s), True Temper Dynamic Gold 105 Black (s), KBS Hi Rev 2.0 115g (w), and True Temper Dynamic Gold S200.  

Custom grip options include Golf Pride New Decade White/Black, Golf Pride MCC Plus 4, Golf Pride Tour Wrap 2G Mid Black, Golf Pride Tour Wrap 2G Black, Golf Pride Tour Velvet Burgundy, Golf Pride Tour Velvet Grey/Red Cap, Golf Pride Tour Velvet 360 Grey/Black, and Lamkin Crossline Genesis.

TaylorMade Golf, Wedges

TaylorMade Golf – The new Hi-Toe 3 expands wedge versatility to give golfers a single design for every short game shot

August 9, 2022 – TaylorMade Golf, the industry leader in innovation and technology, today announces the all-new Hi-Toe 3 – the company’s latest evolution of the Tour-proven Hi-Toe wedge. With an intense focus on versatility and added performance on shots closest to the green, engineers have designed a club capable of producing the entire catalogue of short game shots. From low-launching, high-spinning checkers to full-on open-faced flops, Hi-Toe 3 has been meticulously crafted to help golfers unlock creativity and save strokes around the green.

PERFORMANCE WHEN IT MATTERS THE MOST

Par-saving up and downs can have a more significant impact than birdies. That is why so many of the world’s best players have the world’s best short games. What are the keys to delivering in those pivotal moments around the green?

It starts with versatility and imagination—the originality to envision a variety of shots along with the tools and confidence to pull them off.

The history of Hi-Toe began on Tour, as the product and engineering teams worked directly with Team TaylorMade athletes to develop the original design in 2018. The main request was versatility.

“Our athletes all offered great input individually, but collectively everyone wanted something versatile. They wanted a single wedge that could perform around the greens from deep rough, thick fescue, bunkers with different sands, in wet conditions and from tight lies. That is a lot to fit into a single design but with Hi-Toe 3 we have done it,” says Bill Price, Product Creation, Wedges and Putters of the company.

The Hi-Toe 3 design produces a higher centre of gravity that is engineered for a lower launch and more spin, delivering even better control and spin properties on full swings.

WHAT’S NEW WITH HI-TOE 3

Advanced versatility in the Hi-Toe 3 begins with the four-way cambered sole, which remains a staple of the original design. The unique geometry allows for a wide sole and the forgiveness associated with high bounce while maintaining a low leading edge, making it playable from tight lies and visually appealing to better players. Trailing edge relief adds to the versatility by allowing golfers to easily and comfortably open the face to manipulate loft, trajectory, and spin on short shots. The large ZTP RAW Grooves feature radii further engineered for optimal spin in various conditions.

New elements that enhance Hi-Toe 3’s versatility include expanding full length scoring lines to all lofts above 54° and the addition of raised micro-ribs.

  • Full Length Scoring Lines:Full length scoring lines on wedges of 54° and higher help generate spin around the green when the face is rotated open on shorter shots. This is the first time TaylorMade has offered full length scoring lines that stretch across the entire length of the face in a 54° wedge.
  • Raised Micro-Ribs:Milled ribs positioned between the full grooves add texture to the face and are designed for increased spin and performance on partial shots around the green. This technology was first introduced in TaylorMade’s Milled Grind 3 wedge and has now been added to the Hi-Toe family.

An aged copper finish adds a premium aesthetic and will blend seamlessly with the RAW face as it rusts over time.

Price & Availability: Hi-Toe 3 is available for order now at retail locations with an RRP of 189 Euros. Hi-Toe 3 comes stock with the KBS Hi-Rev 2.0 shaft (115g) and Lamkin Crossline 360 Round 52g grips (Gray/Blue/Black End Cap). Hi-Toe 3 is available in standard bounce (50°, 52°, 54°, 56°, 58° and 60°), low bounce (58° and 60°), and high bounce (58° and 60°).

Hybrids / Rescues, TaylorMade Golf

TaylorMade Golf – Launch of Stealth UDI and DHY, the ultimate Driving Iron and Superior Driving Hybrid

July, 5, 2022 – Perhaps the most overlooked part of a golfer’s bag is the gap between their shortest fairway wood and their longest iron. For years, TaylorMade Golf has offered various groundbreaking products to fill that gap, and today the company announces the latest innovation in driving irons and driving hybrids with Stealth UDI and Stealth DHY.

Whether it’s a tight tee shot or reaching a par five in two, golfers need to be able to confidently pull a club and know it’s going to fly like they envision. The all-new Stealth UDI and DHY are powered by SpeedFoam Air for optimal launch, distance, and playability.

“With Stealth UDI and DHY, we designed two different, yet similar options to provide versatility and forgiveness that can be a massive advantage for golfers in between their fairway woods and longest irons.”

“By incorporating SpeedFoam Air from our P·790 irons and re-imagining the shaping of both UDI and DHY, we created the opportunity for the everyday golfer to be able to rely on two different options at the top of the bag: Stealth UDI with a lower trajectory and more penetrating ball flight and Stealth DHY that flies a little higher and lands softer. With these products, golfers will be able to take flight in the ways that best suits their game and properly gap the top of their bags,” says Matt Bovee, Director Product Creation, Irons at TaylorMade.

NEW AND PROVEN TECHNOLOGIES
COMBINE FOR MAXIMUM PERFORMANCE

The Stealth UDI and DHY utilise many proven technologies along with new technological features not seen before in TaylorMade UDI and DHY irons. The forged 4140 steel L-Face with inverted cone technology, combined with a Thru-Slot Speed Pocket, provide ample distance, forgiveness, and workability.

Sound and feel are tuned for great response with the use of a new SpeedFoam Air that is 69 percent less dense, giving the design engineers more discretionary mass for optimising the centre of gravity, without sacrificing on damping. Not only can these irons fill the gap in the bag, but they can also be tailored to the individual player and conditions of the day, quickly and easily.

There are multiple cosmetic changes to the Stealth UDI and DHY featuring a mirror polish black chrome on the toe, while keeping the monochromatic theme with a slight hint of red to tie into the rest of the Stealth family.

STEALTH UDI: THE ULTIMATE DRIVING IRON

The ultimate blend of control and versatility, Stealth UDI is a powerful option from the tee or the turf. Delivering a low launch with mid-to-low spin in a forgiving head design, it’s built for forgiving long iron shots and stingers alike.

Stealth UDI offers a traditional address view with Tour-inspired shaping, a narrower sole width (compared to DHY) and less offset than its predecessors. It’s built to meet the eye of better ball strikers, but offers an enhanced level of forgiveness compared to standard long irons.

The weight placement on Stealth UDI is right behind impact, thus the centre of gravity (CG) has been positioned for a lower ball flight, while creating the spin required to shape shots. The CG of Stealth UDI is comparable to that of P·790, but Stealth UDI has a wider sole for better playability.

STEALTH DHY: THE SUPERIOR DRIVING HYBRID

Designed for power and forgiveness, Stealth DHY delivers a mid-to-low ball flight with distance properties that rival traditional hybrids in an iron-like profile. Stealth DHY has an inviting address profile, longer blade length and wide sole, creating a generous strike zone that inspires confidence. A rounded heel toe radius enhances playability and turf interaction.

The weight placement on Stealth DHY is positioned in the sole of the club creating a lower CG making it more playable and easier to launch than a traditional iron. That lower CG creates a higher launch than Stealth UDI giving players the option to choose the launch that best suits their game.

STEALTH UDI AND STEALTH DHY SPECIFICATIONS

Stealth UDI and DHY are available at retail on July 15 with an RRP of 289€. Stealth UDI and DHY feature Aldila ASCENT Black (100X, 90S for UDI and 75S, 65R, 55A for DHY) shafts and Super Stroke S-Tech (50g) grips.

Stealth UDI is available in 18º, 20º and 23º for right-handed golfers and 18º and 20º for left-handed golfers. DHY is available in 17º, 19º, 22º and 25º for right-handed golfers and 19º and 22º for left-handed golfers.

Golf Companies, TaylorMade Golf, What's in the bag…

TaylorMade Golf – Charley Hull commits future signing a multi-year extension to play a full bag

June 1, 2022 – Today, the company TaylorMade Golf announces a multi-year extension with Charley Hull, who will continue to play a full bag of TaylorMade equipment and golf ball. Hull has achieved success on both the Ladies European Tour and the LPGA Tour, and added to her tally since joining Team TaylorMade, winning the individual title at the Aramco Team Series – New York.

“I am delighted to extend my partnership with TaylorMade. The equipment and service I receive is unmatched and to be a part of a company that is always striving to produce the best performance products in golf, means that I always feel one step ahead of my competitors”, says Charley Hull.

 

Hull is well-known for becoming the youngest competitor to participate in the Solheim Cup at age 17. Following that, Hull has won three events on the Ladies European Tour alongside winning the prestigious CME Group Tour Championship, the season-ending event of the LPGA Tour, in 2016. Hull also claimed the foremost Rose Ladies Series Event, clinching the Series ending Order of Merit title upon its completion. Since joining Team TaylorMade Charley has seen an increase in her top-10 finishes year-on-year. Now ranked 33 in the world, her accomplishments already put her in an elite class of golfers.

“Charley signing a long-term extension to her partnership with TaylorMade means that she has chosen TaylorMade equipment for what we believe will be the prime of her career. We appreciate what goes into the decision for a player of her standard to exclusively chose to use 14 TaylorMade clubs and a TP5x golf ball as she continues to compete at the highest level of the woman’s professional game. Charley remains one of the biggest names in golf with much more success to follow. We look forward to helping her reach the very top of the game”, said Adrian Rietveld, Senior Manager of Global Sports Marketing of the company on Tour.

Charley is very much a feel-based player and leaves the numbers to the Tour reps. When testing the new Stealth product, a couple of small tweaks were made to Charley’s driver set up, playing a lower lofted head but notched back up to a 10.5 degree playing loft. This slight change to the face angle combined with the partnership of her TP5x golf ball gave Charley her desired ball flight leading to an extra 6 yards in her average driving distance alongside improved accuracy this season.

What is in Charley Hull’s golf bag?

 

  • Driver: TaylorMade Stealth Plus Carbonwood (9.0º)
  • Fairway wood: TaylorMade Stealth Plus (15.0º)
  • Rescue: TaylorMade SIM (19.0º)
  • Irons: TaylorMade P7MB (4-PW)
  • Wedges: TaylorMade MG3 (50º, 54º, 60º)
  • Putter: TaylorMade TP Hydro Blast Soto
  • Golf ball: TaylorMade TP5x
DP World Tour, Golf Companies, TaylorMade Golf, What's in the bag…

TaylorMade Golf – Driven by the performance of Stealth driver, Haotong Li joins Team TaylorMade

May 11, 2022 – TaylorMade Golf announces the signing of two-time DP World Tour winner Haotong Li to Team TaylorMade.

In 2016, Haotong captured his first Tour victory by winning the Volvo China Open before arguably claiming the biggest victory of his career at the 2018 Omega Dubai Desert Classic, where he overcame fellow Team TaylorMade athlete Rory McIlroy in a thrilling finale. That win in Dubai earned him a place in the history books, becoming the first male Chinese golfer to break into the top 50 of the Official World Golf Ranking.

At the 2020 PGA Championship Haotong held a two-stroke lead after two rounds, becoming the first player from China to hold a lead/co-lead after any round in a major championship. It also marked his first 36-hole lead/co-lead on the PGA Tour. Li started his 2022 PGA Tour season with a T12 finish at the Sony Open in Hawaii and already has two top-10’s on the DP World Tour armed with a full bag of TaylorMade equipment.

Haotong is no stranger to TaylorMade equipment and this year sees the return of the two-time Tour winner to Team TaylorMade.

“I’ve been using TaylorMade clubs since I turned pro, until 2019. I love the way TaylorMade drivers are designed, the feel is great and the ball speed is something I like to see. I’m quite sensitive to how the driver looks, but as soon as I saw Stealth I loved it. I had tighter dispersion than any other driver and it was straight in my bag”, says Haotong Li.

Haotong will feature his Stealth Plus Carbonwood driver and fairways alongside his P·7MC irons. At the bottom end of the bag Haotong opts for 46-degree MG3 wedge instead of a traditional pitching wedge combing this with a 50-degree gap wedge and the Tiger Woods grind 56 and 60-degree wedges. He will continue to test TaylorMade putters and golf balls as he makes his transition into TaylorMade equipment.

“A big part of our strategy at TaylorMade is to identify and acquire the standout elite golfers from every region in the world, Haotong Li is certainly this. We are delighted to partner with Haotong Li for the long term. Having used TaylorMade equipment throughout his professional career to date and at only 26 years of age, he already has an impressive resume with multiple wins, a Presidents Cup appearance, and reached a world ranking in the top 30 when he was only 22 years old. We look forward to working closely with Haotong and expect many successes to follow”, says Adrian Rietveld, TaylorMade Senior Tour Manager.

What is in Haotong Li’s golf bag?

  • Driver: TaylorMade Stealth Plus (9.0º)
  • Fairway wood: TaylorMade Stealth Plus (15.0º)
  • Hybrid: TaylorMade Stealth (19.0º)
  • Irons: TaylorMade P·7MC (4-9)
  • Wedges: TaylorMade MG3 (46 & 50 SB); TaylorMade MG3 TW (56 & 60)
DP World Tour, Golf Companies, TaylorMade Golf, What's in the bag…

TaylorMade Golf – Thorbjørn Olesen joins Team TaylorMade, choosing to play the full bag equipment

May 10, 2022 – TaylorMade Golf, industry leader in product innovation and technology, adds to its impressive roster of talent with the signing of the current British Masters Champion Thorbjørn Olesen.

Since joining the DP World Tour full-time in 2011, Olesen has enjoyed six wins, including winning the 2022 British Masters on Sunday at The Belfry. Olesen also won a Rolex Series event at the Italian Open, which secured his place as part of the winning Ryder Cup team in 2018 at Le Golf National.

Olesen stepped into the professional rankings in 2008 competing on the Nordic league in 2009, graduating to the Challenge Tour in his first attempt. Olesen followed this with a successive promotion up to the DP World Tour, gaining his full playing rights for the 2011 season. Olesen would go on to win his first DP World Tour title the following year at the Sicilian Open.

“I’ve been playing TaylorMade on and off for a while now and I felt that the best golf I’ve played has been with TaylorMade clubs. TaylorMade’s a great company to be a part of, it’s a great team with great players. I’m proud to be associated with TaylorMade and I look forward to the future together”, says Thorbjørn Olesen.

Olesen will continue to feature his Stealth Plus Carbonwood driver and P·700 series irons alongside his MG3 wedges in his TaylorMade staff bag and will continue to test TaylorMade putters and golf balls as he makes his transition into TaylorMade equipment.

The Ryder Cup winner put Stealth Plus in the bag at his first start of 2022 season and has already seen an increase in his average distance by eight yards versus 2021.

“Thorbjørn has chosen to use TaylorMade equipment for the majority of his successes in world golf which include a winning Ryder Cup team appearance and a Rolex Series win. We appreciate that a player of his standard has exclusively chosen to use 14 TaylorMade clubs and a TP5 golf ball as he continues to compete at the highest level of the professional game. Thorbjørn is a superb golfer with a bright future and we look forward to supporting his undeniable potential along with his wonderful family and team around him”, says Adrian Rietveld, TaylorMade Senior Tour Manager.

What’s in Thorbjørn Olesen golf bag?

  • Driver: TaylorMade Stealth Plus (9,0º)
  • Maderas de calle: TaylorMade Stealth (15,0º y 18,0º)
  • Hierros: TaylorMade P770 (3); TaylorMade P7MC (4-PW)
  • Wedges: TaylorMade MG3 TW (56º y 60º)
TaylorMade Golf

TaylorMade Golf – Multi-Year extension with 20-Time PGA Tour winner Rory McIlroy

May 3, 2022 – Since 2017, 20-time PGA Tour winner and four-time major champion Rory McIlroy has put his trust in TaylorMade golf equipment in a partnership that has yielded seven PGA Tour titles, a FedEx Cup and a Ryder Cup victory. Today, TaylorMade Golf Company announces a multi-year extension with McIlroy, who will continue to play TaylorMade equipment and golf ball.

Built by a shared passion for constant innovation and success, McIlroy’s seven wins with TaylorMade equipment includes a TOUR Championship, PLAYERS CHAMPIONSHIP, World Golf Championship and the 2019 PGA TOUR Player of the Year award.

“Over the last several years I have had the chance to work with the best equipment company in golf. Today I am excited to announce TaylorMade clubs and ball will be staying in my bag for many years to come. A combination of the dedicated people and unmatched performance is what drove me to remain a part of Team TaylorMade”, says Rory McIlroy.

 The extension continues to reaffirm TaylorMade’s mission to pair industry-leading product innovation and technological advancements with the most successful players in golf. McIlroy is currently one of four Team TaylorMade athletes in the Top 10 of the Official World Golf Ranking.

“Rory is undeniably one of the most captivating players in our game and truly one of the great human beings in the sports world. We have been fortunate to get a first-hand look at Rory’s approach to his game and the championship mindset that helps fuel his success.”

“Over the past five years, in partnership with Rory, our company has been able to advance product innovation and put the best possible equipment in his bag. Rory’s decision to continue to put his trust in our company has us inspired to push the limits of performance even further,” says David Abeles, TaylorMade Golf CEO & President.

What is in Rory McIlroy’s golf bag?

  • Driver: TaylorMade Stealth Plus Carbonwood Driver (9.0°)
  • Fairway woods: TaylorMade SIM 3-wood (15.0°); Stealth Plus 5-wood (19.0°)
  • Irons: TaylorMade P·790 3-iron, Rors Proto 4-PW
  • Wedges: TaylorMade Milled Grind 3 Wedges (54°, 58°)
  • Putter: TaylorMade Spider X Hydro Blast Putter
  • Golf ball: TaylorMade TP5x

In his five years with TaylorMade, McIlroy has won:

  • 2018 Arnold Palmer Invitational
  • 2018 Ryder Cup
  • 2019 PLAYERS CHAMPIONSHIP
  • 2019 RBC Canadian Open
  • 2019 TOUR Championship and FedEx Cup
  • 2019 WGC-HSBC Champions
  • 2021 Wells Fargo Championship
  • 2021 CJ CUP @ SUMMIT
Carser Sports, Golf & Fashion, Golf Companies, Golf Shoes, Golfstyle, TaylorMade Golf

G/FORE – Exclusive collaboration with TaylorMade for an original golf footwear

April 14, 2022 – Luxury golf and lifestyle brand, G/FORE, announced today their collaboration with TaylorMade Golf for an exclusive collection of footwear styles for men and women. Set to drop today, April 14th, in the U.S., and internationally later in the month, this limited-edition line features G/FORE’s timeless and versatile Gallivanter and contemporary MG4+ – elevating the enduring tradition and rich history of golf footwear.

When asked about the collaboration, U.S. Director of Sales, Casey Hoch, stated: “Our teams have worked to produce a collection that combines the performance and style of the G/FORE shoe with the meticulous precision found in TaylorMade’s industry-leading equipment.” As the collaboration comes to fruition, he shared that, “both brands are excited for customers to finally be able to get their hands on the exclusive collection.”

Conceptualized through an artistic lens and taking inspiration from architecture in design, the line features G/FORE’s colourful aesthetic across the easy-pairing Gallivanters and MG4+s, complete with subtle G/FORE staple patterning across both styles – blending unique designs with surprising colour, for easy year-round wear inspired by the athletic spirit.

The collection is available for a limited time and can be purchased exclusively at www.taylormadegolf.com in the U.S., www.taylormadegolf.ca in Canada, and www.taylormadegolf.co.uk and www.taylormadegolf.eu internationally.

Golf Balls, TaylorMade Golf

TaylorMade Golf – Launch of the all-new Tour Response, Tour Response Stripe and Soft Response golf falls

March 18, 2022 – TaylorMade Golf, an industry leader in innovation and technology, has been on a constant quest to bring Tour level golf ball technology to the everyday golfer at an affordable price. Whether it’s the 100-percent cast urethane cover in Tour Response or the Extended Flight Dimple Pattern in Soft Response, TaylorMade has continuously provided high level innovation in both three-piece golf ball offerings.

Today, TaylorMade brings ultimate Tour Level DNA to Tour Response by integrating the Tour Flight Dimple Pattern seen in TP5/TP5x, as well as the revolutionary new 360° ClearPath Alignment with Tour Response Stripe. In addition, the company announces the launch of its softest golf ball from cover to core with 2022 Soft Response.

TOUR RESPONSE:
TOUR LEVEL BALL FOR THE NON-TOUR PLAYER

Relying on the continuous commitment to pushing the boundaries of performance, the all-new Tour Flight Dimple Pattern of Tour Response unlocks next-level aerodynamics while promoting maximum carry distance.

This tour proven technology, found in TP5 and TP5x, has been added to Tour Response for the first time.  With the addition of the new dimple pattern, Tour Response still retains a soft feel and 100% cast urethane cover.

Compared to the previous generation of TaylorMade dimple patterns, the new dimple profile/shape creates TaylorMade’s most aerodynamic dimple pattern producing improved carry distance on all types of shots.

Tour Response features a unique dual-radius dimple shape that decouples dimple volume from depth to optimise airflow around the golf ball during flight, ultimately reducing drag, optimising lift and promoting distance.

Tour inspiration from TP5/TP5x doesn’t stop there in 2022 Tour Response, also featuring Speedmantle with HFM (High Flex Modulus). A firmer second layer surrounding the inner low compression core helps the ball explode off the face with increased face interaction maximizing energy transfer at impact producing faster ball speeds.

“The new dimple pattern paired with a 100 percent cast urethane cover simply creates a softer version of a Tour level ball made for the everyday golfer that is looking to reap the benefits of our tour proven technology at an affordable price,” says Mike Fox, Director of Product Creation Golf Ball.

With the addition of the Tour Flight Dimple pattern, Tour Response technology now exhibits even more technology that is in the TP5/TP5x golf ball players like Rory McIlroy, Dustin Johnson, Collin Morikawa and our Team TaylorMade athletes are playing on professional tours around the world.

TOUR RESPONSE PROVEN TECHNOLOGY REMAINS

For as long as there have been urethane golf balls, Tour players have used them. It’s the industry standard for premium performance in golf balls. Tour Response is engineered to respond to the individual non-tour golfer’s game with a 100% cast urethane cover for significantly added greenside spin and better feel vs. ionomer.

A crosslinking chemical reaction forms the soft urethane material, which creates an irreversible link for improved shear resistance and greater durability in addition to the soft feel and added greenside spin.

To measure the effectiveness of a new cover, TaylorMade engineers utilised a combination of material property testing, robot, and player performance testing. That research showed that in addition to increased durability, the new cover material is 12% softer and 36% more flexible than the previous material.

The 2022 Tour Response ball also features a low 70-compression design with a Hi-Spring core made for pushing the boundaries of ball speed in a soft feeling golf ball.

TOUR TECHNOLOGY, EASY ALIGNMENT

In addition to the all-new Tour Response, TaylorMade introduces its latest innovation in visual alignment technology with Tour Response Stripe. By drawing inspiration from the revolutionary pix design with ClearPath Alignment technology, TaylorMade engineers brought groundbreaking 360° alignment to Tour Response, making it the easiest golf ball to align TaylorMade has ever created.

This next-gen visible technology of Tour Response Stripe is a 22-millimetre digital band that wraps around the centre of the golf ball to help aim putts better, faster, and more consistently. Inside the digital band is a thin black line to match with putter sight lines for immediate aid in alignment.

The multi-colour design of Stripe not only creates better alignment, but also can’t miss feedback on the quality of the roll of each putt. Proper strikes are easily identifiable as the stripe rolls consistently to the hole, while off-centre strikes cause a can’t miss wobble of the digital band.

Lastly, the dual-colour design allows you to see your product clearly all over the course.

“Tour Response already separated itself from the competition with overall materials and performance, but now with Tour Response Stripe it will also give golfers the feedback needed to boost their performance on the greens. We have seen many professional and recreational golfers take advantage of Clear Path Alignment in our pix golf balls, and now with the 360° design of Tour Response Stripe, alignment aid gets even easier for the everyday golfer,” says Mike Fox.

Tour Response and Tour Response Stripe are both available at retail on March 18 with an RRP of 48€. Tour Response is available in white and high visibility yellow, with an all-new enriched yellow urethane cover to help prevent chipped paint and provide bright visibility.

SOFT RESPONSE:
TAYLORMADE’S SOFTEST BALL FROM COVER TO CORE

 

With increased softness from cover to core, Soft Response is the softest ball in TaylorMade’s arsenal, designed to give amateur golfers enhanced feel while maintaining ball speeds and distance. Soft Response is designed for moderate swing speed players with a new, softer core and a re-engineered ionomer cover for added greenside spin.

The changes produce a softer ball with an overall 50 compression (versus a 60-compression rate in the previous generation). An added SpeedMantle layer in its 3-piece construction creates an efficient energy transfer at impact, resulting in a softer ball that enhances feel and maintains both ball speed and distance.

“Normally if you go that much softer it is hard for the product to be as long as its prior generation, but we took advantage of the three layers of this product, which is unique at this price, to build up speed. In addition, Soft Response maintains game changing distance at an incredible soft feel to become a true game-changer in this category,” says Mike Fox.

A unique Extended Flight Dimple Pattern decreases drag and optimises lift, allowing the ball to stay in the air longer at lower speeds and lower spin rates. It completes a harmonious design, with all features working in unison to elevate performance for players with slow-to-average swing speeds.

Soft Response was tested, reviewed, and affirmed at every stage of development by everyday golfers, becoming a golf ball that responds to your game and performs where you need it the most. The 3-layer construction in combination with the SpeedMantle builds resistance against the club face to build energy and create ball speed at this new softer feel.

Soft Response is available at retail on March 18 with an RRP of 35€ in white and high visibility yellow.

Putters, TaylorMade Golf

TaylorMade Golf – The acclaimed Spider franchise expanded with the all-new Spider GT family of putters

January 25, 2022 – TaylorMade Spider putters are amongst the most recognisable in the world, utilising unique shapes and materials to deliver industry-leading performance in high-MOI mallets, and now they have a whole new identity.

Today, TaylorMade Golf introduces the Spider GT family with four new additions to the acclaimed Spider franchise: Spider GT, Spider GT Notchback, Spider GT Rollback and Spider GT Splitback. The four models set a new standard of performance and contemporary construction, headlined by a Spider GT with its modern wing design and ultra-lightweight top plate.

“Innovation has long been the bloodline of the Spider franchise. From its optimised stability frame to its countless victories on worldwide tours, every Spider putter is designed to deliver pure performance”.

“With Spider GT, we have created our most angular and most stable Spider ever using a new modern wing construction similar to other high stability Spider putters of the past. With the removal of weight from the centre of Spider GT, we have unlocked higher MOI and more stability from every angle”, says Bill Price, Senior Director Product Creation, Putters & Wedge.

TAYLORMADE SPIDER GT PUTTER

 

The most striking feature of the Spider GT is the lightweight 145g top plate made from 6061 aluminium, which eliminates excess weight in the middle of the putter and carries a short sightline for alignment. Combined with the ultralight top plate, the first of its kind open frame multi-material design features two 90g steel side weights that push 82 percent of the putter’s total weight to the perimeter. This creates extreme stability on off-centre strikes.

The Spider GT top plate is crafted from lightweight aluminium for both a premium look and increased durability compared to paint or PVD finishes. The four anodized finishes for Spider GT are silver, black, red and white for the Spider GT women’s model, which also features a three-dot sightline for alignment.

Spider GT’s contemporary design has the Pure Roll² co-moulded insert for improved forward roll and ball speed consistency across the face. Pure Roll² is a firmer insert, manufactured of black TPU urethane with silver aluminium beams at a 45° angle designed to improve topspin across the face.

Spider GT will be available for preorder on February 15 and at retail beginning March 4 with an RRP of 399€. Available lengths include 33″, 34″ and 35″. Offered in three different top-plate colourways: Silver, Red, Black and a White women’s offering.

Hosel options include single bend, centre shaft and short slant. The short slant design combines with Spider GT’s extreme perimeter weighting to generate 21° of toe hang for a more vertical angle, delivering a putter that best fits players with moderate face rotation in the putting stroke.

The CG has been moved closer to face for an improved face rotation. The single bend and centre shaft hosels and modern design create a face balanced putter that better fits players with a straight-back and straight-through putting motion.

Spider GT comes equipped with the TaylorMade Fluted Feel shaft and Super Stroke GT 1.0 Black/Red grip. The white women’s offering, with light blue wings, comes at 33” and the Super Stroke GT 1.0 Light Blue/Gray grip. Additionally, the headcover for the entire Spider GT family has been upgraded with a magnetic closure, offering a more premium and durable headcover compared to Velcro.

TAYLORMADE SPIDER GT NOTCHBACK PUTTER

Spider GT Notchback blends traditional design with contemporary construction to create a time-honored shape. CG is positioned the farthest forward with Notchback’s to make face rotation easier.

Featuring a lightweight 6061 aluminium body combined with strategically placed 86g dual-tungsten weights on the outside (heel and toe), Spider GT Notchback has premier stability, forgiveness and distance control. Our records show that it produces the highest MOI ever created by a mid-size mallet Spider.

An extruded then machined aluminium head creates a stout section of material behind the face insert for a confidence-inspiring strike along with superb sound. Both Spider GT Notchback and Rollback feature a tri-sole design that allows golfers to properly set the putter square on the ground without changing the face angle.

Spider GT Notchback will be available for preorder on February 15 and at retail beginning March 4 with an RRP of 339€. Available lengths include 33″, 34″ and 35″, and it is offered in a Silver colourway. Hosel options include single bend and short slant. The short slant hosel combines with Spider GT Notchback’s extreme perimeter weighting to generate 30° of toe hang for players with moderate face rotation in the putting stroke. The single bend hosel creates a face-balanced putter that better fits a straight-back and straight-through putting motion. It comes equipped with the TaylorMade Fluted Feel shaft and Super Stroke GT 1.0 Black/Red grip.

TAYLORMADE SPIDER GT ROLLBACK PUTTER

Spider GT Rollback is a classic half-moon design enhanced by a heavy tungsten rollbar for added perimeter weighting and increased stability. Rollback creates confidence at address with a raised, curved centre section that is the same width as a golf ball. This makes it easy to centre the ball in the address position and three contrasting black sightlines provide clear alignment with the hole.

The Rollback top design has a lighter anterior with a 232g cap crafted from anodized 6061 aluminium combined with our first 80g tungsten stability bar that wraps around the back and side of the putter for added forgiveness and stability.

Spider GT Rollback will be available for preorder on February 15 and at retail beginning March 4 with an RRP of 339€. Available lengths include 33″, 34″ and 35″, and it is offered in a Silver/Black and all Silver colourway. Hosel options include single bend and the all-new short slant. The short slant hosel combines with Spider GT Rollback’s extreme perimeter weighting to generate 21° of toe hang for players with moderate face rotation in the putting stroke. The single bend hosel creates a face-balanced putter that better fits a straight-back and straight-through putting motion. It comes equipped with the TaylorMade Fluted Feel shaft and Super Stroke GT 1.0 Black/Red grip.

TAYLORMADE SPIDER GT SPLITBACK PUTTER

Spider GT Splitback features a refined 304-stainless steel construction with geometric shaping and urethane foam strategically injected inside the putter head.

The split mass “winged” design allowed TaylorMade designers to redistribute mass around the perimeter of the putter in order to maximize MOI and stability. In this shape, a steel body naturally provides more perimeter weighting than an aluminium one.

Due to the high density of steel, the wing sections of the design needed to be partially pocketed out to remove excess weight. The chambers within the wings are filled with feel foam, similar to the SpeedFoam material used in P·770/P·790 irons. This helps fill the voids and damp vibrations, resulting in better sound and feel.

Spider GT Splitback incorporates one of the standout features of Spider X with True Path, TaylorMade’s ball alignment and stroke visualisation aid. While standing over Spider GT Splitback, True Path is highly visible and seamlessly integrated into the head. The contrasting white section, black sightline and arrow-shaped rear edge help golfers visualise their putting stroke and ball path before ever executing the putt.

Spider GT Splitback will be available for preorder on February 15 and at retail beginning March 4 with an RRP of 339€. Available lengths include 33″, 34″ and 35″, and it is offered in a Black colourway. Hosel options include single bend and short slant.

The 85° short slant hosel combines with Spider GT Splitback’s extreme perimeter weighting to generate 25° of toe hang for players with moderate face rotation in the putting stroke. The single bend hosel creates a face-balanced putter that better fits a straight-back and straight-through putting motion. It comes equipped with the TaylorMade Fluted Feel shaft and Super Stroke GT 1.0 Black/Red grip.

TaylorMade Golf

TaylorMade Golf – Brooke Henderson chooses to join Team TaylorMade to play TP5x golf ball and Tour Preferred glove

January 20, 2022 – TaylorMade Golf Company adds to its impressive roster of talent with the addition of Brooke Henderson, the winningest Canadian golfer on major professional tours with 10 LPGA TOUR wins, including the 2016 KPMG Women’s PGA Championship and 2018 CP Women’s Open.

The 24-year-old Henderson, currently ranked No. 11 in the Rolex Women’s World Golf Rankings, signs a multi-year contract with TaylorMade Golf to play TaylorMade’s flagship golf ball franchise, TP5x, as well as wear the Tour Preferred Glove.

“We are extremely excited to welcome Brooke to the TaylorMade family. Brooke is undoubtedly an incredible representative of the game of golf, already with several historical accomplishments at her young age that have inspired fans of golf across the world. Her decision to come to TaylorMade and play our TP5x golf ball reinforces our commitment to putting the highest performing golf ball in the hands of the best players across men’s and women’s tours,” says David Abeles, TaylorMade Golf CEO.

After extensive testing in the off-season, Henderson decided the best performing golf ball for her style of play is the new TP5x. With sister Brittany on the bag for a seventh year, Brooke will play No. 7 on her TP5x.

“Right away the TP5x performed at a high level. I gained yardage off the tee, which is huge for me, while I still was able to have the right amount of spin and great feel around the greens. I also noticed that my iron shots were piercing through windy conditions and holding the line very well. It was really eye opening and I am beyond excited to put the TP5x in play this season,” adds Brooke Henderson.

The path to distance has evolved with the all-new TP5x. In 2017, a movement began with the optimal spin and launch conditions provided by a 5-layer construction. Then, it increased ball speed with the HFM Speed Layer and now added advanced aerodynamics with the new Tour Flight Dimple Pattern.

In addition to the golf ball, Henderson will also wear TaylorMade’s premium glove offering – the Tour Preferred Glove, the glove of choice for TaylorMade Tour players constructed from premium materials for optimal comfort, fit and feel.

Drivers, TaylorMade Golf

TaylorMade Golf – MySTEALTH, a new level of personalized performance for the modern golfer

January 5, 2021 – Personalisation is a defining factor for the modern golfer, and also arrives to the new TaylorMade Stealth drivers with MySTEALTH.

From stamped wedges and putters to custom headcovers and embroidered bags, golfers at every level of the game want their equipment to make a statement about who they are on and off the golf course.

To allow golfers to have advanced personalisation in the Stealth Plus model, golfers can choose from various options to create a driver look and feel to match their personal style:

  • Face Colour – Six colour options include Red, Green, Yellow, Blue, Orange, and Grey
  • Body Colour – Two colour options include Black and Chalk (right hand only)
  • Crown Finish – Gloss or Matte, with or without the TaylorMade ‘T-logo’
  • Sole Decal Colour – Eight colour options include Blue, Black, Red, Orange, Green, Gold, Pale Blue and Volt
  • Head Covers – Mono or Colour

SPECIFICATIONS, AVAILABILITY AND PRICING

MyStealth is offered in the Stealth Plus model, with various cosmetic combinations. MyStealth will be available in the UK, Germany, France, Sweden, Spain, Ireland, Italy, Netherlands, Denmark, and Switzerland at TaylorMadeGolf.eu for preorder on January 4 as well as TaylorMade stockists starting February 4, 2022, at an RRP of 739€. MyStealth will be offered in 9º and 10.5º lofts and features fully customisable shaft and grip components.

Learn more about MyStealth doing click HERE.

Irons, TaylorMade Golf

TaylorMade Golf – New Stealth Irons with next generation Cap Back Design and innovative toe wrap construction

January 4, 2022 – TaylorMade Golf, the industry leader in innovation and technology, today announced the new Stealth game improvement irons – powered by the all-new Cap Back Design with toe wrap construction.

Building from the revolutionary Cap Back Design in SIM2 Max and SIM2 Max OS irons – which utilised the concept of a multi-material hollow body construction – Stealth irons are engineered to improve face flexibility and deliver fast ball speeds with a confidence-inspiring shape.

NEXT GENERATION CAP BACK DESIGN WITH TOE WRAP CONSTRUCTION

With SIM2 Max and SIM2 Max OS, TaylorMade engineers created the multi-material Cap Back Design by utilising the concept of the hollow iron but replacing the steel back with a low density, polymer composite cap. This revolutionary construction improves the face’s ability to flex, delivering ball speed and forgiveness, without compromising the centre of gravity (CG). Cap Back Design supports the entire topline from heel to toe with the strong, lightweight polymer material spanning the entire cavity to provide additional rigidity in the upper part of the face. Working in unison with the flexible Thru-Slot Speed Pocket, it created a larger unsupported area of the face, translating to a larger and more intelligently positioned sweet spot.

TaylorMade engineers not only wanted to continue the momentum of Cap Back Design, but also accelerate it to continue to push the limits of game improvement irons. When the engineers explored designing more performance into a game improvement iron, one thought was at the forefront of their minds: place iron performance where the game improvement golfer needs it the most – lower.

Enter toe wrap construction. The toe wrap is an advanced engineering feat that shifts substantial mass from the extreme high toe of the head and repositions it in the low in the sole of the iron. This redistribution of mass lowers the centre of gravity by up to 0.8 millimetres. The result is an increased launch angle producing a towering ball flight, long carry distances and heavy stopping power.

“When we were thinking of the next level of Cap Back Design, we centred our thinking around the fact that the majority of golf shots happen at centre face or lower.”

“In order to drive performance lower in the club face, we needed to drive the centre of gravity lower in the club face because where CG goes, the sweet spot follows.”

“With the addition of toe wrap construction and the ability to move weight lower in the club, Stealth irons provide a perfect harmony of technology and design for the golfer who is looking for a performance advantage on the course,” says Matt Bovee, Product Creation, Irons, of the company.

 

TIMELESS AND TECHNICAL DESIGN

Stealth irons were designed not only to continue pushing the limits of game improvement irons, but also to contemporise what a game improvement iron looks like. The aesthetic of Stealth drew inspiration from TaylorMade’s P·700 series in hopes to provide the golfer an iron that looks visually appealing in their bag and at address.

“Every golfer of every skill level wants an iron that looks great in the bag and delivers the performance they demand. With Stealth, the look of forgiveness has changed. Stealth delivers incredibly high launching distance and forgiveness in a players inspired, technically elegant design package,” continues Matt Bovee.

CORNERSTONE TECHNOLOGICAL FEATURES REMAIN

Stealth irons continue to feature core TaylorMade iron technologies that have been engineered to integrate seamlessly within the new-for-2022 designs.

Hidden inside the Cap Back Design, the ECHO Damping System spans the full face from the heel to the toe and uses multiple contact points on the face to absorb unwanted vibrations, giving the Stealth iron a solid feel as the ball explodes off the club face. Each damper has been uniquely designed for each individual iron, as ribbed structures align with the contact area and Inverted Cone Technology surface featured in each club.

Progressive Inverted Cone Technology is located heel-to-toe in the 4-PW of Stealth irons. The 450 stainless steel face has an intelligently positioned sweet spot that spans the most common impact points, delivering explosive ball speeds and consistency in all the right places. The long irons are designed with slightly more draw-bias than the mid-irons, which in turn have slightly more draw-bias than the short irons. This design element is intended to provide the most accurate ball flight for all levels of golfers.

360 Undercut Technology with stiffening topline ribs in the 4-7 irons promotes face flexibility and ball speed in these core lofts while maintaining desirable sound and feel. Additionally, a fluted hosel design promotes lower and deeper CG placement for improved launch characteristics while providing a clean, confident look at address. Hosel bending notch technology is again incorporated to allow for easier lie and loft fitting, allowing every golfer to easily achieve their ideal custom set-up.

SPECIFICATIONS, AVAILABILITY & PRICING  

Available for preorder on January 4, 2022 and at retail beginning April 1, the Stealth irons (RRP 162€ per iron steel & 183€ per iron graphite)  will be offered in 4-PW with AW, SW & LW also available and come equipped with KBS Max MT 85 steel shafts (S, R) or Fujikura’s Ventus Red graphite shafts (7S, 6R & 5A).

For women, the Stealth irons will come equipped with the Aldila Ascent Ladies shaft. Stock grips for men are Lamkin’s Crossline 360 48.5g (Black/Red) and Lamkin Ladies Sonar 38g (Grey/White) for women.

Fairway Woods, Hybrids / Rescues, TaylorMade Golf

TaylorMade Golf – Introducing the new Stealth family of fairways and hybrids

January 4, 2022 – TaylorMade Golf, the industry leader in innovation and technology, today announces the all-new Stealth Plus and Stealth fairway woods. In addition, the company unveils its expanded hybrid offerings with the Tour-inspired Stealth Plus Rescue and Stealth Rescue.

Carbon is the prevalent design thread across the entire Stealth product line – from drivers to fairways and hybrids. That shared DNA makes this an unmistakable family, linked by the usage of advanced multi-material construction in pursuit of faster ball speeds, high MOI performance and precision playability.

The Stealth Plus fairway relies on the proven strength of ZATECH titanium, which is made in small batches using a unique process that allows engineers to improve the strength of the face and still maintain a high level of ductility. The ultra-thin construction promotes fast ball speeds and allows TaylorMade to push the limits of face flexibility.

An all-new infinity edge carbon crown creates a 12 percent larger carbon surface area compared to the SIM2 Titanium fairways, which allows the redistribution of more weight lower in the clubhead. Mass from the heavy 80g V Steel sole has been re-engineered for forgiveness while maintaining its core purpose of improving turf interaction and versatility.

The MOI on Stealth Plus is 12% higher than SIM2 Titanium and 18% higher than the original SIM titanium fairway. Overall, the design changes resulted in a club with the lowest CG ever in an adjustable TaylorMade fairway.

With a refined 175cc profile, the Stealth Plus fairway delivers the ideal blend of playability, shot making and distance. While the address area of Stealth Plus is only 2% larger than SIM2 to maintain versatility, the face area is 12 percent larger to provide improved performance on off-centre hits.

In the Stealth model, the all-new 3D carbon crown allowed engineers to shift weight lower and deeper in the clubhead. With a larger profile compared to Stealth Plus (190cc vs. 175cc) and a refined V Steel sole, this fairway is the ultimate combination of distance and forgiveness. Stealth fairways feature C300 Twist Face, which delivers top of the line 3-wood speed and the V Steel sole promotes versatility and reduced turf drag.

“For most golfers, the fairway wood doesn’t get used on every hole. But when those moments arise, it needs to deliver. No matter what the shot requires, whether it’s forgiveness, distance or playability, you need to know your club can produce the desired results.”

“That’s why we designed the family of Stealth fairway woods with increased MOI for added forgiveness without sacrificing the high launch and low spin results that produce the marquee distance golfers have come to expect from TaylorMade fairways.”

“The new advanced laser alignment system and refined profile, especially on the Stealth Plus model, help inspire shot-shaping confidence with optimal control at every level of the game,” says Tomo Bystedt, Product Creation, Metalwoods of the company.

In both models, the trusted colour contrast crown that has been a TaylorMade staple for nearly a decade has been replaced by an advanced laser alignment aid that stretches across the top of the face. The laser-etched pattern delivers a subtle, yet powerful alignment tool. It was designed using optical engineering and player testing to deliver visual cues that influence alignment at address and how the club is delivered at impact. Furthermore, moving the alignment aid onto the face of the club allowed for a clean and minimalistic aesthetic on the crown.

Thru-Slot Speed Pocket provides increased face flexibility, preservation of ball speed and distance, especially on low-face strikes for both Stealth Plus and Stealth fairways.

Stealth fairways also come with a women’s specific offering featuring a stand-alone bright silver PVD sole and a dark silver crown. The women’s Stealth fairways also feature modified specs in the form of lighter heads and higher lofts in some cases, all designed to promote better performance for slower clubheads speeds.

SPECIFICATIONS, AVAILABILITY & PRICING  

Stealth Plus and Stealth Fairways will be available for pre-order on January 4 and at retail on February 4, 2022.

Stealth Plus has an RRP of 449€ and will be offered in Rocket 3/13.5º, 3/15º and 5/19º lofts. It will be offered in the Project X HZRDUS Smoke RDX Red 70, with numerous additional shaft options available at no additional cost. It comes stock with the Lamkin’s Crossline Black/Red Grip (50g).

Stealth has an RRP of 359€ and will be offered in lofts of 3/15º, 3HL/16.5º, 5/18º, 7/21º and 9/24º. The stock shaft offering is Fujikura Ventus Red FW 5/6, with numerous additional custom shaft options available at no additional cost. Stealth fairways come stock with Lamkin’s Crossline Black/Red Grip (50g).

Women’s offerings include the Aldila Ascent Ladies shaft and the Lamkin Ladies Sonar grip. Loft offerings include 3HL/16.5º, 5/19º, 7/21°, 9/24º.

STEALTH PLUS & STEALTH RESCUES: REFINED TOUR PERFORMANCE

Unprecedented Tour adoption over the last two seasons sparked an evolution among TaylorMade hybrids. Feedback from the world’s best players fueled the refinements made to both Stealth Plus Rescue and Stealth Rescue for 2022.

Stealth Plus is a shot maker’s dream. The iron-like high-toe profile and compact overall footprint make it easier to control trajectory and shot shape, while maintaining added forgiveness compared to long irons.

A redesigned V Steel sole positions weight low in the club to encourage optimal launch properties and enhance turf interaction. Stealth Plus also features an adjustable loft sleeve that provides +/- 1.5° loft adjustability to optimise trajectory.

The Stealth Rescue combines Tour-validated designs with a new carbon crown construction. In the world of golf equipment, engineers know the slightest weight shifts can significantly influence performance. The new carbon crown construction allows for the relocation of a massive 7 grams, transferring it lower in the head to better position CG for easy launch, optimal forgiveness, and better stability through impact. The V Steel sole positions weight low in the club to encourage high launch and enhanced turf interaction, making this club a weapon from any lie.

In both the Stealth Plus Rescue and Stealth Rescue, a high-strength C300 steel face delivers explosive ball speeds. The proven Twist Face design helps golfers overcome inherent mis-hit tendencies for straighter shots. The hyper-flexible Speed Pocket design is engineered to maximise ball speeds and produce additional forgiveness on low-face strikes.

Stealth Rescue hybrids come with the same women’s offering featuring a stand-alone bright silver PVD sole and a dark silver crown, as well as lighter heads and higher lofts for maximised performance.

SPECIFICATIONS, AVAILABILITY & PRICING  

Stealth Plus and Stealth Rescues will be available for preorder on January 4 and at retail on April 1, 2022, and February 4, 2022, respectively.

Stealth Plus has an RRP of 329€ and will be offered in lofts of 2/17º, 3/19.5º and 4/22º. It will be offered in the Project X HZRDUS Smoke RDX Red HY shaft, with numerous custom shaft options available at no additional cost. It comes stock with the Lamkin Crossline Black/Red Grip (50g).

Stealth Rescue has an RRP of 299€ and will be offered in lofts of 3/19º, 4/22º, 5/25º, 6/28º and 7/31º. It will be offered in the Fujikura Ventus Red shaft, with numerous custom shaft options available at no additional cost. It comes stock with the Lamkin’s Crossline Black/Red grip (48.5g).

Women’s Stealth Rescue offerings include the Aldila Ascent Ladies shaft and the Lamkin Ladies Sonar grip (38g). Loft offerings include 4/23º, 5/26º, 6/28º and 7/31º.

Drivers, TaylorMade Golf

TaylorMade Golf – Welcome to the Carbonwood age! A new historic technological innovation with the Carbon Face Stealth drivers

January 4, 2022 – TaylorMade Golf builds on its history of groundbreaking innovation with the introduction of the new Stealth Plus, Stealth and Stealth HD Carbonwood drivers.

Titanium has been the cornerstone of driver technology for the last 20 years, but even at the beginning of the Titanium driver era, TaylorMade engineers knew that every material had its limit. The future of driver performance begins with the one-of-one 60X Carbon Twist Face – comprised of 60 layers of carbon sheets strategically arranged to optimise energy transfer.

Over two decades of research and development, TaylorMade pushed the boundaries and now created a new era of driver technology with 60X Carbon Twist Face drivers. Welcome to the Carbonwood age!

“In the mid-2000’s, our Research team developed an understanding that the weight of the face can affect impact efficiency, more specifically, the lighter the face, the more efficient the impact and the better the ball speed. We realised Titanium faces could only take us so far and carbon would be the face material of the future.”

“This breakthrough design of a lightweight carbon face in Stealth, has created a whole new starting line, a new era of drivers, a new threshold of performance and a new platform for more innovation,” says Brian Bazzel, Vice President Product Creation of the company.

WHY CARBON?

The goal of any new technology is to create a measurable performance improvement for TaylorMade customers. The 60 layers of carbon fibre in Stealth help do exactly that by providing more speed. The red carbon face – yes, the face is red – delivers a higher COR and more precise face geometry through a lighter, but larger face.

TaylorMade engineers took advantage of the lightweight carbon material by creating a 26g face, which is 40 percent lighter than a titanium face of equivalent size. Because of that weight savings, the face size of Stealth is 11 percent larger than SIM2 and SIM2 Max drivers and nearly 20 percent larger than the 2020 SIM driver.

The weight savings and larger face size made possible by the 60X Carbon Twist Face delivered a stunning ball speed increase during player testing when comparing Stealth Plus and Stealth to the 2021 SIM2 and SIM2 Max drivers at better player swing speeds, unlocking a whole new level of driver performance.

NANOTEXTURE FACE TECHNOLOGY

TaylorMade’s 20-year journey to change the face of golf was made possible by an innovative nanotexture cover that sits on top of the 60 layers of carbon. The nanotexture cover is made from a thin polyurethane layer that creates a strong and flexible striking surface which serves to optimise distance based on improving launch conditions in both dry and wet conditions.

This revolutionary technology creates the face texture needed to produce the ideal amount of friction between the face and the ball at impact to reduce spin at impact in dry conditions. The nanotexture face also features full-face scorelines designed to provide improved spin performance in wet conditions.

“The technological innovation of our nanotexture technology brings the entire face together and was a key to making this driver a reality. Without this revolutionary cover design, we could not have achieved the launch and spin performance required to extract the optimal performance in dry as well as wet conditions.”

“Once we added the nanotexture technology to the grooves, we were able to unlock the full performance of a carbon face,” says Tomo Bystedt, Product Creation, Carbonwood Drivers of the company.

The combination of the nanotexture cover, Twist Face and TaylorMade’s ultra-flexible Thru-Slot Speed Pocket was engineered to produce forgiveness on strikes across the face.

SHAPED FOR SPEED 

Despite a larger face, clubhead speed does not decline with Stealth. The asymmetric Inertia Generator creates advanced aerodynamics at the most critical phase of the swing – from the downswing to the moment right before impact.

This breakthrough design optimises clubhead speed, while also allowing additional weight to be placed at the rear of the club to encourage higher MOI, high launch and improved forgiveness.

HOW DOES IT SOUND?

Based on experience with older carbon headed clubs in the marketplace, it might expect the Stealth family of drivers to suffer from a muted and low-energy sound profile. However, through fine-tuned acoustic precision, engineers have been able to create a bright and powerful sound and feel profile that is true to the high standards of TaylorMade drivers through recent years.

The sound and feel of Stealth has had an even better average sentiment rating in player testing compared to SIM2 and Tour player feedback has been overwhelmingly positive.

THE 20-YEAR JOURNEY

TaylorMade’s engineering and research and development teams began exploring carbon faces in 2000, with the first prototype created in 2003 featuring a titanium cover. Six years later, research into a polymer cover began in hopes to improve launch conditions.

Then in 2012, a small-scale composite face production facility was built to support the 2013 launch of the limited-edition Japan-only Gloire Reserve driver. It served as a sign of readiness for this design platform and the progress of TaylorMade engineering.

Prototype production continued for the next three years, while titanium advancements still outpaced carbon faces at that time. In 2016, new manufacturing techniques led to the first development of a 60-layer carbon face. Work on these new Stealth models began in earnest in 2018, some 18 years after the process began.

In 2019, a state-of-the-art plant was commissioned and completed in 2021 to set the gold standard for high-volume production of composite parts. Every part of the process has been streamlined to reduce waste and increase efficiency. Simultaneously, additional facilities were constructed to bond the fully finished faces into castings.

We arrive at today, 20 years later. TaylorMade ushers in the Carbonwood age.

“The 20-year journey to today is a reflection of the engineering and R&D teams at TaylorMade that never gave up on the idea of a carbon face driver. The technical challenges in creating a driver face with a new material are vast.”

How do we take a “space age” material known for its high strength & lightweight properties, but not inherently designed for impact applications, and make it into a driver face that delivers revolutionary ball speed?”

Through two decades of work our team was able to solve various hurdles and create numerous technological innovations in order to bring today’s most advanced and precise driver to market,” says Todd Beach, Senior Vice President R&D and Engineering of the company.

PERFORMANCE COMPARISON OF STEALTH DRIVERS

STEALTH PLUS: Because of weight savings from the 60X Carbon Twist Face, engineers were able to incorporate the use of a 10g sliding weight track designed to help golfers control shot shape by shifting mass on the sole to create desired ball flight. Stealth Plus is designed to be the lowest spinning driver in the family.

STEALTH: Stealth benefits from the weight savings of the 60x Carbon Twist Face by more weight to be positioned low and deep in the head. This adds 15% more MOI when compared to Stealth Plus and is designed to provide 200-300 rpms more spin.

STEALTH HD: Often, standard draw bias designs promote a right-to-left ball flight at the expense of forgiveness. By utilising the weight savings from the 60X Carbon Twist Face and shifting the Inertia Generator closer to the heel, we’re able to maintain draw-bias while creating the highest MOI in the Stealth family of drivers. While providing additional draw-bias, the Stealth HD will have similar back-spin performance to Stealth. 

STEALTH WOMEN’S: The Stealth Women’s driver combines the technology of Stealth HD in a slightly lighter head weight and with a unique colourway and aesthetic. It maintains the high MOI head design for easy, high-launch with a touch of draw.

SPECIFICATIONS, AVAILABILITY & PRICING

Stealth Plus, Stealth and Stealth HD drivers will be available for preorder on January 4 and at retail on February 4, 2022.

Stealth Plus has an RRP of 649€ and will be offered in 8º, 9º and 10.5º lofts. Shaft offerings include Project X HZRDUS Smoke RDX Red 60 and Mitsubishi’s Kai’li White 60, with numerous custom shaft options available at no additional cost. They come stock with Lamkin’s Crossline Black/Red grip (50g).

Stealth and Stealth HD have an RRP of 629€ and will be offered in 9º, 10.5º and 12º lofts. Stealth shaft offerings include Fujikura Ventus Red 5, with numerous custom shaft options available at no additional cost. Stealth HD shaft offerings include Fujikura Air Speeder 45, with numerous custom shaft options available at no additional cost. Both models come stock with Lamkin’s Crossline Black/Red grip.

Women’s stock offerings include the Aldila Ascent Ladies 45 shaft and the Lamkin Ladies Sonar grip. With an elevated focus on customisation and club fitting, women golfers can find a full array of components, including lightweight shafts, grips and more at TaylorMadeGolf.eu.

The custom process allows to build the ideal club for any golfer – it’s not women’s equipment or men’s equipment, but the right equipment.

Golf Companies, TaylorMade Golf

TaylorMade Golf – The acquisition of Nassau Golf, continuing the vertical integration of its golf ball business

November 3, 2021 – TaylorMade Golf has completed the acquisition of Korean-based Nassau Golf Co. Ltd for an undisclosed amount. The deal represents TaylorMade’s third vertical integration in its golf ball business with the new entity called TM Golf Ball Korea, joining its other golf ball manufacturing facilities – TM Golf Ball South Carolina (US) and TM Golf Ball Taiwan (TaylorMade-Foremost Golf Co.).

With a growing golf ball global market share, including a 176% growth rate over the last 5 years (*), this strategic acquisition further strengthens TaylorMade’s expansion in the golf ball category. It also enables the company to better service its global businesses who are all experiencing strong demand for its cast urethane TP5/TP5X and Tour Response models, as well as its ionomer cover models like Distance+.

“This acquisition further supports TM’s strategic plan to create vertical integration in the company’s golf ball supply chain. TM Golf Ball Korea now joins TM Golf Ball Taiwan and TM Golf Ball South Carolina to service the global demand requirements for our rapidly growing golf ball business”, says David Abeles, CEO of TaylorMade Golf.

Nassau Golf Co. Ltd has been part of TaylorMade’s golf ball supply chain for over 15 years, making urethane and ionomer balls, as well as mantles for TaylorMade’s TP5/TP5X facility in Liberty, South Carolina. This is also TaylorMade’s second major investment in golf ball manufacturing in the last 3 years following its joint venture with Foremost Golf Co. Ltd in 2019 forming – TM Golf Ball Taiwan.

TaylorMade’s golf ball business has been growing at a rapid rate following innovations such as its 5-layer TP5, TP5X and TP5/TP5X pix models, played by some of the world’s best athletes – Rory McIlroy, Dustin Johnson, Collin Morikawa and Rickie Fowler. Recently, both Rory McIlroy and Charley Hull won on the professional tours using TaylorMade’s TP5X and three of the Top-3 and ties at the PGA Tour’s THE CJ CUP all played TP5/TP5X.

*Based on Golf Datatech (US & UK) and GfK (Japan) 2016-2021

Drivers, TaylorMade Golf

TaylorMade Golf – Launch of the 300 Mini Driver, the reinvention of the iconic 300 Series in a new Mini Driver form

July 6, 2021 – TaylorMade Golf has long been considered the industry leader in innovation and technology. From the release of the first metalwood in 1979 to the advancement of multi-material construction for speed, forgiveness and playability, the company has a proven history of products that changed the landscape of golf.

Few clubs accomplished that in a more meaningful way than the 300 Series. First released in 2000, the 300cc family of drivers was sought after by players at every level. To this day, they remain a cultish figure in the world of golf club enthusiasts.

In homage, TaylorMade today announces the all-new 300 Mini Driver with design cues and aesthetics that create immediate nostalgia for golfers who recall the originals.

The 307cc head delivers a blend of distance, forgiveness, and control, relying on advanced multi-material construction to provide the optimal combination of low-CG performance and high MOI forgiveness. It is a truly unique design that’s powerful off the tee and playable “off- the-deck.”

“It’s been 20 years since we last made a metalwood this size. It was only natural to call it the 300 Mini Driver to acknowledge what the 300 Series meant to our brand and the game. We blended the throwback look with modern carbon, titanium and steel construction to produce a club the speaks to TaylorMade loyalists while delivering distance from the tee and the fairway,” says Tomo Bystedt, Product Creation, Metalwoods & Irons of TaylorMade.

Off the tee, the 300 Mini Driver obtains the optimal properties of high launch with low spin thanks to its low CG and mass that is distributed across the sole from front to back. What it lacks in stature, it makes up for in speed using the combination of a high-strength titanium face and Thru-Slot Speed Pocket to deliver ball speed.

The proven corrective performance of Twist Face adds another level of playability, while a reinvented V-Steelsoleplate adds to the low CG properties and promotes improved turf interaction and versatility when played off the deck.

A prototype model of the 300 Mini Driver appeared on Tour last month during the US Open and some Team TaylorMade athletes, including Dustin Johnson, are currently testing the design for potential play at this year’s Open Championship.

The original 300 Series were the first clubs to brandish the current TaylorMade logo and helped launch the company’s modern era. Taking the baton, the 300 Mini Driver unleashes the next level of distance, forgiveness, and playability for a TaylorMade club this size.

  • Availability: At retail on 15th July.
  • Lofts: 11.5º and 13.5º.
  • Stock shaft: Mitsubishi MiDr Proto
  • Grip: Golf Pride’s Z-Grip (47g)
  • RRP: 419€.

More information at taylormadegolf.eu.

Putters, TaylorMade Golf

TaylorMade Golf – New Premium Collection of TP Hydro Blast Putters

June 11, 2021 – TaylorMade Golf today announced the all-new TP Hydro Blast Putter collection – providing golfers a selection of seven traditionally shaped putters that feature a renewed dedication to performance and aesthetics.

Crafted with the purist in mind, each putter speaks to the golfing zealot that lives within us all. From the soft flowing curvatures of Soto and Chaska to the sharp geometric lines of Bandon, the collection offers a variety of fully milled putters to fit the vast spectrum of golfers and putting strokes.

The new Hydro Blast finish provides a rich, premium and cohesive look to the family. This durable yet beautiful surface is achieved by applying a high-pressure stream of water to 303 stainless steel. As an unquestioned industry standard for premium putters, 303 stainless steel was destined for milling. The soft yet strong metal delivers a superior feel and artisan aesthetics.

Each model is equipped with the same White Pure Roll Insert that’s helped propel Spider X to more than a dozen Tour victories since 2019. It features grooves at a downward 45º angle, designed to optimise roll characteristics by producing enhanced topspin to help the ball start rolling end over end sooner.

Putters in the TP Hydro Blast collection are named in honor of iconic golfing regions and destinations around the globe. Further differentiating factors include hosel types, sightlines and toe hang. With such variety, there is a TP Hydro Blast putter for every putting style and stroke.

“We relied on precision milling and the new Hydro Blast finish to deliver an artisan look to this family of premium putters. Through clean aesthetics, time-honored shaping and superior feel, we’ve blended the modern with the traditional to create a new class of classic,” says Bill Price, TaylorMade Product Creation, Putter & Wedge.

TP HYDRO BLAST SOTO & DEL MONTE

Soto is a classically shaped blade that features flowing, rounded edges. A clean build with a single sightline on the back cavity, this time-honored shape is meant to inspire confidence and produce exceptional feel putt after putt. Equipped with an L-Neck hosel, the traditional blade shape produces 40° of toe hang, resulting in a putter that best fits players who create maximum face rotation throughout the putting motion.

With a shorter blade length and a wider area from front to back, the Del Monte has a squattier profile that translates to a more mallet-like feel while maintaining the characteristics of a blade.

It comes in two models, one with an L-Neck and the other a Single Bend hosel. With 29º of toe hang, the L-Neck best fits players who create moderate face rotation throughout the swing. The Single Bend hosel delivers a more face balanced outcome (only 8º of toe hang) that better aligns with golfers who have a straight back and straight through putting motion.

TP HYDRO BLAST BANDON

This Tour-inspired double wing design helps frame the ball at address and encourages forgiveness via optimised perimeter weighting. With sharp geometric lines that reflect the technical precision of this classically made mallet, the Bandon was the first TP Hydro Blast model to appear on Tour.

Tommy Fleetwood first put the L-Neck version in the bag at the RBC Heritage in Hilton Head, South Carolina, after spending hours with TaylorMade’s Tour team and testing numerous configurations. He ultimately elected to use Bandon 1 because it improved the centeredness of his strikes – with his prior putter, he tended to have heel-ward mis-hits.

Fleetwood has a long history of using blade putters, and because this model features 22º of toe hang, it made the transition to a mallet-style head seamless.

“For Tommy, the centeredness of strike was a big reason for his switch to the Bandon. The heel- side miss is something he battled with his blade, and we’ve helped him develop a little more consistency with this one. Beyond that, he’s very comfortable with the shape of the putter and has said that it helps him with alignment,” says Adrian Rietveld, TaylorMade Senior Tour Rep.

The Bandon 3 is the second iteration of this model. It features a short slant hosel with increased toe hang (32°) for even more blade-like performance within a mallet design.

TP HYDRO BLAST DUPAGE

As a modern take on the traditional mallet design, the DuPage relies on unique visual alignment cues and a dual-slot cavity to help frame the ball at address. This face balanced putter features a single bend hosel and is better suited for players with a straight back and straight through putting motion.

TP HYDROBLAST CHASKA

The Tour-proven Chaska revisits the original TaylorMade Corza Ghost design with the familiar circular alignment aid in the back of the putter and three sightlines on top. With rounded contours, adjustable sole weights and three forward sightlines, the design provides exceptional stability and simple alignment features. This face balanced putter features a single bend hosel and is better suited for players with a straight back and straight through putting motion.

TP Hydro Blast Putters are available at retail starting today, 11th of June 2021, with each model carrying an RRP of 229€.

More information in TaylorMadeGolf.eu.

Golf Balls, TaylorMade Golf

TaylorMade Golf – A Major leap on the path to distance with the new TP5 & TP5x 2021 golf balls

February 8, 2021 – TaylorMade Golf today has announced the all-new 2021 TP5 and TP5x golf balls, building on a franchise that has earned the title of Most Complete Tour Ball in Golf.

Relying on the brand’s never done mentality, TaylorMade has once again pushed the boundaries of performance by redefining the path to distance with its new Tour Flight Dimple Pattern – designed to provide improved aerodynamics and carry distance at every level of the game.

The revolutionary new dimple design has a unique dual-radius shape that decouples dimple volume from depth to optimise airflow around the golf ball during flight, ultimately reducing drag and promoting distance.

TaylorMade first set out on this path in 2017, when TP5/TP5x debuted as the industry’s only five-layer Tour ball. By utilising a proprietary construction with four increasingly stiff layers wrapped in cast urethane, engineers effectively created the foundation for optimising both distance and spin.

In 2019, the company wove High-Flex Material (HFM) into the construction of TP5/TP5x to more efficiently convert compression into ball speed. Known as the Speed-Layer System, this design injected a new level of speed into TP5/TP5x compared to the prior generation.

“Since 2017, we have blazed a path to distance and speed with TP5/TP5x – building upon a foundation of Tour-proven performance with the patented five-layer system at its core. With the development of HFM in 2019 and now the Tour Flight Dimple Pattern, we’ve examined every component of the golf ball to ensure that each layer is functioning at its highest possible level and working in unison to deliver unmatched performance on every shot,” says Michael Fox, Category Director, Golf Ball & Accessories of the company.

Unique Improvements to 2021 TP5 & TP5x

While the new Tour Flight Dimple Pattern enhances performance for both TP5 and TP5x, each product was individually improved based on Tour player feedback. Analysing insights from Dustin Johnson, Rory McIlroy, Rickie Fowler and others – who have used both prior models in competition – engineers discovered that players switched from TP5x to TP5 for the enhanced greenside spin and control in the short game. Conversely, players switched from TP5 to TP5x for the added distance and ball speed.

For those reasons, the new 2021 TP5x has a slightly softer cast urethane cover that better grips the grooves on a wedge for increased spin around the greens with lower launch, while remaining the fastest Tour ball in the TaylorMade lineup. The 2021 TP5 now has a larger, more reactive core that delivers more ball speed while retaining the same feel and spin properties of the prior generation.

TP5 still provides a softer feel, increased greenside spin and a lower launch in comparison to TP5x, which is faster, longer and higher launching. The new individual enhancements give golfers performance precisely where they want it the most in both models.

Tour Validation

Team TaylorMade’s top athletes have switched into the new TP5/TP5x faster than any product in the company’s recent history. Major champions Rory McIlroy and Collin Morikawa both elected to play the new ball in their respective 2021 openers. McIlroy took TP5x (21) to Abu Dhabi for the HSBC Championship, where he led after an opening round 64 before finishing the week in third at 13-under-par. Morikawa gamed the TP5 (21) at the Sentry Tournament of Champions, citing the ball’s wind stability in Maui’s Hawaii breeze. He finished the week T7 at 20-under- par.

Tommy Fleetwood, the latest addition to Team TaylorMade, started playing the new TP5x almost immediately after signing a new long-term contract. Before making the decision, he elicited feedback from fellow TaylorMade athletes who vouched for the ball’s distance, spin control and stability in the wind.

Those comments were quickly validated by Fleetwood’s strong play in Abu Dhabi, his first event with TP5x, where he finished in seventh at 10-under-par. At the time of this release, he ranked third in Total Strokes Gained on the European Tour. This adds Fleetwood to the long list of players moving into the 2021 TP5/TP5x.

“It’s one thing to test a new ball, it’s another to put it in play during competition with confidence and ease. The fact that Rory, Rickie, Wolff, Collin and Tommy all switched into the new ball for their first event of the year speaks volumes. The best players in the world have quickly embraced the performance of the new TP5/TP5x,” says Keith Sbarbaro, VP of Tour Operations.

The Movement Has Momentum

The launch of TP5/TP5x spurred a movement that has TaylorMade among the fastest growing golf ball brands of the last several years. Since 2017, the company’s total market share has been on a steady and steep upswing, a growth trajectory that positions TaylorMade among the largest golf ball companies in the world. Golfers at every level of the game are making the switch to TP5/TP5x, while Tour adoption continues to happen rapidly.

Choosing Between the 2021 TP5 & TP5x

The 2021 TP5 and TP5x offer complete tee-to-green performance thanks to TaylorMade’s proprietary 5-layer construction. Both models deliver world-class distance off the tee, with the TP5 having a softer feel and more spin around the greens, while achieving fast ball speeds with a new reactive core that is larger than the prior generation.

TP5x is the fastest and longest ball in the current TaylorMade lineup, with a firmer feel and higher launch on iron shots. In addition, it has more greenside spin than the prior generation with a new and softer cast urethane cover. TaylorMade staffers anticipated to play the TP5 are Collin Morikawa and Matthew Wolff (pix), while Dustin Johnson, Rory McIlroy and Tommy Fleetwood will expectedly gravitate toward the TP5x model.

Visual Technology & High-Visibility Yellow

TaylorMade released pix in 2020 to much fanfare among Tour players and amateurs alike. Being powered by the swagger and appeal of Rickie Fowler certainly helped, but it was the performance and functionality of pix that truly set it apart.

Co-developed in conjunction with Fowler, the ClearPath Alignment system delivered innovation that golfers could see. The 12 evenly spaced graphics enhanced visibility while significantly aiding in alignment on the putting green and helping golfers immediately gauge the quality of their stroke. This technology was only further validated by the adoption of players like Matthew Wolff, who improved his putting inside 6’ by nearly half a stroke after switching and moved his OWGR from 44 to a peak of 14th.

For 2021, the visual technology behind pix will not change. However, the performance has been upgraded to match the all-new design of the 2021 TP5/TP5x with the Tour Flight Dimple Pattern, larger/more reactive core (TP5) and softer urethane cover (TP5x).

The high-visibility TP5/TP5x Yellow will feature a new enriched yellow urethane that provides added durability and while maximising visibility.

The 2021 TP5 and TP5x will be available at retail on 12/03/2021 at an RRP of 58€. The new TP5/TP5x Yellow will be available at retail on 09/04/2021 and the new TP5/TP5x pix will be available at retail on 07/05/2021.

More information about TP5 and TP5x golf balls in TaylorMadeGolf.com.

Golfstyle, Putters, TaylorMade Golf, Wedges

TaylorMade Golf – Introduction of #MyTaylorMade personalised product programme in Europe

September 11, 2020 – TaylorMade Golf, an industry leader in innovation and technology introduces the personalised product programme, which is already available in the UK, to the European market. Which now includes Germany, France, Sweden, Spain, Ireland, Italy, Netherlands, Denmark, and Switzerland only. The company continues to grow its #MyTaylorMade personalised offerings, which now includes, MySpider X, MySpider Tour, MyMG2 and MyHi-Toe.

The programme is inspired by trends seen on the PGA Tour where players personalise clubs, such as wedges, to display their unique personalities. TaylorMade is now giving all golfers the ability to make their wedges and putters uniquely their own and deliver a service that has historically been reserved for the game’s top players.

MYSPIDER TOUR AND MYSPIDER X PUTTERS

MySpider X is the most recent generation in TaylorMade’s MySpider line of putters following MySpider Tour. The possibilities are nearly endless with the ability to personalise MySpider X putters with colour, sightline, weights, and tour proven Pure Roll face insert.

Customisation Options:

Choose from three different hosel options:

  • Single bend – Face Balanced, designed for the player that prefers to putt with a “straight back, straight through” stroke.
  • Short slant – 30° of Toe Hang and ¾ offset, this hosel is designed for the player that has an arcing putter stroke.
  • Flow neck (RH only) – 23° of Toe Hang and full offset, this is a longer, more traditional hosel which is designed for the player that has a slightly arcing putter stroke.

The option to include TaylorMade’s new Optically Engineered True Path™ Alignment Sightline.

Four different sightline options: no sightline, single sightline, short single line and T-sightline.

The ability to customise head colour, weight colour, face insert colour, sole plate colour, TaylorMade badge colour, Spider X badge colour and grip colour to thousands of possible combinations.

Shaft length options between 32″-36″, available in .25″ increments.

MYMG2 WEDGE

MyMG2 Wedge is the third member of the #MyTaylorMade programme of personalised products. Consumers will be able to first pick the finish of their wedge – Cobalt Nickle, Black, Chrome, or Raw with the bounce that best fits their game. Personalisation has four different engraving options, numerous paint fill colours, and different shaft and grip options to choose from.

Customisation Options:

Choose from four different finishes:

  • Chrome – A classic and timeless finish.
  • Raw finish – Un-plated wedge which will rust giving it the worn, rustic look that is preferred by many top tour athletes.
  • Black – Presents a darker, solid look at address, adding extra aggressive styling.
  • Cobalt Nickel: Exclusive to MyMG2, the Nickel finish provides a premium look and reduces glare at address.

Personalise each MyMG2 Wedge with the combination of text, initials and/or logos available in a choice of colours.

The ability to customise the Milled Grind logo colour, TaylorMade logo colour, loft & bounce number colour, carbon steel logo colour and TPU plug colour.

Seven different shaft options.

Seven different grip options.

MYHI-TOE WEDGE

MyHi-Toe Wedge is the next member of the #MyTaylorMade programme of personalised products. Consumers will be able to first pick the finish of their wedge – Copper, Black, Chrome, or Raw with the bounce that best fits their game. Personalisation has four different engraving options, numerous paint fill colours, and different shaft and grip options to choose from.

Customisation Options:

Choose from four different finishes:

  • Copper – The same stunning colour as the original Hi-Toe wedge.
  • Raw finish – Un-plated wedge which will rust giving it the worn, rustic look that’s preferred by many top tour athletes.
  • Black – Presents a darker, solid look at address, adding extra aggressive styling.
  • Chrome – A classic and timeless chrome finish.

Personalise each MyHi-Toe Wedge with the combination of text, initials and/or logos available in a choice of colours.

The ability to customise the Milled Grind logo colour, TaylorMade & Hi-Toe logo colour, loft & bounce number colour, carbon steel logo colour and TPU plug colour.

Seven different shaft options.

Seven different grip options.

More information at www.taylormadegolf.eu.

Putters, TaylorMade Golf

TaylorMade Golf – All-new Spider FCG Putter, with the forgiveness of a mallet with the feel of a blade

August 12, 2020 – Building upon a rich history that spans more than a decade, TaylorMade Golf, the industry leader in innovation and technology, has announced the latest addition to the acclaimed family of Spider putters – the all-new Spider FCG (Forward Centre of Gravity).

At the core of all Spider designs is a legacy of advanced materials and increased stability. While that remains true with Spider FCG, a new and innovative construction allows the company to deliver a putter that upholds the Spider tradition while simultaneously performing like a blade.

Looks Like a Mallet

Featuring an all-new T-Sightline True Path, Spider FCG resembles a more traditional mallet shape compared to other Spider designs. The optically engineered alignment feature allows the golfer aim with the front edge and/or the vertical line, creating a perpendicular alignment aid. Rich aesthetics are brought to life through contrasting colours, sharp lines and copper accents.

“In developing Spider FCG, we sought insights from many of the top players on Tour. We compiled that information to construct a clean and traditional mallet shape that performs in a non-traditional way. The result is an intelligently designed high-MOI mallet that’s built for golfers who have an arced putting stroke. Forward CG placement lets the toe release freely like a blade, while the mallet shape and perimeter weighting help maintain the signature Spider family forgiveness,”says Bill Price, Director of Product Creation pf Putter & Wedge Categories.

Feels Like a Blade

The challenge of engineering a mallet with blade-like performance starts with CG placement. In traditional mallet designs, much of the weight is in the perimeter and rear of the putter head – which helps to increase MOI and enhance distance control. With Spider FCG a massive 2/3 of the total head weight is located in the anterior, allowing the toe to rotate around that centre of mass.

In order to front-load the head, an adjustable weight port was positioned on the sole of the putter directly behind the face. Heavy heel and toe tungsten weights account for more than 100g of weight, while a lightweight rear canopy rounds out the shape.

Further adding to the forward CG properties is the CU29 Pure Roll insert. Crafted from 100% pure copper, this 25g insert is the heaviest TaylorMade has ever constructed. However, like other Pure Roll designs, its 45º grooves are engineered to increase topspin and improve forward roll across varying surfaces – helping the ball start and stay on its intended line. In addition to the performance attributes, the metal insert delivers a firmer feel and adds to the blade-like performance of this unique putter.

Forgives Like a Spider

It wouldn’t be a Spider if it didn’t forgive. With Spider FCG, the mallet shape and perimeter weighting help maintain that signature forgiveness. In conjunction with the forward CG placement, this design encourages a free release of the toe (like a blade) and provides a powerful option for golfers with an arced stroke who still seek forgiveness and help with alignment.

Spider FCG is available in three different hosel types, each meant for a different style of putting stroke. The Short Slant hosel offers 46º of toe hang (squarely in range with most blade models) to fit golfers with a significant amount of face rotation. The L-Neck has 25º of toe hang for golfers with moderate face rotation and the Single Bend is the most face balanced of the three – better aligning with golfers who have minimal rotation in the putting stroke.

  • Availability: At retail beginning the 4th of September, the Spider FCG will come equipped with KBS Stepless Black CT Putter shaft as well as the Super Stroke Pistol Black/White 1.0 PT grip. Available in lengths of 33”, 34” and 35” in both RH and LH.
  • RRP:349€.
Irons, TaylorMade Golf

TaylorMade Golf – Additions to the P700 Series with the all-new P7MB, P7MC and P770 irons

August 10, 2020 – TaylorMade Golf, the industry leader in innovation and technology, today announces the all-new P7MB, P7MC and P770 irons. With the latest additions to the acclaimed P Series, the brand now offers a full line up of meticulously crafted players irons that align craftsmanship, performance and unmatched aesthetics.

P770 – Let the Sibling Rivalry Begin

Only carrying the name of the previous generation, the newly released P770 iron represents a new level of aesthetics and performance within the TaylorMade line up. Constructed from a forged hollow body with SpeedFoam injection and advanced tungsten weighting, this latest model is more akin to its powerhouse sibling the P790.

Extensive data tells that P790 is played by golfers within a broad handicap range – stretching from +4 all the way to 25. While many better players covet the distance and forgiveness of P790, additional feedback revealed the desire for a more compact head shape while also achieving higher launch with long irons and additional spin. This revelation sparked the development of P770. This generational iron was forged from the same DNA as P790, relying on advanced materials and innovative technologies to push the boundaries of distance, feel and performance. Delivering it all in a compact players iron shape.

Player-Inspired Shaping & Premium Aesthetics

In comparison to its sibling, the P770 has a thinner top line, narrower sole and shorter blade length. The smaller construction helps inspire confidence at address, while also promoting enhanced workability and control.

A high-buff polish and Tour satin finish deliver a unified look across this segment of the P Series. This intentional design aesthetic allows the company to better address the growing demand for combo sets. In recent years, golfers both on Tour and at the amateur level have elected to build combo sets to optimise performance from top to bottom. With the clean aesthetics of P770, golfers can easily match them with P7MC or P790 to create a combo set that looks cohesive in the bag.

P770 Packs a Punch

Given the compact head shape, P770 punches above its weight class. Company testing shows that it’s within a few yards of the larger P790. Pound for pound, the performance is equally as impressive.

P770 relies on a series of proven technologies to generate explosive power and distance. Firstly, the forged hollow body is constructed of 8620 soft carbon steel with a thin 4140 steel face to promote fast ball speeds. Also, within the face is Progressive Inverted Cone Technology, which is now uniquely positioned in each P770 iron to both increase the sweet spot and minimise the effects of common mis-hits. ICT is positioned in the centre of the face on mid irons and more towards the toe on long irons to deliver performance exactly where golfers need it the most.

SpeedFoam debuted in the original P790 irons and continues to play a pivotal role in the performance of P770. The ultra-light urethane foam injected inside the head is engineered to push the design limits of face speed while simultaneously improving feel.

The company’s patented Thru-Slot Speed Pocket (3-7 iron) is engineered for increased ball speed and distance while protecting performance on shots hit low on the face. These collaborative technologies allow for enhanced flexibility, more ball speed and greater forgiveness on off-centre shots.

“Designed to deliver P790-like performance in a smaller package, the all-new P770 leverages forged hollow body construction to pack as much distance and forgiveness as possible into a compact player’s shape,” says Matt Bovee, Director of Product Creation for the Iron Category at the company.

However, because P770 is a smaller head shape it naturally offers less forgiveness than P790. To offset this, engineers boosted MOI by strategically positioning tungsten weights within each head. Present in the 3-7 irons and weighing up to 46 grams, the tungsten inserts are positioned towards the toe for precise CG placement and increased forgiveness.

  • Availability: For pre-order on 14th of August and at retail beginning on 4th of September. The P770 will be offered in 3-PW/AW and come equipped with KBS Tour steel shafts (X 130g, S 120g) as well as the Golf Pride Z-Grip in grey/black. Available in RH and LH.
  • RRP: 1,399€ for a 7 iron set.

P7MC & P7MB – Pure, Buttery, Organic Steel

Designed with insights from the game’s best ball strikers, both P7MC and P7MB have been meticulously crafted to the highest quality to create the best feeling iron possible. As a contemporary take on classic designs, each iron set is built to blend aesthetics, performance and a purist feel.

Compact Grain Forging

TaylorMade Golf company continues its trend of going beyond the traditional to develop products that exceed expectation at every level of the game. With the new Compact Grain Forging process, the company relies on a 2,000-ton forging press to ensure that each P7MC and P7MB iron is formed with masterful precision and a tighter grain structure designed to provide the most solid, consistent feel possible.

The process uses up to 2-3 times the forging pressure commonly found in the golf industry. This additional force refines the microstructure, decreasing the grain size to improve the overall properties of the metal. The high pressure forging also produces a head that is near final in shape, requiring minimal hand polishing for a repeatable, precise geometry.

P7MB – Performance for the Golf Purist

P7MB is defined by its clean and elegant appearance. This beautifully crafted muscle back reflects a level of the game that we all aspire to.

The Tour-inspired shaping takes cues from Dustin Johnson’s Tour Prototype irons. They boast a thin top line, minimal offset (even less offset than the prior P730 iron) and a narrow sole. Forged from 1025 carbon steel with a machine-milled face comprised of the most aggressive score lines in our arsenal, P7MB represents the ultimate in shot making and control.

“The all new P7MB was designed for the best ball strikers in the world who demand surgical like control and a pure feel at impact. Contemporary aesthetics with a thin top line and slim sole creates a minimalist profile that appeals to the ultimate purist,” explain Matt Bovee.

Faceted muscle back geometry delivers a seamless blend of traditional performance with a contemporary look and design. With a mirrored surface across the backbar that allows light to reflect in multiple dimensions, this modern-era classic looks timeless in both the playing position and in the bag. The geometrical positioning of the backbar also delivers precise CG placement and mass properties for optimal performance at the game’s highest level.

  • Availability: For pre-order on the 14th of August and at retail beginning the 4th of September. The P7MB and P7MC will be offered in 3-PW and come equipped with KBS Tour steel shafts (X 130g, S 120g) as well as the Golf Pride Z-Grip in grey/black. Available in RH and LH.
  • RRP: P7MB irons, 1,399 €, for a 7 iron set.

P7MC – Completely New, Yet Completely Classic

Inspired by Tour, the design features of P7MC meets the standards of the game’s most discerning players. Classic shaping and minimal offset deliver control and precision, while perimeter weighting offers just the right touch of forgiveness.

The shape of this new muscle cavity was derived from the previous generation of P750 irons – which has a cultish following on Tour as a favourite of Jon Rahm, Collin Morikawa and Matthew Wolff alike. In creating the new backbar geometry designed to elevate feel, engineers moved mass up behind the face to support the point of impact. During initial testing, Rory McIlroy immediately commented on the solid feel of the iron and the stability of the head through the strike zone – a discernible enhancement over the previous generation.

“The P7MC was designed specifically to answer the needs of Tour players. Every detail on this perimeter weighted classic muscle cavity design has been painstakingly crafted to the highest quality. From the Compact Grain Forging to the cavity geometry designed specifically for a more solid feel. The P7MC is the perfect combination of performance, feel and shot making with a hint of forgiveness,” concludes Matt Bovee.

A forged pattern within the cavity back pays homage to a long history of TaylorMade iron designs including the RAC TP blades as well the original P750 and P770 models. A subtly placed “T-Bug” with a high-buff finish is formed during the forging process as a sophisticated nod to craftsmanship and aesthetics. Completed with a Tour satin finish and muscle cavity geometry, P7MC will visually match either P7MB or P770 in a combo set.

  • Availability: For pre-order on the 14th of August and at retail beginning the 4th of September. The P7MC will be offered in 3-PW and come equipped with KBS Tour steel shafts (X 130g, S 120g) as well as the Golf Pride Z-Grip in grey/black. Available in RH and LH.
  • RRP: P7MC irons, 1,399€ for a 7 iron set.
Putters, TaylorMade Golf

TaylorMade Golf – Advanced materials and intelligent shaping the the new Spider S putter

February 10, 2020 – TaylorMade Golf has launched Spider S – the latest addition to the company’s acclaimed Spider putter franchise. The uniquely shaped putter family provides the ultimate in stability and forgiveness through high-MOI mallet designs.

Spider S is manufactured from high-grade 6061 aluminium and 100-percent machine milled for precision shaping. The square-frame putter head is outfitted with two 48g tungsten sole weights that are strategically placed on the toe and the heel to help stabilise the putter while also optimising CG location.

A heavy tungsten backbar is used to further customise swing weight based on the length of the putter. Coming in 55g, 65g and 80g units, the backbar at the rear of the putter is designed to influence head weight, feel and performance. The heaviest weight (80g) pairs with the shortest putter length (33 inches) and vice versa.

The combination of advanced materials and square shaping promotes high MOI for increased forgiveness and consistent roll on strikes across the face. With an MOI of 6,000-plus, Spider S offers the most forgiving performance of any model in the Spider franchise.

Completing the design is the Tour-proven Pure Roll Insert. With Spider S, the company opted for a thicker 5mm surlyn insert designed for better sound, feel and roll characteristics.

Spider S Navy

Spider S Chalk

“With Spider S, we utilise advanced materials and machine milling to create the highest MOI and most forgiving model in our Spider line up. The beauty and performance of this putter is in all of the tungsten. We use more than 150g in each head to deliver precision weighting and optimal performance,” says Bill Price, TaylorMade Senior Director of Product Creation, Putter & Wedge.

SPECIFICATIONS

  • Available lengths include 33”, 34” and 35”.
  • Comes equipped with the KBS Stepless Stability Shaft and Super Stroke Pistol GTR 1.0 grip.
  • Offered in two different colorways: Navy and Chalk.
  • Spider S will be available at retail beginning February 7.
  • RRP: 349€.
Putters, TaylorMade Golf

TaylorMade Golf – New Truss putters for stability and mallet performance in more classic shapes

February 5, 2020 – TaylorMade Golf has announced the company’s newest putter innovation in Truss. The uniquely shaped family of putters provides an answer for golfers seeking the performance of a high-MOI mallet in a more traditional shape.

IT LOOKS LIKE NOTHING ELSE, BECAUSE IT PUTTS LIKE NOTHING ELSE

The distinctive look of Truss putters directly relates to the performance of the product. At address, the topline will look very familiar to golfers. However, the face-on view reveals a compelling hosel structure that’s the defining feature of the entire family.

The design creates multiple contact points on the topline and reduces the amount of unsupported mass, which is intended to improve the stability of the putter face at impact. While traditionally shaped putters with a single contact point on the heel are susceptible to twisting at impact, Truss putters provide exceptional torsional stability and computer modeling shows Truss twisting less on off-centre strikes (as compared to TaylorMade previous generation blade).

SHAPING A HIGH MOI PUTTER

TaylorMade collected data on 40,000 putts hit by golfers of various skill levels and tracked the most common area of the face where strikes occur. Results showed that more than half of the strikes occurred on the toe-side of centre, which causes deflection and can lead to offline putts. Armed with this information, TaylorMade engineers set out to create a twist-resistant putter that offered greater torsional stability while maintaining a traditional shape.

The Truss hosel design derives its stability and strength from a geometric shaping that’s widely used across various forms of architecture, from home building to bridges, to create foundational stability. The engineers of the company used the same design elements with the Truss putters, adding stronger horizontal support across the topline.

Having dual contact points on the topline provides greater integrity on strikes across the face, delivering the performance of a high-MOI putter with the look of a blade or traditional mallet.

WHO IT’S BUILT FOR

A paradigm shift occurred when TaylorMade introduced the Spider franchise more than a decade ago. Today, approximately 60% of players on the PGA Tour use mallet putters – whereas traditional blades were the majority before that time. As TaylorMade continued to refine and develop the Spider family, countless golfers expressed interest in the performance benefits of a high-MOI mallet but still preferred traditional shaping.

The perfect example is Dustin Johnson, who has enjoyed great success with both Spider and blade-type putters. While his results with the Spider speak for themselves, he also appreciates the clean look and enhanced feel a blade offers.

FOUR DIFFERENT SHAPE OPTIONS

Truss will be offered in four distinct models: TB1, TB2, TM1 and TM2. TB1 is a heel-shafted blade design that most closely resembles a traditional blade putter. An additional 8g of weight was added to the toe to counterbalance the Truss hosel. TB2 is a center-shafted blade with the hosel stretching across the center of the face to increase stability. TM1 is a heel-shafted mallet that combines the Truss hosel with a classic mallet shape. TM2 is a center-shafted mallet with minimal offset and the hosel stretching across the entire topline. It is the most stable putter in the Truss family.

KEY FEATURES

  • Options: TB1, TB2, TM1 and TM2
  • Lengths: 33”, 34” and 35”
  • Finish: Nickel cobalt finish
  • Face: Tour-proven Cobalt Blue Pure Roll insert
  • Shaft: KBS Stepless Stability Shaft
  • Grip: Lamkin Sink Fit Skinny grip
  • Availability: At retail beginning the 7th of February
  • RRP: 329€.
Golf Balls, TaylorMade Golf

TaylorMade Golf – New Tour Response and Soft Response golf balls for players at every level at an affordable price

February 3, 2020 – TaylorMade Golf gathered insights from thousands of assorted golfers about the performance features they need from a golf ball. The clear No. 1 answer to the company’s question: “I want a golf ball that’s designed for me.”

Golfers asked for it, and the company responded introducing the new Tour Response and Soft Response golf balls from TaylorMade.

Highlighted by a 100% cast urethane cover, Tour Response delivers effortless compression and Tour-quality performance at an affordable price.

Engineered for effortless compression and dominant distance, Soft Response utilises a breakthrough Extended Flight Dimple Pattern along with an ultra-soft ZnO Flex Core designed to increase speed.

“Urethane is simply the best performing cover material you can use on a golf ball. That’s why it’s found on 100% of the balls used on the PGA Tour. It’s that good. We’re bringing that same innovation to our Tour Response line – essentially making a softer version of our TP5/TP5x that utilises multiple Tour technologies. Soft Response is a multi-layer golf ball designed for even softer feel, and with our new Extended Flight Dimple Pattern the player can obtain explosive distance,” says Eric Loper, TaylorMade Director of R&D, Golf Ball.

TAYLORMADE TOUR RESPONSE GOLF BALL:
EFFORTLESS COMPRESSION WITH TOUR TECHNOLOGY

For as long as there have been urethane golf balls, Tour players have used them. It’s the industry standard for premium performance in golf balls, and Tour Response brings that same standard to all golfers at an affordable price while maintaining the same technology found in TP5/TP5x.

A softer 100% cast urethane cover allows grooves to better grip the ball for increased wedge spin – potentially creating thousands more RPMs of spin for the average golfer compared to ionomer products. A crosslinking chemical reaction forms the urethane material and creates an irreversible link for improved shear resistance and greater durability.

The use of cast urethane puts Tour Response a step above other balls in this category and at this price point, as it’s the only non-Tour ball to offer this premium cover from a major manufacturer. It’s a blend of Tour-quality materials with performance specifically engineered to benefit all golfers.

Utilising the same technology that powers the hottest Tour ball in golf (TP5/TP5x), Tour Response relies on Speedmantle with HFMq to produce fast ball speeds. The firmer second layer surrounds the soft inner core and delivers an explosive transfer of energy.

“In this class where performance meets value, why would anyone play an ionomer ball when cast urethane is available? Every manufacturer agrees that it makes a better ball,” says Michael Fox, TaylorMade Category Director – Golf Ball & Accessories.

TAYLORMADE SOFT RESPONSE GOLF BALL
EFFORTLESS COMPRESSION & DOMINANT DISTANCE

TaylorMade utilises a specialised Extended Flight Dimple Pattern to protect distance in a softer golf ball. The shallow u-shaped dimples promote decreased drag and increased lift, ultimately allowing the ball to stay in the air longer at lower spin rates. This design is meant to appeal to players with average swing speeds, who often struggle to keep the ball airborne.

For this reason, many clubfitters match slower swing speed players with drivers that increase spin rates and allow the ball to stay in the air longer. However, with this revolutionary dimple design TaylorMade aims to improve distance for these players through intelligent golf ball design.

A soft ionomer cover adds to the feel of Soft Response, but also achieves improved scuff resistance, shear resistance and overall durability. With an ultra-low compression ZnO Flex Core (a compression of 35), Soft Response is engineered to meet the needs of golfers seeking an extremely soft feel without diminishing distance.

KEY FEATURES

  • Construction: The 3-piece construction further allows for soft feel while maintaining impressive distance.
  • Features: Both Tour Response and Soft Response are engineered to efficiently transfer energy and rebound at impact.
  • Compression: The Tour Response core has an ultra-low compression of 40, while Soft Response is even lower at 35.
  • Colours: Tour Response will be offered in white and yellow, while Soft Response will be available in white, yellow and matte red.
  • Availability: From today 3rd of February 2020.
  • RRP: Tour Response, 45€; Soft Response, 30€.
Golf Balls, TaylorMade Golf, What's in the bag…

TaylorMade Golf – Launch of the all-new TP5/TP5X pix golf balls, co-developed and played by Rickie Fowler

January 29, 2020 – TaylorMade Golf has introduced the second generation of the high-visibility line of pix golf balls following the success of the first generation which was available in the United States only. For the first time, pix will be available in both the TP5 and TP5x models with a revolutionary visual technology developed in conjunction with Rickie Fowler.

Fowler has long been recognised as one of the best putters on the PGA Tour and his insights proved invaluable in the creation of pix. Over the course of a year, TaylorMade teamed with him to develop a golf ball that reflects his swagger and meets the performance demands of competing at the highest level.

“The pix graphics give you a precise focal point to work with. When we started developing the new design, one of my first comments was if we didn’t have the full TaylorMade logo in two places, we would have space to create a path that works for alignment and feedback,” says Rickie Fowler.

CLEARPATH ALIGNMENT

Like many golfers, Fowler prefers to draw a line on his golf ball to help him align putts on the green. The previous generation of pix and all other high-visibility products made that virtually impossible. Inspired by Fowler’s insights, TaylorMade uniquely positioned a single TaylorMade logo and aligned it perfectly with that TP5/TP5x stamp to form a natural pathway through the centre of the ball. Twelve (12) strategically placed multi-color graphics frame the single TaylorMade logo and TP5/TP5x stamp to form the company’s new ClearPath Alignment – the marquee feature of the new pix.

ClearPath not only helps with alignment, but it provides immediate feedback on the quality of the roll. On a well-struck putt where the ball is rolling end-over-end, the golfer can see a clearing in the middle of ball which provides two key pieces of information:

  • You’ve started the ball on your intended line
  • You’ve hit a quality putt

“We learned a lot in the development of the first generation of pix, but through our partnership with Rickie Fowler we’ve learned even more. His vital feedback led directly to the development of the ClearPath™ Alignment System. It’s not just about unique cool designs that are easier to see, it’s now validated at the top of the pyramid with a performance benefit like nothing else out there. It’s the ideal combination of style and function,” says Michael Fox, TaylorMade Category Director for Golf Ball & Accesories.

TP5/TP5X PERFORMANCE

For the first time, pix is available in both TP5 and TP5x models – which utilise TaylorMade’s proprietary 5-layer construction to achieve enhanced speed while still offering complete tee-to-green performance. The company has combined the revolutionary technology of ClearPath Alignment and the unmatched swagger of Rickie Fowler with the hottest Tour balls in the game.

In 2019, TaylorMade enhanced their flagship line of Tour balls and improved speed without impacting other areas of performance. The Speed-Layer System is comprised of four increasingly stiff layers, featuring a material called HFM. HFM is the fastest material TaylorMade has ever used and is essentially a tightly wound spring and when compressed generates more rebound energy for more ball speed.

The Tri-Fast Core consists of an extra-large, low-compression inner core (16 compression in TP5 & 25 compression in TP5x) and a progressively stiffer outer core and mantle. The combination of these three layers work in conjunction to create lower drag and increased carry – the primary reason TP5 and TP5x have become the hottest Tour balls in golf.

The Dual-Spin Cover boasts an ultra-soft cast urethane cover and a 30% more rigid inner cover. This system creates a condition that is ideal for greenside control, as the rigid inner cover forces the soft urethane cover into wedge grooves for maximum spin generation.

The TP5 and TP5x pix will be available at retail on 28 February 2020 at an RRP of 58€ per dozen.

Irons, TaylorMade Golf

TaylorMade Golf – SIM Max and SIM Max OS irons brings forged-like feel to the distance iron category

January 10, 2020 – TaylorMade Golf, the industry leader in innovation and technology, has announced the all-new SIM Max and SIM Max OS irons. Featuring the company’s revolutionary Speed Bridge technology and the all-new ECHO Damping System, SIM Max and SIM Max OS deliver explosive distance, enhanced sound and forged-like feel to the distance iron category.

Speed Bridge combines with Thru-Slot Speed Pocket – Distance, Performance and forged-like feel

After playing a pivotal role in the industry leading performance found in M5 & M6 irons, Speed Bridge technology again takes centre stage in 2020. TaylorMade has built upon this revolutionary technology to deliver more refined performance with SIM Max and SIM Max OS irons. 

Speed Bridge is a mass efficient beam that spans across the cavity back of the iron, connecting the back bar to the topline. This intelligent shaping allows for improved stability in the upper face and supports the topline, preventing unwanted vibrations that create the harsh feels associated with traditional distance irons. The increased rigidity in the topline and upper perimeter of the face delivers improved sound and feel while working in conjunction with a flexible Thru-Slot Speed Pocket engineered for increased ball speed and distance.

Thanks to the face stability offered by Speed Bridge, TaylorMade engineers were able to incorporate a Thru-Slot Speed Pocket in SIM Max and SIM Max OS. The slot stretches from heel to toe and completely disconnects the leading edge from the sole of the iron, which in essence creates a free-floating face. The collaborative technologies allow the face to hinge upon the topline for enhanced flexibility, more ball speed and greater forgiveness on shots struck below centre.   

Through further analysis, TaylorMade engineers were able to redesign the face and optimise the relationship between the stiffness in the Speed Bridge and the flexibility in the face. The result is a thinner and faster face with a larger sweet spot as compared to the company’s previous model.*

ECHO Damping System – Heightened feel, efficient distance

If you lift the hood on SIM Max and SIM Max OS, you’ll find the all-new ECHO Damping System – the key to providing better feel without sacrificing performance. This uniquely shaped damper design stretches across the entire face (from heel to toe) using multiple contact points for accelerated vibration damping. This high-performance damper design is driven by Vibration Damping Channels that wrap around the entire structure for effortless compression. These channels allow the damper to efficiently compress at impact, giving the material a place to disperse without inhibiting movement in the face.

The ECHO Damping System and Speed Bridge work in unison to deliver forged-like feel. In company testing, SIM Max and Max OS consistently produced impact frequencies (the sound at impact that players interpret as feel) in line with those of forged-construction irons. Collectively, these technologies reduce unwanted vibrations at impact and allow the golfer to get feedback on the strike – a performance characteristic commonly reserved for forged irons.

Progressive Inverted Cone Technology – Each individual iron optimised for accuracy 

TaylorMade’s proven Inverted Cone Technology (ICT) is now uniquely positioned in each SIM Max and SIM Max OS iron to both increase the sweet spot and minimise the effects of common mis-hits. ICT is positioned in the centre of the face on mid irons to deliver performance exactly where golfers need it the most.

TaylorMade’s vast archive of club data shows that longer irons struck towards the toe have a greater tendency to miss to the right. With this in mind, engineers progressively positioned ICT towards the toe in both SIM Max and SIM Max OS to generate a draw bias in the longer irons to minimise the common miss to the right. It’s positioned the furthest toward the toe in the 4-iron.

SIM Max, the best feeling distance iron of the brand, powered by Speed Bridge 

Designed for the golfer seeking all-around performance in a distance iron, SIM Max is built to deliver fast ball speeds, high launch and forgiveness. It all starts with Speed Bridge – the marquee design element that produces enhanced feel and works in conjunction with the Thru-Slot Speed Pocket to provide incredible distance and forgiveness. The all-new ECHO Damping System contributes to the forge-like feel of the irons, while an ultra-thin 1.5mm face (even thinner than the M5 & M6 irons) delivers increased flexibility across the entire face. A lightweight fluted hosel with a 360 undercut shifts mass from high in the club to the bottom of the sole for a super low CG. These features combine to make SIM Max TaylorMade’s core distance iron.

TECHNICAL FEATURES SIM Max Irons

 

  • Available for preorder on January 10 and at retail beginning February 7.
  • The SIM Max irons will be offered in 4-PW (7 pc. set with AW, SW, and LW also available) and come equipped with KBS Max 85 steel shafts (S, R) or Fujikura’s Ventus Blue graphite shafts (7S, 6R & 5A). For women, the SIM Max irons will come equipped with the Aldila NV Ladies shaft.
  • RRP: 999€ steel shaft; 1.149€ graphite shaft.

SIM Max OS – Max distance with enhanced feel

SIM Max OS is equipped with all the same technology that powers SIM Max but bundled into an oversized package with a taller face to increase stability and a wider sole for forgiving turf interaction. The chamfered sole design allows engineers to drive CG low and deep to promote easier launch and significant ball speed. Stronger lofts protect the trajectory and produce a penetrating ball flight that makes SIM Max OS the longest iron in the current TaylorMade line-up.**

TECHNICAL FEATURES SIM Max OS Irons

 

  • Available for preorder on January 10 and at retail beginning February 7.
  • The SIM Max OS irons will be offered in 4-PW (7 pc. set with AW, SW, and LW also available) and come equipped with KBS Max 85 steel shafts (S, R) or Fujikura’s Ventus Blue graphite shafts (7S, 6R & 5A). For women, the SIM Max OS irons will come equipped with the Aldila NV Ladies shaft.
  • RRP: 999€, steel shaft; 1.149€, graphite shaft.

* Faster face claim based on SIM Max 7-iron vs. M6 7-iron at better player swing speed.
** Longest iron in the current TaylorMade line-up claim based on SIM Max OS vs. SIM Max, P790, and P790 Ti 7-iron at better player swing speed.

Fairway Woods, Hybrids / Rescues, TaylorMade Golf

TaylorMade Golf – Reinvention of the iconic V Steel design with the new SIM, SIM Max and SIM Max-D fairways

January 9, 2020 – The revolutionary SIM drivers of TaylorMade Golf, presented this week, are also accompanied by SIM fairway woods and Rescues from the same spectacular family of golf clubs.

The iconic V Steel design has been reinvented with the new SIM family of fairway metals. Advanced shaping combines with a V Steel sole to improve turf interaction and playability from various lies. 

A more rounded leading edge improves the club’s initial contact with the turf, while the V Steel sole further raises heel and toe sections of the sole away from the ground and improves versatility. These design features combine to significantly reduce turf contact area in SIM, SIM Max and SIM Max-D fairways, reducing ground friction which can positively influence both clubhead speed and ball speed.

Matching the aesthetics of the SIM driver family, the chromium carbon crown and contrasting chalk white colour help frame the ball at address and improve alignment.

SIM (Ti) FAIRWAY WOOD

The SIM fairway is a 180cc titanium head that combines a lightweight carbon construction with a revolutionary new ZATECH titanium face and a heavy 80g steel sole weight. The strategically positioned weight creates an extremely low CG that allows for increased ball speed, higher launch and improved forgiveness on low-face hits. 

The ZATECH Titanium face is a breakthrough in materials technology that enables TaylorMade engineers to push the limits of speed in a titanium fairway wood. It’s the first time TaylorMade has used this rare and ultra-strong material in the construction of a metalwood. The ZATECH titanium is made in small batches using a unique process that allows engineers to improve the strength of the face while maintaining a high level of ductility. The SIM titanium fairway is engineered for crazy distance with adjustability through the Loft Sleeve.

SIM Max FAIRWAY WOOD

The 185cc SIM Max steel fairway woods are constructed using strong and durable C300 face material. Also featuring the reinvented V Steel for exceptional versatility from all lies, the SIM Max is designed for higher launch and peak trajectories, with extremely long distance and improved playability.

SIM Max-D FAIRWAY WOOD

The oversized 190cc SIM Max-D has been optimised for forgiveness and golfers seeking a draw-bias design. Like SIM drivers, the fairway woods feature progressive head sizes to provide greater forgiveness to the players who need it the most.

“For many golfers V Steel will trigger memories of an iconic product we released more than a decade ago. As we reviewed the research used to develop the original technology, we discovered a massive benefit to having a fairway metal with significantly less turf drag through impact”.

“By pairing V Steel with our technologically advanced materials, we’ve created fairways that are extremely playable, forgiving and provide explosive distance”, says Tomo Bystedt, TaylorMade’s Senior Director of Product Creation.

Twist Face

TaylorMade introduced Twist Face to its fairway metal lineup in 2019 and has carried the revolutionary technology into each SIM offering. Like the SIM drivers, the faces have been modified to counteract the gear effect on common mis-hits in the high-toe and low-heel. Although the concept is the same as in the driver, the exact geometry is slightly different to account for the unique mass properties and impact location patterns in fairway woods compared to drivers.

Speed ​​Pocket

The Speed Pocket in SIM fairways has been engineered to provide increased ball speed to the entire face while improving forgiveness on low-face impacts. A slot insert has also been designed to sit flush with the sole to improve sole interaction and eliminate turf drag from the Speed Pocket, aligning with the performance goals of V Steel.

SIM, SIM Max and SIM Max-D fairways will be available for preorder on January 10 and at retail on February 7, 2020.

  • SIM will be offered in Rocket 3/14°, 3/15° and 5/19° lofts. It will be offered in the Mitsubishi Diamana FW Limited 75 stock shaft, with numerous additional shaft options available at no additional cost. It comes stock with the new Golf Pride Z-Grip (47g). RRP: 419€.
  • SIM Max will be offered in lofts of Rocket 3/14°, 3/15°, 5/18°, 7/21° and 9/24°. Shaft offerings include Fujikura Ventus Blue FW 5 (R and A flexes) and Ventus Blue FW 6 (S and X flexes), with additional custom shaft options available at no additional cost. RRP: 299€.
  • SIM Max-D will be offered in lofts of 3/16°, 5/19° and 7/22°. UST Mamiya’s Helium FW is the stock shaft offering with numerous custom options available at no additional cost. Both models also come stock with the new Golf Pride Z-Grip (47g). RRP: 299€.
  • Women’s offerings for SIM Max and SIM Max-D fairways include the Aldila NV Ladies 45 shaft and the Lamkin Ladies Sonar grip (38g). RRP: 299€.

SIM Max Rescue

As a long-iron replacement, it’s imperative that hybrids be versatile and playable in all conditions. That’s why TaylorMade has incorporated V Steel technology into a hybrid for the first time in the company’s history with SIM Max Rescue. The clubhead is engineered to deliver improved turf interaction and reduced friction when playing from various lies. A reshaped leading edge works in conjunction with V Steel to further improve playability and strike conditions.

Designers rounded the toe and adjusted the face angle to give SIM Max Rescue a more confidence-inspiring shape at address for all levels of golfers. It utilises the same C300 Steel face used in the SIM Max fairway woods to help improve ball speed, durability and overall performance. The corrective technologies of Twist Face and Speed Pocket offer improved performance and forgiveness on mis-hits on the toe, heel and low on the face.

  • The SIM Max Rescue will be available for preorder on January 10 and at retail on February 7, 2020.It will be offered in the Fujikura Ventus Blue stock shaft, with numerous custom shaft options available at no additional cost. It comes stock with the Lamkin’s Crossline 360 grip (47g). Women’s offerings include the Aldila NV Ladies 45 shaft and the Lamkin Ladies Sonar grip (38g). RRP: 249€.
Drivers, TaylorMade Golf

TaylorMade Golf – The shape revolution arrives with the new geometry and performance of SIM metalwoods

January 6, 2020 – TaylorMade Golf builds on its history of metalwood innovation and groundbreaking technologies with the all-new SIM family, highlighted by drivers, fairways and hybrids.

With an asymmetric sole design and enhanced Inertia Generator, SIM drivers rely on geometry to unlock the next frontier of performance. A series of shape-inspired innovations work in unison to improve forgiveness while also increasing aerodynamics and clubhead speed at the most critical stage of the swing – the last three feet (one metre) of the swing prior to impact. 

Known as the speed generation zone, this is where the most meaningful increase of clubhead speed occurs. At the Tour level, players commonly accelerate from 90mph to 120mph in that moment of truth. SIM drivers are engineered to improve aerodynamics, and thus clubhead speed, through this critical phase of the golf swing.

SHAPE IN MOTION (SIM): Advanced geometric shaping for aerodynamics, clubhead speed and forgiveness

SIM, SIM Max and SIM Max-D drivers feature a raised crown and sole to reduce drag and improve airflow throughout the swing. While raising the crown and sole improves aerodynamics, it typically comes with a trade-off in the form of higher CG projection. However, the SIM family of drivers counteract that with the Inertia Generator positioned low and back with a heavy steel weight at the rear of the club. This design element moves the CG projection very low, optimising launch conditions and increasing MOI – providing additional forgiveness for the golfer. 

During aerodynamic testing, TaylorMade discovered the need to rotate the Inertia Generator to match the direction of airflow within the speed generation zone. The result is air that moves smoothly across the sole on the downswing and enhanced clubhead speeds in company tests.

To put it simply, TaylorMade has designed a driver with no tradeoffs. SIM is fast, forgiving, promotes favorable launch conditions and has one of the hottest faces in golf.

“The history of driver design has been about prioritising trade-offs. You could have great launch conditions, but poor forgiveness. You could have great forgiveness, but at the sacrifice of distance. You could have an aerodynamic shape, but with less than optimal launch conditions”.

“But through the use of multi-material technology, we’ve developed a new shape that optimises performance in all three areas. It’s forgiving, fast and promotes the ideal launch conditions,” says Tomo Bystedt, TaylorMade’s Senior Director of Product Creation.

An evolution of materials

TaylorMade’s journey to SIM began with the lightweight carbon composite technology the company has developed over the course of the last 15 years. The fifth-generation carbon composite material, which was refined throughout the lifespan of the popular M series, was the key to unlocking a series of new geometric opportunities for TaylorMade engineers. 

By using carbon materials to construct the crown and sole paneling of SIM, SIM Max and SIM Max-D, designers saved a considerable amount of weight, which was then redeployed into the flagship design feature of SIM drivers – the heavy Inertia Generator that’s positioned low and back in the club.

New for 2020 is an ultra-light weight chromium carbon crown with a chalk white top-line that creates contrast with the black clubface to help frame the ball at address and improve alignment.

Speed Injected Twist Face

In 2019, TaylorMade took Twist Face – the revolutionary face curvature that’s designed to straighten ball flight – to the next level of performance with Speed Injected Twist Face. Exposing the false narrative that speed limits have been reached in a metalwood, this breakthrough technology allows the company to push ball speeds near the legal limit for every driver in the SIM family, particularly on off-centre hits. There are three key features that allow this to occur. 

  • Ultra-thin Titanium face with redesigned Inverted Cone Technology (ICT)  
  • Variable amounts of injected resin based on testing of the face
  • A proprietary algorithm to tune each head

Every SIM, SIM Max and SIM Max-D driver head is inspected, measured and tuned to maximise speed and to ensure conformity; a process truly unmatched in the golf industry. Where other drivers have a greater level of variation in ball speed from one to the next, TaylorMade’s engineering and development processes effectively deliver a level of precision that ensures every golfer gets a hot and fast driver head.

Sliding Weight Technology and Loft Sleeve

Continuing a history of adjustability and personalisation, the SIM driver features Sliding Weight Technology that allows for up to +/- 20 yards of draw or fade bias. For even further personalisation, the 2° Loft Sleeve allows for the adjustment of the loft, lie angle and face angle of the driver. The Loft Sleeve is available on all three models, while Sliding Weight Technology is only offered in SIM.

SIM DRIVER

SIM driver allows the player who craves customisation and adjustability to optimise ball flight characteristics by creating a +/- 20 yards of draw-fade bias through Sliding Weight Technology and a single 10g weight. It features a slightly smaller face than SIM Max and SIM Max-D, appealing to players who place a premium on adjustability and control.

SIM Max DRIVER

The SIM Max driver is designed to deliver maximum forgiveness. The all-new Inertia Generator positions additional weight at the extreme rear of the club to further increase MOI, providing more forgiveness and slightly higher launch conditions than the SIM driver.

SIM Max-D DRIVER

The SIM Max-D is engineered to help golfers avoid the right side of the course via a strategically placed heel-bias internal weight and divergent topline masking, which makes the driver look more open at address helping golfers close the face at impact. The draw-biased design promotes the highest launch and offers the largest, most forgiving face in the SIM lineup.

Progressive face heights

Using data collected during the development of the Twist Face, which shows the correlation between handicaps and mis-hit dispersion, TaylorMade implemented Progressive Face Heights in SIM drivers.

The SIM Max has an 8% larger face than SIM, while Max-D has an 18% larger face. Data shows that the golfers most likely to gravitate towards the performance features of SIM Max or SIM Max-D will also benefit from the increased forgiveness of a larger face.

“We know that the player who generally purchases a draw-bias driver commonly has the widest area of dispersion across the face. So we wanted to give that golfer the biggest face possible. Using all the data we collected in the development of Twist Face – and learning how big the mis-hit zone is based on handicaps – we really tried to design them for the golfer who’s likely to purchase each of these drivers,” says Tomo Bystedt.

SIM, SIM Max and SIM Max-D drivers will be available for pre-order on January 10 and at retail on February 7, 2020.

SIM driver will be offered in 8°, 9° and 10.5° lofts. Stock shaft offerings include Mitsubishi Diamana S Limited 60 and Project X’s HZRDUS Smoke Green 70, with numerous custom shaft options available at no additional cost. They come stock with a new Golf Pride Z-Grip (47g). RRP: 579€.

SIM Max and Max-D drivers vienen con lofts de 9º, 10,5º y 12º. SIM Max stock shaft offerings include Fujikura Ventus Blue 6 and Ventus Red 5, with numerous additional shaft options available at no additional cost. SIM Max-D stock shaft offering is the UST Mamiya Helium, with numerous additional shaft options available at no additional cost. Both models also come stock with the new Golf Pride Z-Grip (47g). The women’s offering for both SIM Max and SIM Max-D include the Aldila NV Ladies 45 shaft and the Lamkin Ladies Sonar grip (38g). RRP: 529€.

TaylorMade Golf, Wedges

TaylorMade Golf – New Hi-Toe Big Foot wedge, easier of use from the sand and rough

August 20, 2019 – In addition to the new MG2 wedges, TaylorMade Golf has also announced the addition of the Hi-Toe Big Foot to the rapidly expanding line. The company’s Hi-Toe wedges, which first launched at the beginning of 2018 and have seen phenomenal success both on Tour and at retail, now welcome a game-improvement option with Hi-Toe Big Foot.

Designed to deliver the same optimal short-game control for a multitude of shots and conditions around the green as the original Hi-Toe, it’s now even easier to play with its super wide sole.

“We have one of the best wedge line-ups on the market but realised that there was still one golfer out there that wasn’t catered for, with Big Foot we now have a game improvement wedge that’s easier to play regardless of course conditions, especially for those who struggle out of bunkers. The Hi-Toe Family of wedges now cover every aspect of the game; versatility, playability and game improvement,” said Bill Price, Senior Director of Product Creation, Putters & Wedges of the company.

Built for versatility around the green, Hi-Toe Big Foot wedges offer an asymmetric C- Grind that is both flatter and has a wider sole at 32mm (compared to traditional wedges which have a sole width of 26mm). Combined with an anti-dig leading edge with maximum bounce of 15°, Hi-Toe Bigfoot significantly enhances playability and ease of use from the sand and rough.

The leading edge of the Hi-Toe Bigfoot is blunter and has a bevelled leading edge radius. Additionally, the middle is now flatter at 32mm wide and with added bounce towards the toe apex to help golfers with an outside in swing path and tendency for the strike location to be towards the toe. The trailing edge offers relief with a slight heel side reduction to help keep the leading edge low alongside allowing for versatility.

Deep CG pockets have been developed to increase spin, flight control and allow for mass to be redistributed to the sole. By creating bigger chambers this has allowed engineers to maximise the width of the sole.

Hi-Toe Big Foot benefits from the same Hi-Toe design technology with an increased toe height upwards of 5mm allowing a higher centre of gravity for a lower launch and more spin. Big Foot’s full-face scoring lines ensure consistent ball contact out of the rough and help increase spin on off-centre strikes.

  • Availability: At retail beginning September 6, Hi-Toe Big Foot wedges will be offered in 58º & 60º lofts (RH only) and come equipped with a KBS Hi-REV 2.0 115g (steel) or UST Recoil w/SmacWrap 65g (graphite) shaft with a Golf Pride Tour Velvet burgundy 360 GEC grip.
  • RRP: 179€ (steel shaft); 199€ (graphite shaft).
Ladies, Lady, TaylorMade Golf

TaylorMade Golf – Refreshed Kalea product line, engineered specifically for women

August 17, 2019 – TaylorMade Golf has announced the introduction of the new Kalea line, a new complete set of eleven clubs thoughtfully designed utilizing many of TaylorMade’s proven technologies to deliver meaningful performance to female players.

TaylorMade is committed to product performance and creating game-changing products designed to make golfers of all skill levels and swing types better; the introduction of Kalea continues to deliver on this commitment with the new and markedly improved offering.

With Kalea, every component has been engineered to deliver easy-to-launch performance through maximum clubhead speed. Every club in the new Kalea set has been meticulously engineered to result in optimal lengths, lofts and proper gapping.

Under the Hood of Kalea…

Kalea utilises proven product technologies such as Speed Pocket technology that allows for flexibility low on the face for high launch and added forgiveness. Further, a low/back centre of gravity provides an easy to launch club with added forgiveness throughout the set.

In the metalwoods and irons, a new, softer and lighter Kalea ULTRALITE graphite shaft has been chosen for its softer flex and lighter overall weight, allowing for increased clubhead speed but also contributing to the set’s lighter overall build.

Kalea is comprised of the following clubs, each gripped with Lamkin’s Sonar Lite 43.5g (woods & irons) and the Lamkin Deep Etched grip (putter): Driver (12º); Fairway Woods 17º (3) & 20º (5); Rescues 26º (#5) & 30º (#6); Irons (7-PW&SW); Spider Mini Putter with Pure Roll insert.

Complementing the full set of clubs is a specially designed lightweight 14-way cart bag that is available in grey/green, charcoal/blue and black/violet colourways, also a FlexTech stand bag option in grey/green.

  • Availability: At retail beginning September 6.
  • RRP: Kalea Driver, 399€; Kalea Fairway, 279€; Kalea Rescues, 249€; Kalea Irons, 679€ (5-piece set); Spider Mini putter, 279€; Kalea Cart Bag, 259€.

Kalea Golf Balls

Rounding out the Kalea product line in 2019 is the introduction of new golf balls, a two-piece ball with a high-energy ReactTM core, soft ionomer cover and low compression (60), engineered for high trajectory, maximum distance off the tee and soft feel into the green.

  • Availability: At retail beginning September 6 and will be offered in white, peach and purple, with the latter two colourways featuring a UV-resistant matte finish.
  • RRP: 25€ per dozen.

Irons, TaylorMade Golf

TaylorMade Golf – The P700 Series lineup, refreshed with the new P·790 Players Distance Irons

August 12, 2019 – Following the resounding global success of the irons that catapulted the model to among the best-selling in company history, TaylorMade Golf, an industry leader in product innovation, technology and performance, has announced the second generation of the P·790 irons. Like its P700 Series siblings, the P·790 irons are a meticulously crafted set combining performance, feel and aesthetics.

By way of its forged face and soft, hollow body construction with SpeedFoam and the debut of the Thru-Slot Speed Pocket, speed and forgiveness were the key performance attributes that helped the first-generation P·790 rise to the upper heights of the players distance category.

To improve on an iron as successful as the original P·790, engineers faced the challenge of taking everything learned from its design, refining and emphasising many of the unique design elements that made it so successful without drastically changing its DNA. The result is a forged iron that continues to deliver remarkable distance and playability combined with exceptional feel in a medium-compact head design with a refined topline, more compact blade length and reduced offset preferred by discerning players.

The original P·790 was – and still is – widely considered one of the highest-performing irons in the industry. The all-new 2019 P·790 features a 7% thinner face designed to produce a faster COR and for the first time includes Progressive Inverted Cone Technology (PICT) designed to improved accuracy throughout the set, minimising the right tendency often found in the long irons. The thinner face also maintains sound and feel but enhances feedback regardless of where the ball is struck on the face.

Behind the face of the new P·790 is one of TaylorMade’s most advanced technologies to date: SpeedFoam, a proprietary construction which serves a dual purpose of generating ball speed as well as the management of sound and feel. Injected into the clubhead, SpeedFoam provides the face support and damping properties that make the performance of the P·790 unlike any other iron in the TaylorMade family.

Inside the P·790, a larger mass of tungsten – 15% more than first generation P·790 – has been reshaped to deliver a deeper centre of gravity. This was accomplished through the mass savings in the thinner face as well as by removing mass in the iron frame (high toe area) and repositioning it by way of the larger, low profile tungsten design. The new tungsten design helps to lower the CG and increase the launch angle of the new 2019 model.

The product creation team implemented some refined shaping changes to the new generation P·790 in the continued pursuit of the perfect players distance iron shape. Working from the ground up, the designers tweaked the sole radius for less propensity to dig. The long irons (6-3i) have progressively less offset and the blade length was shaved down slightly in the scoring irons (7-AW) for more compact players iron proportions. Finally, the topline shaping was refined by increasing the face height in the toe for a cleaner progression through the set. The result is a visually appealing shape proportion preferred by better players without being visually intimidating for those who appreciate the forgiving nature of the P·790 design.

SPECIFICATIONS OF THE NEW P·790 2019 IRON

  • Availability: At retail on September 6, the new P·790 irons will be offered in 3-PW, AW equipped with True Temper’s Dynamic Gold 105 VSS steel shafts or UST Mamiya’s Recoil 760/780 ES SmacWrap graphite shafts with Golf Pride Tour Velvet 360 grips. Numerous other custom shaft options are also available.
  • RRP: €1,399 with steel shaft; €1,679 with graphite shaft.
Golf Companies, Golf Shops, TaylorMade Golf

TaylorMade Golf – New state-of-the-art Custom Build Lab and Brand Centre with guest of honour Paul McGinley

March 12, 2019 – TeamTaylorMade Ambassador Paul McGinley and Managing Director EMEAP David Silvers officially opened last Friday the new facilities at the company’s European Headquarters in Basingstoke, UK.

Effectively, TaylorMade Golf have been busy transforming its back office operations at the company’s Basingstoke head office introducing a whole host of new initiatives to better service the brand’s retail partners.  As part of this transformation TaylorMade has invested heavily to redesign its custom club production process and upgrade the customer facing Brand Centre.

The Custom Build Lab has been completely overhauled and re-engineered with state-of-the-art technology and efficient processes to ensure best in class build quality and increased capacity for the continued rapid growth in the company’s custom business.

The new Brand Centre now offers the customer a fully immersive TaylorMade experience which includes a contemporary marketing suite with a large wall-sized cinema screen and a fully stocked ‘mock’ TaylorMade Pro Shop to showcase to retail partners how the entire product line can be presented at the point of sale.

Watch behind the scenes footage of launch day alongside Paul’s and David’s thoughts on the new facilities below:

Putters, TaylorMade Golf

TaylorMade Golf – Launch of the Spider X putters, optically engineered for a higher performance

January 29, 2019 – A decade after introducing the putter that shifted the paradigm of putter creation toward high-MOI design mallets and has since become the most popular putter in company history, TaylorMade Golf has announced today the 10th generation of its globally transcendent Spider putters with the introduction of Spider X. Continuing the longstanding heritage of Spider performance in a completely re-designed frame, Spider X putters utilise a new dedicated weighting system and optically engineered sightline (OES) featuring TaylorMade’s new True Path alignment system.

“When we first introduced the original Spider putter in 2008, we never could have anticipated the global phenomenon it has become. With widespread adoption on tours around the world, not only has it become one of the company’s top-selling putters of all time, it has truly shifted the paradigm of putter design toward high-MOI mallets. I’m proud to have played a role in the evolution of Spider and what it has become today,” says Bill Price, Senior Director, Product Creation, Putters & Wedges of the company.

THE X PHILOSOPHY – TRUE PATH ALIGNMENT SYSTEM

The genesis of the Spider X philosophy lies in research derived from more than ten thousand putts from a distance of twelve feet, with results illustrating that golfers strike the ball toward the toe of the putter 66% of the time – this is the result of a parallax effect. As a result, engineers strove to re-engineer the mass properties of the putter head while simultaneously introducing a new alignment system – True Path – for easier alignment enhanced focus, leading to more putts struck on the centre of the face and thus eliminating the parallax effect.

THE X DESIGN

The new Spider X features an optically engineered vision system designed for improved path, clearer vision and enhanced visual perception through colour sensitivity.

The design of the Spider X features a more streamlined design than both the Spider Tour and Spider Mini putters that came before it. The more stable head shape provides more weight on the outside of the frame (36% on both perimeters v. 30%). The head design of the Spider X is more stable than ever, with a deeper centre of gravity (37mm), which is three times deeper than a traditional blade putter.

For the first time in 10 years, the new frame of the Spider X incorporates a modern, seamless and dedicated weight design featuring three new weights: aluminium (2 grams), steel (6 grams) and tungsten (12 grams) to allow for optimised weight preference.

Additionally, the Spider X features a composite core weighing a mere 15 grams. The putter’s new head design was created using multi-material construction, delivering a slightly smaller head shape compared to the Spider Tour. Engineers reduced the size of the Spider X by 5% but were able to maintain the same MOI as Spider Tour within its new construction.

RE-ENGINEERED PURE ROLL INSERT

Spider X putters incorporate a new, thicker 5mm Pure Roll white surlyn insert for improved sound, feel and roll characteristics. The 12-groove Pure Roll insert promotes forward spin for smoother roll, greater accuracy and better distance control.

The composition and construction of the new Pure Roll insert is specially engineered to bring the grooves into direct and active contact with the ball during impact, even on short putts. The grooves in the face — just .5mm deep — also serve in part to strategically soften the insert’s structure. Together, these factors are designed to make the insert deform at impact, putting the grooves into direct contact with the cover of the ball.

Pure Roll inserts are played on the PGA Tour by TaylorMade staffers Dustin Johnson, Jason Day, Rory McIlroy and Jon Rahm, among many others.

  • Specifications: Spider X putters will be offered in two colorways with both right and left-hand options: copper & white or navy & white. The copper & white model will be available in a short slant or single bend (right-hand only) hosel option, while the navy & white model will be available exclusively in a short slant offering. Each is available in 33”, 34” & 35” lengths and comes equipped with SuperStroke’s Pistol GTR 1.0 grip.
  • Availability: At retail on February 15
  • RRP: €349.
LPGA Tour, TaylorMade Golf, What's in the bag…

TaylorMade Golf – Sung-Hyun Park set to add 2019 TP5x golf ball to equipment arsenal

January 16, 2019 – Team TaylorMade’s Sung-Hyun Park, whose remarkable play in 2018 elevated her to world #2 and who has five LPGA Tour victories including two major championships to her impressive career resume, has chosen to add distance, spin, control and all-around performance with the new 2019 TP5x golf ball.

SH Park had been playing the same ball for more than 10 years but after testing the new TP5x she made the immediate decision to make the switch. SH Park, who puts a lot of emphasis on spin in her game, found the TP5x to be low spin off the tee but at the same time easy to control around the green leading to the ideal performance combination of speed, power, spin and control.

“I was a little worried to be honest because I’ve used the old ball for a very long time, but I tried the new TP5x and it was really good. I tend to put a lot of emphasis on spin when playing because I swing hard, so sometimes it was difficult for me to control spin, but the new TP5x gives me the right amount of spin and I really liked that. If you make the switch to TaylorMade, you won’t regret it”, said Sung-Hyun Park.

Since turning pro in 2012, SH Park has done nothing but impress throughout her professional career. Park progressed from the KLPGA Tour to play her first tournaments on the LPGA Tour in 2016 where she earned enough money to secure her Tour card for 2017. Park’s rookie year turned out to be phenomenal, as she became the first player since 1978 to win the Rookie of the Year and Player of the Year awards in the same season.

Park became the fastest player in LPGA history to reach $2 million in career earnings at 7 months and 13 days (19 starts) and the fastest to reach $1 million following her maiden major victory at the U.S. Women’s Open (14 starts). Later in 2017 she would also briefly reach World #1. In 2018, Park claimed another three victories including her second major title at the KPMG Women’s PGA Championship and finished third on the LPGA Official Money List.

Like all of TaylorMade’s Tour staff who play the golf ball, SH Park can choose the number she plays on her golf ball. Park was born in September and pronounces that 9 is the most structurally beautiful number, so she has opted to play #9.

She’s set to play the TP5x in competition for the first time as she tees off in the Diamond Resorts Tournament of Champions presented by IOA in Florida this week.

The 2019 TP5 and TP5x will be available at retail on February 15, 2019 at an RRP of 58€.

What’s in Sung-Hyun Park’s golf bag?

  • Driver: TaylorMade M5 (9º, MCA KuroKage XT5s)
  • Fairway Wood: TaylorMade M6 (15º, MCA Tensei W6s)
  • Rescue: TaylorMade M3 Rescue #2 (17º, HY75s)
  • Irons: TaylorMade P790 (4, Nippon NS Pro 950R); P760 (5-PW, Nippon NS Pro 950R)
  • Wedges: TaylorMade Milled Grind (50º, 54º & 58º, Nippon Modus 3 105s)
  • Golf Ball: TaylorMade 2019 TP5x (#9)

More information at www.TaylorMadeGolf.eu.

Irons, TaylorMade Golf

TaylorMade Golf – A new frontier in iron design with the introduction of revolutionary M5 & M6 irons

January 7, 2019 – TaylorMade Golf has announced today the fourth and most innovative generation of its high-performance line of M series irons. Featuring the company’s new revolutionary SPEED BRIDGE Technology, the all-new M5 & M6 irons have been engineered to both further increase distance and enhance sound and feel.

SPEED BRIDGE – A BREAKTHROUGH IN IRON ENGINEERING

Completely new for 2019, M5 & M6 irons with SPEED BRIDGE incorporate a high strength, mass-efficient structural beam spanning across the cavity back of the iron to connect the topline with the back bar of the iron. By connecting these specific points, TaylorMade has created a significant technological breakthrough in game improvement iron design. Through extensive use of computational modeling and optimisation, the SPEED BRIDGE uses minimal mass to stabilise the iron by supporting the topline and upper face area at the exact location that vibrates at impact. The increased rigidity in the topline and upper perimeter of the face delivers improved sound and feel with increased ball speed from a more flexible Speed Pocket. The SPEED BRIDGE is the key to unlocking the ability to design M5 and M6 irons with a thru-slot Speed Pocket, our most flexible Speed Pocket to date. With the introduction of SPEED BRIDGE, the company’s most iconic technologies have been united in perfect harmony to deliver game changing performance for players of all levels.

REDESIGNED SPEED POCKET

Speed Pocket Technology significantly enhances face flexibility and generates optimal spin at impact, thus maximising ball speed and carry distance; most specifically low on the clubface — where ball speed protection matters most. Thanks to the new SPEED BRIDGE construction, for the first time it is possible to design a thru-slot Speed Pocket into our M5 and M6 game improvement irons. The SPEED BRIDGE and Speed Pocket work together to systematically improve how the iron face performs during impact by shifting the point of maximum deflection lower on the face. This shift in deflection activates the Speed Pocket more efficiently delivering extreme flexibility over a large area of the face generating faster ball speeds than 2018 M3 and M4 irons.

HYBRAR COMPRESSION DAMPER 

In both the M5 & M6 irons, TaylorMade engineers have implemented a new  HYBRAR  damping system and multi-material badges to control and minimise vibration for a soft and solid feel. Due to the stiffer topline, the maximum point of deflection of the iron face at impact is lower than previous designs. The lower deflection point is aligned with the  HYBRAR  damper allowing it to activate more quickly at impact and dampen unwanted vibrations more efficiently. The ABS/aluminum structure combined with viscoelastic adhesive serves to further improve sound and feel at impact.

M6 IRONS

The 2019 M6 iron is TaylorMade’s newest and most advanced game improvement iron to date. The M6 irons feature technologies designed to offer players an outstanding combination of distance, accuracy and solid feel in a forgiving, confidence-inspiring shape that is easy to hit. Packed with industry leading game improvement technologies from TaylorMade that golfers love, the M6 iron performance has been taken to the next level with the addition of SPEED BRIDGE. The M6 iron’s SPEED BRIDGE spans across a deep undercut cavity back design for an unparalleled combination of distance and forgiveness with enhanced sound and feel in the 4-PW.

“At TaylorMade, we have always strived to push the performance envelope to give players maximum distance and forgiveness in our game improvement irons. Our new SPEED BRIDGE technology allows us to do exactly that while improving sound and feel at the same time. Distance has never felt as good as it does with the M6 irons,” says Matt Bovee, Senior Manager of Product Creation at TaylorMade Golf.

In addition to SPEED BRIDGE, the M6 iron houses several additional performance enhancing technologies. M6 iron’s extreme low center of gravity, ultra-thin face with Inverted Cone Technology (ICT), and the new thru-slot Speed Pocket have all been united by the SPEED BRIDGE to provide players with every advantage possible when they step onto the course.

An extremely low and deep center of gravity (CG) is achieved through design optimisation and proven technologies such as the Fluted Hosel and 360° Undercut to harvest trapped mass from the highest location in the iron and relocate it low in the head design. This low CG design produces an efficient energy transfer at impact with a high launching, penetrating ball flight even for mis-hits low on the face. The M6 iron also has a high Moment of Inertia (MOI) for stability and forgiveness making it remarkably easy to play.

The M6 iron employs an ultra-thin face design with TaylorMade’s patented Inverted Cone Technology (ICT). An ultra-thin face allows the iron to be flexible and fast, but the secret to a truly optimised design lies within pairing a thin face with the ICT. The ICT design uses varying thicknesses to deliver maximum ball speeds over a large area face and the off-center positioning delivers a directional bias. Simply put, the ICT gives golfers a larger and more accurate sweet spot.

The all new SPEED BRIDGE technology is debuting for the first time in the 2019 M6 iron. As discussed in more detail above, the SPEED BRIDGE is the key to designing M6 with our most flexible Speed Pocket (4-7 irons). The SPEED BRIDGE stabilises the upper portion of the iron in combination with the advanced HYBRAR vibration damping polymer to improve sound and feel, while the thru-slot Speed Pocket expands the flexible area of the face to generate faster ball speeds! This unique combination gives golfers the best of both worlds; an iron with game changing distance and a pleasing soft, solid feel at impact.

All new set wedges specifically designed for the mid to high handicap golfer have been added to the M6 iron set for enhanced playability around the greens.

  • Specifications: M6 irons available in 4-9iron, PW, SW & LW and come equipped with KBS Max 85 steel shafts (S, R) or Fujikura’s ATMOS Orange graphite shafts (7S, 6R & 5A). For women, the M6 irons will come equipped with the TaylorMade Tuned Performance shaft.
  • Availability: Available for preorder on January 14 and at retail beginning February 15 2019
  • RRP: M6 irons 7 club set, 999€ steel and 1,149€ graphite;

M5 IRONS
Optimised for playability and forgiveness, the 2019 M5 Irons offer players an outstanding combination of distance, accuracy and feel in a refined and aesthetically pleasing shape designed for players preferring a more traditional look.

Taking M iron performance to the next level, the M5 irons utilise multi-material construction with SPEED BRIDGE technology, allowing for the integration of the most flexible thru-slot Speed Pocket in a TaylorMade game-improvement iron to date. The new Speed Pocket design (4-7 irons) uses a flexible thru-slot that result in enhanced ball speeds for more forgiveness across the face, especially on shots struck low on the face. Additionally, tungsten weighting has been added (4-7 irons) to lower the CG, increase launch and deliver additional forgiveness.

A cavity back design with deep undercut (4-PW) results in exceptional feel and enhanced shot-making ability and the aforementioned HYBRAR compression damper effectively filters unwanted face vibrations for more solid feel on all shots. The M5’s sole design now includes a leading-edge chamfer for a cleaner entry into the turf for crisp ball striking with preferred turf interaction.

In addition to SPEED BRIDGE and the redesigned Speed Pocket, the M5 irons utilise a variety of proven TaylorMade technologies, including an off-center Inverted Cone Technology (ICT) face design to optimise ball speed across the face, 360° Undercuts with stiffening topline ribs to promote face flexibility and ball speed while maintaining sound and feel and Fluted Hosel 2.0 to promote lower and deeper CG for improved launch characteristics.

Taken together, these technologies work in harmony to deliver distance, peak height and forgiveness to provide favourable launch conditions to a wide range of players. M5 has been designed for mid handicap players seeking performance but will also appeal to better players with a more discerning eye seeking a clean, compact appearance at address.

  • Specifications: Available in 4-9iron, PW, SW and come equipped with True Temper’s XP100 steel (S, R) or Mitsubishi’s Tensei Orange graphite (S, R) in addition to numerous additional custom shaft options.
  • Availability: Available for preorder on January 14 and at retail beginning February 15 2019
  • RRP: M5 irons 7 club set, 1,149€ steel and 1,399€ graphite

More information at TaylorMadeGolf.eu.

Golf Balls, Golf Companies, TaylorMade Golf

TaylorMade Golf – Milestone performance improvements in new 2019 TP5 & TP5x golf balls

January 3, 2019 – TaylorMade Golf has announced today the release of its enhanced 2019 TP5 and TP5x golf ball models. Highlighted by its new High-Flex Material (HFM) TaylorMade has taken the 2017 TP5 & TP5x to a new level of performance.

“With the new TP5 and TP5x golf balls, we knew there was an opportunity to make them even faster. Our research into the driver and ball interaction at the moment of impact along with the development of a new material (HFM) has given us the ability to more efficiently convert compression into speed, at any swing speed. The new Speed-Layer System (SLS) controls spin rates that is critical for driver, iron and wedge performance,” says Eric Loper, Director of Golf Ball R&D of the company.

The key to achieving enhanced speed without impacting other areas of performance comes down to the ability to weave the new High-Flex Material (HFM) within TaylorMade’s proprietary 5-layer ball construction. In traditional golf balls with 3 or 4 layers, manufacturers are unable to utilise a soft core ‘AND’ maintain high ball velocities.

With the 2019 TP5 and TP5x, speed and spin are effectively decoupled—which enables an incredibly soft core to be “wrapped” by increasingly stiff materials, creating a Speed-Layer System with each outer layer getting progressively faster.

Based on initial player testing with the 2019 TP5 and TP5x, the top athletes in the world are experiencing speeds they’ve never seen before. During a recent testing session, Jon Rahm (who averages 177-179 mph ball speed with driver) was seeing numbers upward of 186 mph with an average of around 182.5 mph. Additional TaylorMade staff professionals also experienced noticeable gains in ballspeed at a recent testing session across high, mid and lower swing speeds.

New Speed-Layer System with HFM

The new Speed-Layer System is comprised of four increasingly stiff layers, featuring a new material called HFM. HFM is the fastest material TaylorMade has ever used and is essentially a tightly wound spring and when compressed generates more rebound energy for more ball speed. The tightly wound spring characteristic of HFM also increases the force on the driver face, further increasing the speed of the golf ball when it leaves the driver face.

Tri-Fast Core

The Tri-Fast Core consists of an extra-large, low-compression inner core (16 compression in TP5 & 25 compression in TP5x) and a progressively stiffer outer core and mantle. The combination of these three layers work in conjunction to create lower drag and increased carry—the primary reason TP5 and TP5x have become the hottest Tour balls in golf. The Tri-Fast Core delivers breakthrough iron performance by achieving maximum carry, giving golfers of nearly every swing speed (over 60 mph) choosing less clubs into the green.

Dual-Spin Cover

The Dual-Spin Cover boasts an ultra-soft cast urethane cover and a 30% more rigid inner cover. This system creates a condition that is ideal for greenside control, as the rigid inner cover forces the soft urethane cover into wedge grooves for maximum spin generation.

Additional enhancements in the 2019 TP5 and TP5x models includes a new Soft-Tough cast urethane cover. In order to achieve improved scuff resistance, shear resistance, and overall durability, the new cover features a cast urethane compound and new paint formulation to help each ball feel better and last longer.

With the improved cover durability, new HFM material, and TaylorMade’s proprietary 5-layer design, TP5 and TP5x are able to produce optimal flight, velocity, and control regardless of which model golfers prefer to play.

HOW TO CHOOSE BETWEEN THE 2019 TP5 & TP5x

The 2019 TP5 and TP5x offer complete tee-to-green performance thanks to TaylorMade’s patented 5-layer construction. While both deliver significant distance off the tee, the TP5 has a softer feel (85 compression), launches lower on iron shots and has more spin around the greens (+300 compared to TP5x at 100 yards & +200 at 30 yards) while the TP5x has a firmer feel (97 compression) and will generate higher launching iron shots. TaylorMade staffers anticipated to play the TP5 are Rory McIlroy and Beau Hossler, while Dustin Johnson, Jon Rahm and Jason Day will expectedly gravitate toward the TP5x model.

  • Availability: 2019 TP5 and TP5x, on 15th of February.
  • RRP: 58€ per dozen.
  • More information at TaylorMadeGolf.eu.
Drivers, Fairway Woods, Hybrids / Rescues, TaylorMade Golf

TaylorMade Golf – New M5 & M6 metalwoods break boundaries, taking speed to the limit

January 3, 2019 – TaylorMade Golf, maker of the “#1 Driver in Golf” for seventeen consecutive years, has announced today the next generation of the globally successful line of its M metalwoods, highlighted by the all-new M5 & M6 drivers, fairways and hybrids.

SPEED INJECTED TWIST FACE: a new Twist on Twist Face

In 2018, TaylorMade engineers developed a new path to performance with Twist Face Technology. To counteract the high-toe miss (a hook), the driver face was modified open (loft increased & face opened) on the high-toe to help straighten ball flight. Similarly, to counteract the low-heel miss (a slice) the driver face was modified closed to de-loft and close the face in the low heel area.

In 2019, TaylorMade has taken Twist Face to the next level of performance with the introduction of Speed Injected Twist Face Technology, exposing the false narrative that speed limits have been reached in a metalwood.

There are four key features to the design of Speed Injected Twist Face that allow TaylorMade to maximise ball speed, working in unison to allow every M5 & M6 driver to be precision-tuned with a new, rigorous process to maximise speed to the allowable limit.

  • 1) Ultra-thin Titanium face with redesigned Inverted Cone Technology (ICT)
  • 2) Reengineered, more-flexible Hammerhead 2.0 slot
  • 3) Internal support foam with variable amounts of injected resin
  • 4) A proprietary algorithm to tune each head

Every M5 & M6 driver head is inspected, measured, and tuned for maximum speed and to ensure conformity; a process truly unmatched in the golf industry. Whereas current drivers have a level of variation from one to the next, TaylorMade’s new engineering and development processes effectively deliver a level of precision that ensures every golfer gets a hot & fast driver head.

The drivers have been designed with a thinner, more flexible face, in fact, initially designed above the legal limit before going through the tuning process, a process in which resin is injected to ensure maximum speed for each head. The injection process utilises two new tuning ports on the face of the driver (both M5 & M6 models) and a proprietary algorithm to ensure the appropriate amount of resin is used, systematically dialing in the speed for each driver face.

A significant benefit of the thinner, faster face design is that it provides the M5 and M6 drivers with faster off-center COR, effectively increasing forgiveness. The new face design is optimised with up to a 20% reduction in thickness that results in a 66% larger sweetspot in the M5 drivers over the M3 and more than 100% larger than the original M1 in 2015.

M5 & M5 TOUR DRIVERS

Highlighting TaylorMade’s next generation of M metalwood performance are the M5 & M5 Tour drivers, designed from the sole up to be the highest-performing drivers in company history. In addition to Twist Face and Speed Injected technologies, TaylorMade has also incorporated numerous additional technologies to take performance levels to unpreceded levels. Aesthetically, a new vibrant blood orange colour and two-tone composite sole make for a visually stunning product that draws immediate attention and has drawn rave reviews from our Tour staff.

Inverted T-Track

TaylorMade first shifted the paradigm of adjustability with the introduction of the original T-Track in the M1 driver. In subsequent models in 2017 & 2018, the sliding weight system evolved into the Y-Track, which allowed for more than 1,000 unique CG configurations, which more than doubled the number attainable in the 2017 M1.

In the M5 & M5 Tour drivers, a new Inverted T-Track makes personalisation more intuitive and simplified than ever and allows the golfer more precise CG adjustability with 1770 unique CG configurations; made possible through the allowance of 20 grams (two 10g weights) of moveable weight to be utilised for both the benefit of heel to toe control as well as front to back CG adjustment.

Though there are 1770 unique settings, the adjustability process has been made incredibly intuitive with high/low & draw/fade settings. The front-to-back CG shift allows the golfer to fine-tune their ball flight through launch angle and backspin. The flat curvature of the front/back track provides the lowest CG possible regardless which weight setting fits the golfer best; this promotes high launch and low spin in any of the M5’s weight configurations.

It also provides a wide range of MOI options—position both weights all the way forward for the lowest CG projection to maximise speed with very low spin, push the weights all the way back into both sections of the Inverted T-Track and maximize MOI and ball speed protection on mishits. The result gives the golfer up to one degree of launch angle and 600rpm of spin change as well as 25 yards of left-to-right adjustability.

For even further personalisation, the 2º loft sleeve allows for the adjustment of the loft, lie angle and face angle of the driver; and when combined with the Inverted T-Track, makes the M5 the company’s most customisable driver in company history.

Carbon Composite Crown & Sole

TaylorMade’s composite technology has been in development for more than fifteen years. In the M5 & M6 drivers and fairways, TaylorMade ushers in the 4th consecutive generation of its carbon composite technology. TaylorMade engineers were able to incorporate composite panels that continue to unlock performance with a more efficient mass distribution compared to a traditional metalwood construction.

The use of composite crown and sole panels save weight from the traditional construction of drivers and fairways. This increased discretionary weight is used to create an optimised centre of gravity to deliver a hotter trajectory with increased forgiveness. The 2019 M5 & M6 have also increased the overall composite crown footprint by 10%.

M5 Tour Driver

Following the success and increased demand for a sub-460 cc version over the last three years, the M5 will again be available in a smaller model – the M5 Tour. Featuring the same Speed Injected technology as the M5 driver, the M5 Tour driver utilises a compact 435cc head with optimised aerodynamics for improved workability and maximum clubhead speed. While retaining all of the same key technologies as its larger 460cc counterpart, the M5 Tour driver is designed for the player who seeks more workability with less spin and prefers a more compact look at address.

  • Specifications: The M5 driver will be offered in 9º, 10.5º and 12º lofts; and the M5 Tour is available in 9º and 10.5º lofts. Both the M5 & M5 Tour come equipped with a newly redesigned, streamlined headcover and premium components; either a Mitsubishi CK Tensei Orange 60 and Project X’s new HZRDUS Smoke 70 shaft with numerous additional shaft options available at no additional cost. The stock grip is the MCC Decade grip from Golf Pride.
  • Availability: The M5 driver will available for pre-order on January 14 and at retail on February 15, 2019. The M5 Tour driver will be available on March 1, 2019.
  • RRP: 599€.

M5 FAIRWAY WOOD: TITANIUM WITH A TWIST

Following comprehensive research and analytics of thousands of shots, TaylorMade engineers have also successfully incorporated its breakthrough Twist Face Technology into a fairway wood. Like the M drivers, the faces have been modified to counteract the gear effect on common mishits in the high-toe and low-heel. Although the concept is the same as in the driver, the exact geometry is slightly different to account for the unique mass properties and impact location patterns in fairway woods compared to drivers.

The M5 fairway also represents a complete re-engineering of TaylorMade adjustable fairways. The M5 fairway features an advanced multi-material head construction with a titanium body, 5-layer carbon composite crown with a steel movable weight — a tri- material construction. The two low-density components – carbon and titanium – led to more discretionary weight, which engineers used to completely redesign the sliding weight system for a lower CG location and increased adjustability.

The M5’s adjustable weight system features a 65g moveable steel weight, which is slightly more than 30% of the total head weight, allowing for generous draw/fade adjustability. The position of the steel weight creates a lower centre of gravity for a more efficient energy transfer with higher launch and lower spin. The unique design of moveable weight also creates a more seamless sole contour, producing smoother turf interaction regardless of the weight position. The M5 fairway also features a more streamlined 12- position loft sleeve for up to 4º of adjustability (+-2º).

“The M5 fairway wood is a new super adjustable fairway wood featuring ground-breaking new titanium-carbon construction with a massive 65-gram movable weight. This is the first ever fairway wood to use our revolutionary Twist Face technology for unparalleled accuracy and game-changing performance,” says Tomo Bystedt, Senior Director, Product Creation, Metalwoods of the company.

  • Specifications: The M5 fairway will be offered in Rocket 3/14° (RH only), 3/15° and 5/18° lofts and come equipped with a Mitsubishi CK Tensei Orange 75 (X) and 65 (S, R) with numerous additional shaft options available at no additional cost. The stock grip is the MCC Decade from Golf Pride.
  • Availability: Available for pre-order on January 14 and at retail on February 15, 2019.
  • RRP: 419€.

M6 & M6 D-TYPE DRIVERS: INJECTED FOR A NEW LEVEL OF SPEED 

Complementing the M5 driver are the M6 and M6 D-Type drivers, which, like the M5, are injected to the maximum legal level of speed.

“Injected Twist Face delivers a hot, yet accurate performance package in the new M6 driver. When you add optimised CG and MOI through the use of a full carbon crown and sole, the result is a complete driver that delivers on all fronts,” says Brian Bazzel, Vice President Product Creation of the company.

Speed Injected Twist Face

Like the M5, each M6 driver head is individually speed tested and injected with tuning resin to optimize COR across the entire face and deliver maximum ball speed and distance. The heel and toe ports in the driver face have allowed TaylorMade to maximize speed across the entire face in every driver created, delivering to each golfer a boundary-pushing fast & hot driver head.

The M6 also features Twist Face Technology, which, like last year’s M3 & M4 drivers and this year’s M5 driver, provides more loft in the high toe and less loft in the low-heel to produce more consistent spin where golfers commonly mishit. The face of the M6 driver is also slightly taller (1mm) than the M5.

Aerodynamic Carbon Sole Design with ‘Inertia Generator’

Featuring the same 6-layer carbon composite crown as the M5 driver, the 2019 M6 drivers adds a complete carbon fiber sole, allowing for significantly more discretionary weight to be used elsewhere in the clubhead – as much as 54% more than its predecessor, the M4. With the weight savings, engineers were able to create a sleek, aerodynamic shape inclusive of the new ‘inertia generator.’ The inertia generator houses the additional discretionary weight extremely low and back for maximum forgiveness while lowering the CG compared to previous models.

The M6 D-Type driver brings the same performance features found in the M6 driver into a draw-biased, easy-to-launch package. TaylorMade engineers have utilised a combination of technologies to create a significant amount of draw bias to help golfers prevent a right miss. The key feature is the optical engineering that creates a high-contrast topline masking configured to make the face angle appear more open than the actual face angle, resulting in the golfer returning a more closed face at impact. In addition, the centre of gravity is moved slightly toward the heel to further aid in delivering a square clubface to the golf ball. The combination of these features provides the M6 D-Type driver up to 20 yards more draw bias than the standard M6 driver.

  • Specifications: The M6 and M6 D-Type drivers will be offered in 9º, 10.5º and 12º (RH only) lofts. The M6 driver has two stock shaft options from Fujikura, the high-launching Atmos Orange 5 and a lower- launching Atmos Black 6 in S-, R- and A-flexes. The M6 D-Type comes equipped with a Project X EvenFlow Max Carry 45 shaft in 6.0 (S), 5.5 (R) and 5.0 (A). For women, the M6 and M6 D-Type drivers will be offered in 10.5º and 12º lofts (RH only) and come equipped with TaylorMade’s Tuned Performance 45g L-flex shaft. The stock men’s grip is the Lamkin Dual Feel grip and the stock ladies grip is the Lamkin Comfort Plus Dual Feel grip. Both drivers are available with numerous additional shaft options at no additional cost.
  • Availability: Available for pre-order on January 14 and at retail on February 15, 2019.
  • RRP: 529€.

M6 FAIRWAY WOOD

The M6 fairway adds to TaylorMade’s rich lineage of high-performance fairway woods with the addition of revolutionary Twist Face technology in a fairway for the first time (alongside the M5); the result is an explosive, yet playable fairway from the tee or off the deck. New in ’19 is the addition of ‘Rocket 3’ a 14° offering for those seeking reduced spin and slightly increased ball speed.

Advanced Speed Pocket Design

The Speed Pocket has been re-engineered for the M6 fairway woods to provide even more ball speed on low face impacts. A new TPU slot insert has also been designed to sit flush with the sole to improve sole interaction and eliminate turf drag from the Speed Pocket.

The M6 fairways also improve performance over the M4 by optimising CG placement directly behind centre face, producing maximum energy transfer at impact. Maintaining a very low centre of gravity, the face height of the M6 fairways is also slightly taller, creating a more confidence-inspiring look at address with more available impact area on the clubface. The new larger carbon composite crown increases discretionary mass which is concentrated low in the head, lowering CG for a higher launch while maintaining high MOI for excellent forgiveness.

M6 D-Type Fairway Wood

In addition to the M6 fairway, TaylorMade has also created an M6 D-Type fairway, engineered with the same technologies in a more draw-biased package. This is accomplished through divergent face masking and modified internal weighting that effectively delivers additional draw bias in the ball flight up to 15 yards.

  • Specifications: The M6 fairway woods will be offered in Rocket 3/14º, 3/15º, 5/18º, 7/21º and 9/24º lofts, equipped with Fujikura’s Atmos Orange FW shaft in S, R and A-flexes. The M6 D-Type will be offered in 3/16º, 5/19º (5) & 7/22º lofts and come equipped with the Project X EvenFlow Max Carry 50 shaft in 6.0 (S), 5.5 (R) and 5.0 (A). The stock men’s grip is the Lamkin Dual Feel grip and the stock ladies grip is the Lamkin Comfort Plus Dual Feel grip.
  • Availability: Available for pre-order on January 14 and at retail on February 15, 2019.
  • RRP: 299€.

M6 RESCUE: ULTIMATE VERSATILITY WITH A TWIST

Rounding out the 2019 M6 series metalwoods is the M6 Rescue; TaylorMade’s longest and most versatile hybrid club to date.

For the first time ever, the M6 Rescue incorporates Twist Face technology, following the lead of its fairway and driver siblings to produce longer and straighter shots across the face. As the face of the M6 Rescue is significantly smaller than that of the M6 driver, the face curvature is thus more pronounced. As a result, the two-tone crown has been meticulously designed to mask its increased curvature.

The M6 Rescue features a low CG steel body construction with a stepped crown creating a lower CG and easy alignment. It also features a thinner and faster face for improved ball speed and overall distance. A redesigned more flexible Speed Pocket with a TPU slot insert that sits flush with the sole delivers a larger COR area with better off-center performance, especially on low-face strikes and improved turf interaction.

  • Specifications: The M6 Rescue will be offered in 3/19º, 4/22º, 5/25º, 6/28º and 7/31º lofts and come equipped with a Fujikura Atmos Orange HY shaft in 7 (S), 6 (R) or 5 (A). For women, the M6 Rescue will come in 4/22º, 5/25º, 6/28º and 7/31º lofts (RH only) and come equipped with TaylorMade’s Tuned Performance 45g L-flex shaft. The stock men’s grip is the Lamkin Dual Feel grip and the stock ladies grip is the Lamkin Comfort Plus Dual Feel grip.
  • Availability: Available for pre-order on January 14 and at retail on February 15, 2019.
  • RRP: 249€.

More information at TaylorMadeGolf.eu.

Golf Junior, Juniors, TaylorMade Golf

TaylorMade Golf – Introduction of new Rory Junior Golf Sets, in collaboration with Rory McIlroy

November 2, 2018 – TaylorMade Golf has announced the Rory Junior Golf Sets, inspired by and created through input from Rory McIlroy to welcome the beginner and developing player to the game of golf. The introduction of young players to the game is a passion point for TaylorMade and McIlroy, who himself was introduced to the game at a very young age.

“Growing up, golf was an extremely important part of my life. It allowed me to stay active, enjoy the outdoors and have fun within a competitive sport. I partnered with TaylorMade to design the Rory Junior Set to give kids an easy introduction to golf so they can have the same opportunity I had to fall in love with the sport,” says Rory McIlroy.

Incorporating many of the same technologies found in other TaylorMade products, each has been specifically engineered to deliver the optimal lengths, lofts and shaft flexes to promote proper swing mechanics for junior golfers while developing their passion for the game.

“We were looking for a gateway for young players to enjoy the game with product built specifically with them in mind. Having a role model like Rory McIlroy to support this new initiative, as well as a program like the PGA Junior League that encourages these youngsters to thrive in the sport, is crucial to encourage them to play well into their adult life. That’s why we partnered with Rory and are delighted to support the PGA Junior League by making a direct donation to them,” says David Abeles, CEO of TaylorMade Golf.

DRIVER

At 16° of loft and 400cc in size, the Rory titanium driver was designed to instill confidence and be easy to hit and produce high launching drives off the tee. A high-quality, high-performing product created specifically with the junior player in mind.

“For me, confidence is the most important thing when I’m standing on the tee. This driver has been specially-designed to help young golfers hit it far and straight so they can start building their confidence from the first time they tee it up,” says Rory McIlroy.

FAIRWAY & RESCUE

The fairway and Rescue in the Rory Junior Golf Sets were created to bridge the gap between the driver and irons with easy-to-hit, forgiving performance from a variety of lies on the golf course.

“With a fairway wood or Rescue, kids need clubs that are versatile and allow them to hit a variety of shots no matter where they are on the golf course. These clubs are built for easy launch and extra forgiveness whether you’re hitting from the tee, the fairway or the rough,” says Rory McIlroy.

IRONS

Made from 17-4 stainless steel, the irons in the two sets were strategically developed with loft configurations that help launch the ball high and straight. The 4-plus set features an iron loft 2 degrees lower than the 8-plus set to encourage higher lofts for easy launch for the younger player.

“Growing up, nothing felt better than hitting it close with an iron. With these easy-to-hit irons, young golfers will experience that feeling that keeps them coming back for more,” says about Rory McIlroy.

PUTTER & WEDGE

Among the most important skills a junior golfer can learn are the fundamentals of putting. The center-shafted mid-mallet putter was created with short-game development in mind by way of higher stability combined with easy alignment. For greenside chipping and bunker play, a 54°/56° wedge will help make this critical part of the game easier to learn and have more fun.

“As much as everyone loves hitting big drives, myself included, the key to this game is chipping and putting. Creating the most appropriate clubs they need to develop a sharp short game are critical for their growth and enjoyment of the game,” says about Rory McIlroy.

Available starting December 7, Rory Junior Golf Sets are in two set configurations for boys and girls (4+ and 8+), each created for a specific size and age range of player. Both sets include graphite shafts that have been flexed specifically for junior swing speeds. Additionally, each set also includes a special St. Bernard headcover, inspired by the headcover found on Rory’s M3 driver.

8-PLUS SET

Both the Boys & Girls 8 Plus set (designed for ages 8+ and 52″ to 60″ in height) that includes 7 clubs + bag, at an RRP of €449: Driver 400cc Titanium (16º, 39.5″); fairway wood 3 (24º, 37″); rescue 5 (30º, 34.5″); irons 7 (36º, 32.5″) and 9 (44º, 31.5″); sand wedge (56º, 31″); and putter (30″).

4-PLUS SET

In addition to the 8 Plus set, a 4 Plus set will also be offered for both Boys & Girls (designed for players aged 4+ and 42″ to 52″ in height) that includes 5 clubs + bag at an RRP €329: Driver 400cc Titanium (16º, 33.5″); rescue 5 (30º, 29.5″); iron 7 (38º, 27.5″); sand wedge (54º, 26″); and putter (26″).

Irons, TaylorMade Golf

TaylorMade Golf – The next generation of forged progression arrives with the new P760 iron

October 15, 2018 – TaylorMade Golf have announced today the extension of its globally successful P700 series irons with the introduction of P760, a progressive forged players iron designed to give better players specifically what they want and need through the entire set, alleviating the possible consideration of combination sets.

The P760 pulls performance technologies and shaping attributes from its Tour-proven siblings, the P750, P770 and P790. The P760 irons effectively replace the P750 and P770 in the TaylorMade lineup, giving players the performance of P750 in the short irons and improves on the performance of P770 in the long irons. The P760’s progressive design is individually optimised for each club from 3-iron to AW to provide Tour-caliber shaping and performance.

“With P760, we set out to design a players iron for Tour-level competition, combining all the elements that are most desirable to the better golfer. The P760’s progressive set shaping enables short irons to be compact and precise while the long irons take on a hollow construction, injected with our revolutionary SpeedFoam. P760 is designed to inspire confidence whether you’re attacking pins from short range or sticking greens from long range,” says Brian Bazzel, VP of Product Creation, TaylorMade Golf.

FORGED MULTI-MATERIAL CONSTRUCTION

The progressive design of P760 goes beyond shaping; specifically, the iron’s construction. The P760’s unique iron design transitions from a single piece 1025CS forged head in the 8-PW/AW to a 1025CS forged hollow body with SUS630 face material injected with the revolutionary SpeedFoam in the 3-7 irons. The hollow cavity construction (3-7 irons) produces consistent distance while adding forgiveness to maintain optimised gapping throughout the set, while the one-piece forged construction in the 8 through AW results in remarkable feel and shot shaping capability for better ball strikers.

PROGRESSIVE PLAYER-PREFERRED SHAPING

Shaping is one of the most critical phases in the development of a new iron, and TaylorMade’s engineers set out to create a progressive set that met even the most discerning players’ demands. Head size, offset and lofts have been meticulously detailed to engineer specifically what better players demand for precision shot making.

The sole geometry of the P760 has also been redesigned with a chamfered leading edge that delivers a cleaner entry into the turf, activating the club’s bounce without the risk of digging, all within a square look at address.

SPEEDFOAM TECHNOLOGY

SpeedFoam technology, which was first introduced in the highly popular P790 irons last autumn, has been incorporated into the P760’s 3-7 irons. SpeedFoam serves the dual purpose of generating ball speed while also dampening vibrations to create optimal sound and feel. SpeedFoam is injected into the club head in liquid form before expanding within the club, providing increased face support while maintaining the soft, solid sound and feel that golfers prefer.

  • Availability: From 2nd of November, 3-PW with True Temper Dynamic Gold 120 (S300, X100) shafts and Golf Pride Tour Velvet 360 grips.
  • RRP: 1,399€ for a 7-piece set.
Hybrids / Rescues, TaylorMade Golf

TaylorMade Golf – GAPR trio deliver golfers maximum performance to fill distance gaps in their long game

18 Julio 2018 – TaylorMade Golf, the industry leader in high performance product innovation and technology and creators of the original Rescue line of hybrids in 1999, announced today the debut of GAPR, a highly innovative trio of products with unique identities and performance deliverables providing golfers with the right clubs to fill gaps in the long game.

Nearly every golfer has a gapping challenge in the long part of their set; specifically, the difficult-to-manage yardage between the longest playable iron and the shortest metalwood. With a majority of players not comfortable hitting 3, 4 and even 5 irons consistently to precise yardages or with any dependable accuracy and 5, 7 and 9 woods often difficult to control, TaylorMade set out to engineer a line of products that allow golfers to get the distance, carry and control needed to fill these gaps. The result is GAPR, three distinct products which invite golfers to choose their shape, find their distance and bridge their gap.

“More Tour players are adopting utility clubs to bridge the gap between their longest iron and shortest fairway wood. GAPR provides innovative options for players to confidently hit a specific yardage with a specific trajectory”.

“With SpeedFoam, Loft Sleeve and Speed Pocket technologies, golfers have the performance and adjustability to fine-tune their long game for the right combination of distance, versatility and precision,” says Tomo Bystedt, Senior Director Product Creation, Metalwoods of the company.

In recent years, the majority of hybrid clubs have gradually evolved into extensions of the iron set or simply smaller fairway woods. Few compelling options for golfers to upgrade their hybrids exist unless they purchase them as part of an iron set. On Tour, the number of wood-style hybrids has steadily declined. Players are starting to adopt iron-style utility clubs and driving irons for better control and workability.

In each of the 3 different GAPR models, engineers have incorporated TaylorMade’s innovative SpeedFoam technology, which was first introduced in the globally-successful P790 irons last autumn. SpeedFoam serves the dual purpose of generating ball speed while also dampening vibrations to create optimal sound and feel. SpeedFoam is injected into the club head in liquid form before expanding within the club, providing increased face support while maintaining the soft, solid sound and feel that golfers prefer. Additionally, strategically-placed ultra-low center of gravity in each GAPR model creates a hotter, higher launch for more distance and improved playability.

TAYLORMADE GAPR LO

Designed primarily for players with faster ballspeeds, GAPR LO is the smallest of the three models and features a low-forward CG for extreme distance with a mid-to-low trajectory. It’s driving iron-type shape has a players profile that allows for excellent flighting and workability, and the mid-thin sole width delivers maximum performance and versatility for the stronger player.

TAYLORMADE GAPR MID

Slightly larger in size than the GAPR LO, GAPR MID was designed with players of all skill levels in mind. Featuring a CG that is ultra-low and forward for maximum distance and a mid-high trajectory, GAPR MID has an iron face profile that inspires confidence and easy alignment and a medium-wide sole width for ease of play and versatility.

TAYLORMADE GAPR HI

Similar to the GAPR MID, GAPR HI was engineered for the widest range of players. The largest of the three models, GAPR HI features an ultra-low/back CG for maximum distance and a high, penetrating trajectory. Where the HI differs from the other 2 models is its shaping, which features modern Rescue shaping with a high-toe, peanut shaped clubhead. The dropped crown feature provides lower CG and improved alignment.

SPECIFICATIONS

  • TaylorMade Golf GAPR LO: #2 (17º, 40,25”); #3 (19º, 39,75”); #4 (22º, 39,25”)
  • TaylorMade Golf GAPR MID: #3 (18º, 40,25”); #4 (21º, 39,75”); #5 (24º, 39,25”)
  • TaylorMade Golf GAPR HI: #3 (19º, 40,75”); #4 (22º, 40,25”); #5 (25º, 39,75”); #6 (28º, 39,25”)
  • Shaft: KBS Hybrid in either an 80/x, 80/s, 70/r or 60/a profile (via custom). Additional shaft options are available through TaylorMade’s custom program as well.
  • Grip: Golf Pride Tour Velvet 360
  • Available on September 7, 2018.
  • RRP: 299€.
Putters, TaylorMade Golf

TaylorMade Golf – The Spider Mini Putters arrives with Spider performance in refined design

June 8, 2018 – TaylorMade Golf, the industry leader in product innovation and technology and makers of one of the most sought-after putters on Tour in Spider Tour, has announced the expansion of its benchmark product platform with the introduction of Spider Mini, a wingless design to deliver the performance characteristics of the original Spider Tour putters in a more streamlined, minimalistic design.

Overall, the construction of the Spider Mini has a 15% reduction in head size compared to Spider Tour while still delivering the stability and high MOI properties as its bigger sibling still with a 355g head weight. The smaller head size results in a movement forward in CG from 37mm to 30mm away from the leading edge; enabling the release of the putter head easier through the hitting area of the stroke – more similar to that of a blade putter.

Spider Mini also incorporates TaylorMade’s patented, Tour proven Pure Roll insert which combines 45º grooves with a softer polymer to increase topspin and improve forward roll across varying surfaces – helping the golf ball start and stay on its intended line. Redesigned steel weights cast directly into the putter’s head provide precise and consistent balance.

Derived from Tour player feedback, the new T-sightline encourages proper alignment and a square club face. The new sightline’s depth mimics the dimensions of a classic blade putter to provide a seamless transition for golfers exploring mallet shaping and has been praised by players seeking alternative options to a through-line or current alignment options.

“Spider Mini gives golfers a brand-new look and feel while still remaining very much a part of the Spider Tour family. It has the same Pure Roll insert and presents many of the same features that make Spider such a successful putter, but it is delivered in a scaled-down shape for those seeking a smaller footprint without sacrificing stable, high-MOI performance,” said Chris Trott, TaylorMade Tour Manager.

  • Specs: Spider Mini will be offered in right hand only in a Tour Red or Diamond Silver finish with a double bend shaft. Equipped with SuperStroke Pistol GTR 1.0 grip and available in 33″, 34″ & 35″ lengths, Spider Mini is face-balanced and features TaylorMade’s tour-proven aluminum Pure Roll insert.
  • Availability: From now.
  • RRP: €329.
DP World Tour, TaylorMade Golf, What's in the bag…

TaylorMade Golf – Jon Rahm’s winning bag at the Open de España 2018 in Madrid

April 16, 2018 – TaylorMade Golf staff member Jon Rahm successfully chased down the overnight leader to close out an impressive two-stroke victory at the 2018 Open de España, powered by a bag of TaylorMade Golf equipment in Madrid. His second win of the season was also the 23-year-old’s fifth of his professional career. With this victory, TaylorMade Golf’s new M3 and M4 drivers have racked up eight wins on worldwide tours.

Following his fourth-placed finish at The Masters, Jon Rahm overturned an overnight deficit to secure his first win on home soil at the Open de España in Madrid. Rahm has already been victorious this season, previously recording victory at the Career Builder Challenge on the PGA Tour.

Rahm has an imposing strike rate with a win coming in every nine tournaments he competes in. He now boasts an impressive five wins and 17 top-five finishes in 45 worldwide starts as a professional and stays as world #4 in the Official World Golf Rankings. He has become part of an exclusive group by becoming only the fifth player in the last 30 years with three European Tour wins and two PGA Tour wins before the age of 24.

Relying on a full 14-club bag of TaylorMade equipment, the Spaniard’s win was helped by superb driving with his M4 driver in Madrid, where he averaged 304.5 yards off the tee. To date this season, Rahm has gained 1.28 strokes on the field off the tee.

The Spaniard played the M3 fairway and P790 UDI joining fellow TaylorMade athletes Dustin Johnson, Justin Rose and Rory McIlroy who have added at least one P790 iron to their bags.

In addition to his stellar driving, Rahm carded 21 birdies and two eagles set up by his superior iron and wedge play. Rahm led the field in greens in regulation finding an impressive 87.5% of greens. A stat that is reflective of his season so far with Rahm gaining 2.10 strokes on the field from tee to green this season.

Rahm plays P750 irons from 4-iron to PW equipped with True Temper Project X 6.5 shafts. His wedge setup includes two regular Milled Grind wedges (51° and 55°) plus the Milled Grind Hi-Toe lob wedge (60°) also equipped with True Temper Project X 6.5 shafts. Rahm’s bag is completed with his trusty Spider Tour Red putter which he has had in the bag since January 2017.

TaylorMade’s 2018 M Drivers featuring Twist Face Technology now have victories in eight tournaments worldwide (Two European Tour and six PGA Tour events this season). Rahm joins TaylorMade stablemates Dustin Johnson, Rory McIlroy, Jason Day, Gary Woodland and Paul Casey as tournament champions winning with Twist Face on Tour.

With 62 in play, TaylorMade drivers led all manufacturers in Madrid with 40% of players choosing TaylorMade drivers.


What’s in Jon Rahm’s winning bag?

  • Driver: TaylorMade M4 (9.5º, Aldila Tour Green 75TX)
  • Fairway wood: TaylorMade M3 (16º, Aldila Tour Green 75TX)
  • Driving iron: TaylorMade P790 UDI (23º, True Temper Project X 6.5)
  • Irons: TaylorMade P750 (4-PW, True Temper Project X 6.5)
  • Wedges: TaylorMade Milled Grind (51º, 55º and Hi-Toe 60º, True Temper Project X 6.5)
  • Putter: TaylorMade Spider Tour Red
  • Golf Ball: TaylorMade TP5x (#10)
  • Clothing: adidas Golf
  • Footwear: adidas Golf
Hybrids / Rescues, TaylorMade Golf

TaylorMade Golf – New P790 UDI, forged with SpeedFoam for extraordinary distance and accuracy

March 29, 2018 – TaylorMade Golf has announced the extension of its globally successful P790 irons with the introduction of P790 UDI, a forged driving iron engineered with breakthrough SpeedFoam Technology for golfers seeking the forged look and feel of a players iron with increased distance and accuracy off the tee or fairway. To date, World #1 Dustin Johnson, #3 Jon Rahm as well as TaylorMade stablemates Justin Rose, Rory McIlroy and Jason Day have all played the P790 UDI on Tour already this season.

The most popular and successful players-distance iron in company history, P790 has seen remarkable success at both the consumer and Tour levels, with many players putting a variety of P790 irons into play in competition, opting for a forged iron that delivers remarkable distance and playability combined with preferred feel in a medium-compact head design with a thinner topline. Similar to the other irons in the set, the P790 UDI is constructed with a soft, 8620 carbon steel body combined with high-strength forged 4140 carbon steel with a wrapped-face construction in a hollow body design.

The P790 UDI’s hollow construction is filled with TaylorMade’s proprietary SpeedFoam material, which serves a dual purpose of generating ball speed as well as the management of sound and feel. Injected into the clubhead, the low-density SpeedFoam provides the face support and damping properties that make the performance of the P790 unlike any other iron in the TaylorMade family.

The P790 UDI also features a re-engineered Inverted Cone Technology optimised for the slightly smaller face area. TaylorMade’s previous ICT had a larger, heavier profile. The new, smaller Inverted Cone in the P790 UDI allows for reduced face thickness at the edges of the face, thus increasing flexibility from heel to toe and low on the clubface, resulting in more ball speed across the entire face. For forgiveness and playability, P790 irons feature strategically placed internal metal-injection-molded (MIM) tungsten weighting for precise CG placement and higher moment of inertia (MOI).

“After experiencing increasing demand from the best golfers on worldwide Tours, we’re excited to bring the Ultimate Driving Iron to golfers everywhere with the new P790 UDI. Offering SpeedFoam in a driving iron for the first time ever, the P790 UDI delivers distance and accuracy like never before seen in an iron”, says Tomo Bystedt, Senior Director of Product Creation of the company.

P790 UDI will be offered in RH only as a 2-iron (17°) and comes equipped with Project X’s popular HZRDUS Black shaft (85g) designed for low launch/low spin and gripped with a Golf Pride TV 360. Additionally, the P790 will be available for custom build with an extensive offering of steel and graphite (.355) options.

  • Additional specifications: Loft: 17°. Lie: 60°. Offset: 3.2mm. Length: 40” (steel 39.25”). Swingweight: D2
  • Availability: April 2018.
  • RRP: 239€.
Drivers

DRIVERS GUIDE 2018 – Choose your driver according to ‘your attitude to the game’

March 26, 2018 – Ready for the new season? Take a look at the new 2018 drivers that have just arrived in the golf shops, packed with breakthrough technological advances designed to help you, in amazing ways, to get your best score. Which one should you choose?

Until recently it was relatively easy to distinguish between customizable drivers and distance drivers, but now each brand offers adjustability in their models in both categories, and we could say that with a similar playability and performance in terms of low spin, forgiveness, ball speed and distance, it is difficult to distinguish for the amateur player. Therefore, it is not so much about your level of golf but more ‘your attitude to the game’: if you want to customize the driver to optimize the distance; or if you’d rather arrive, address and hit a good shot; or if you’d prefer to enjoy a premium high end driver.

Anyway, the best option is to have a personalized fitting, with accredited professionals, in a trustworthy golf shop or pro shop, because one of these drivers is sure to take your game from the tee to the next level.

CALLAWAY ROGUE: Standard or draw, the Rogue combines the Jailbreak technology with the X-Face VFT to enhanced ball speed and long distance. It has new Boeing aero geometry, the largest ever carbon composite Triaxial crown and a Premium shaft selection of various weights. RRP: 549€.

CALLAWAY ROGUE SUB ZERO: This is the Rogue with the Jailbreak distance, more forgiveness and low-spin. This is a powerful Tour-level driver but it’s easy to hit for any amateur seeking extremely low spin in a high-MOI head shape. It has X-Face VFT, Triaxial carbon Crown and interchangeable weights to adjust spin-rate and launch angle. RRP: 549€.

COBRA KING F8: Adjustable driver with Precision Milled Forged face, utilizing CNC milling pattern that delivers a superior performance. Precise face thickness and improved curvatures achieve maximum ball speed with distance and accuracy. It has 360º Aero aerodynamics and Cobra Connect by Arccos. In F8 and F8+ versions to adjust the centre of gravity towards the heel or the front. RRP: 429€.

COBRA F-MAX: The F-Max utilizes an ultralight configuration with the Superlite shaft which reduces swing weight to promote clubhead speed and greater distance for players with moderate swing speeds. It has a forged Ti-6-4 Titanium face; a back/heel internal weighting, offset hosel; new Crown alignment feature; and a black PVD finish. RRP: 299€.

HONMA BERES S-06: This is a premium driver for medium to low handicap players that combines a beautiful appearance with the finest craftsmanship of Honma’s masters. Its groove on the sole behind the face promotes its flexion at impact, providing increased forgiveness and improving the launch angle. Ti-5N face; Ti-811 body; and new ARMRQ X light shaft of soft feel and consistency. RRP: 1.349.

HONMA BEZEAL 535: This is a premium driver for medium to high handicap players with an amazing combination of distance and forgiveness and ease to place behind the golf ball. The groove of the sole expands the sweet spot and its higher repulsion produces an increased ball speed. A weight that shifts the centre of gravity to the heel helps to square the impact. Includes a VIZARD shaft. RRP: 699€.

CLEVELAND LAUNCHER HB: More distance, forgiveness, accuracy and control almost without effort. The HiBore Crown reduces the weight and promotes a high flight with low spin. The Flex-Fins compress at impact to increase the ball speed. Launcher Cup-Face, ultra-lightweight hosel and premium Miyazaki C. Kua shaft. RRP: 329,99€.

LYNX #BB: New for 2018, the #BB is the most technologically advanced and adjustable driver within the Lynx range, regarding loft (8.5º to 12.5º) and draw and fade bias. Its Bi Cast Titanium head (460cc) has moveable 3g weights, and comes assembled with a UST Mamiya Recoil shaft and a Lamkin Crossline grip. RRP: 399€.

MIZUNO GT180: A driver with extreme levels of adjustability to optimize performance of the existing swing, and keep pace with swing changes and course conditions. Forged SP700 Ti face; draw, neutral and fade settings; Quick Switch adjustable hosel; and an expanded line of high-end shafts at no extra cost. RRP: 499€.

MIZUNO ST180: Driver with Wave sole technology and with the weight low and towards the face, dropping spin rates and promoting the ball speeds for even the fastest ball-strikers. The sole contracts and expands to increase the energy imparted to the ball. Forged SP700 Ti face; internal Waffle Crown; and efficient low-spin performance. RRP: 459€.

PING G400: A driver with adjustable multi-material head of 445cc, that offers a high performance through its powerful forged face of T9S+ titanium, aerodynamic Dragonfly and Vortec technologies, tungsten back weight and multiple shaft options. Available in standard, LST with the weight towards the face (low spin) and SFT towards the heel (straight flight) models. RRP: 469€.

PING G400 MAX: Based on the G400, the G400 Max takes the MOI to the extreme, optimizing the volume to increase its forgiveness, tighten dispersion and help golfers to lower scores. Multi-material adjustable head of 460cc with Dragonfly aerodynamic technology Crown, powerful forged face, tungsten back weight and multiple shaft options. RRP: 469€.

PXG 0811X: The 0811X and 0811LX (lighter) are the lowest spin drivers of PXG, engineered with a honeycomb elastomer TPE insert, carbon fibre crown, titanium alloy face of variable thickness, with a precise adjustable hosel and 10 weights at the sole to obtain the desired effect. RRP: From 949€ (depending on shaft).

TITLEIST 917D2: This is a distance drivers with the traditional Tour-inspired pear profile. The 917D3 (440cc) offers more workability, a slightly lower launch and less spin than the 917D2 (460cc). Both offer faster ball speeds, with the Active Recoil Channel 2.0 and the adjustability Sure Fit of centre of gravity and hosel, to fit any skill level. RRP: 549€.

TAYLORMADE M4: The M4 is an adjustable and multi-material driver. But it is different, not as customizable as the M3, and puts emphasis on forgiveness with straight distance. It also has Twist Face technology, utilizes the Hammerhead Slot and Geocoustic, combining geometry and acoustical technologies for forgiveness and best-in-class sound. Also in M4 D-Type version, more draw-biased model. RRP: 449€.

TAYLORMADE M3: This adjustable and multi-material driver introduces the Twist Face, a curved face technology that corrects the hook and slice of the miss-hits to straighten them. Its intuitive Y-Track adjustability allows the CG to be placed in order to obtain the desired ball flight, Hammerhead Slot and M3 440cc version. RRP: 579€.

WILSON C300: With an appealing Deep Matte Red finish, this adjustable driver features four Power Holes, two on the sole and two on the Crown towards the toe and the heel, that allow face deflection and add extra distance. Its rapid adjustability introduces a Fast Fit 3.0 technology to tune the loft and the Multi-Fit 3.0 for a neutral, draw or fade through three different weight placements. RRP: 469€.

XXIO X: Packed with high quality and technology, this lightweight driver is oriented to help moderate swing speed golfers to hit farther and play better. Its new True-Focus Impact technology combines a larger and powerful sweet spot with a graphite Smart Shaft that helps to find the face-centre more often. RRP: 699,99€.

DP World Tour, Golf Companies, PGA Tour, TaylorMade Golf, What's in the bag…

TaylorMade Golf – Rising Chinese superstar Haotong Li signs and strengthens Tour staff

March 15, 2018 – TaylorMade Golf has announced the addition of Haotong Li, the first player from China to move into the Top-50 on the Official World Golf Ranking, to a multi-year contract that will see him play TaylorMade’s metalwoods, irons and wedges in addition to glove and staff bag.

The rapidly ascending 22-year old European Tour member already has a pair of victories on the circuit, having claimed his first at the Volvo China Open 2016 and most recently, a thrilling victory over TaylorMade stablemate Rory McIlroy at the Omega Dubai Desert Classic, a win that set tournament records and elevated him into the Top-35 in the OWGR. He will play a mixed schedule on the PGA TOUR and European Tours in 2018.

Currently 37th in the OWGR, Li joins what is widely recognised as the strongest athlete roster in the industry, which includes World #1 Dustin Johnson, #3 John Rahm, #5 Justin Rose, as well as Jason Day, Rory McIlroy and Tiger Woods. He is scheduled to make 12 starts on the PGA TOUR this year by way of his world ranking, which includes this week’s Arnold Palmer Invitational, WGC-Dell Match Play Championship, Shell Houston Open, culminating with his first-ever trip to the Masters in April by way of his third place finish at the 2017 Open Championship.

“Haotong’s rapid ascent is the result of tremendous work ethic, persistence and dedication; one of the most diligent players we’ve ever dealt with. We’re honored to welcome him into the TaylorMade family and are proud to put the best performing products in the world in his hands as he continues his climb up the world rankings,” said Chris Trott, Director of Sports Marketing of TaylorMade Golf.

A look at the Hatong’s golf bag (as of 04/03/2018):

  • Driver: TaylorMade M4 (8,5º, set 1 click higher)
  • Fairway wood: TaylorMade M4 Tour (15º)
  • Rescue: TaylorMade Golf (17º)
  • Irons: TaylorMade M3 (3); TaylorMade P750 (4-9)
  • Wedges: TaylorMade Milled Grind (46º & 52º)
Drivers, Golf & Technology, Interview, TaylorMade Golf

Interview – Brian Bazzel explains what is behind the Twist Face Technology of the M3 & M4 drivers

February 20, 2018 – Some weeks ago MyGolfWay.com had the chance to speak, in exclusivity for the Spanish market, with Brian Bazzel, Vice-President of Product Creation of TaylorMade Golf, about what is behind the new Twist Face Technology.

For over 18 years, Bazzel has played an integral role in developing breakthrough technologies for the company, including Moveable Weight, Speed Pockets, Multi-Material Designs, and now the Twist Face, brand’s latest game-changing innovation.

Making golf easier and more enjoyable for more players has been a constant for the company, which created the first metalwood in 1979. TaylorMade has done it yet again, pushing the boundaries of driving potential with the Twist Face technology with the new M3 and M4 drivers. This is a radical departure from traditional driver-face design, engineered to correct for typical miss-hit trends that involve all levels of golfers.

The beginning of a breakthrough named Twist Face technology started after studying some compelling data from the R+D Team. With the thousands of human swings captured, they were able to understand more exactly than in the past, what happens to the golf ball at impact. Then they discovered that the traditional “bulge-and-roll” driver face wasn’t performing with humans the same way it does in robot testing. There was an opportunity here to explore a solution that could correct for it.

Everyone miss-hits golf shots – average golfers frequently do, and also the best players in the world. And the trends for all are surprisingly similar, from low-heel to high-toe in 90% of strikes. Studying the face angle relative to the path of the club, the TaylorMade design team understood why the traditional bulge-and-roll wasn’t working. As a result, they reshaped the driver faces to account the swing tendencies, engineering the Twist Face, with more loft and a more open face in the high-toe area to increase spin and help minimize the toe-hook. Then, they reduced loft and slightly closed the face in the low-heel to help minimize the spinny heel-slice that so many golfers battle against.

Twist Face is designed to ensure that you hit it straighter. That, combined with the new Hammerhead slot, provides golfers with the best mix of accuracy, speed and forgiveness.

MYGOLFWAY: Would you consider the new M3 & M4 drivers an evolution of the M family of 2017, or a new product construction design?

BRIAN BAZZEL: I believe the M3 & M4 is a revolutionary change from the M1 & M2, and the main reason for that is the new Twist Face. The bulge and roll, the curvature of the face, hasn’t really changed for a hundred years. In the Twist Face we actually discover how to provide more accurate shots, straighter shots, for golfers of all levels, based on the data that we have now, based on how the golfers actually present the club at impact when they are miss-hitting it. So the new Twist Face is designed to bring balls back to centreline when they’ve been hit off centre.

MGW: Can you explain the origin of the idea of the Twist Face as a game-changer?

BB: The bulge, in 1988, was the first convex face. Now over the last ten to fifteen years we have been able to study golfers swings, and we’ve looked at more driver swings that really any other golf company in the history of golf. And now we can study that to a degree that we never could before, and what we have discovered is that shots that are hit from different zones, and most shots are hit from the low heel to high toe on the face, are not averaging out to being on the centreline, which the curvature of the face is supposed to be designed to do. And now with that insight, and knowing what golfers are doing to create their shots, we can figure out what the right curvature is, in order to help those shots when they are miss-hit. And this is what Twist Face is doing.

And so the discovery process which happened three or four years ago was obviously an exciting moment for us, and now its even more exciting as we’ve finally brought the product to life.

MGW: How do you think the Twist Face technology can help the amateur player to be straighter?

BB: We are going to reduce more side spin on shots for amateur golfers, and by doing this we are going to help them to go straighter. We can’t solve all the problems for golfers. I wish I could! They have straight-path and face-angle challenges, but what we can do is make them the best they can possibly be, and I think this is what Twist Face is doing.

So custom fitting still is hugely important, and the M3 driver allows you to do that more than any other driver, but the Twist Face is going to make it a lot straighter for them.

MGW: Twist Face, Hammerhead slot, Y-Track, Geocustic technologies… but personally, what you like most about the new drivers?

BB: Honestly, I am most proud of the Twist Face, because, again, when I saw the data four years ago it was one of those moments when you say… oh my Gosh! That is going to be game changing for every golfer, when can we get it done, how do we solve it, and its now finally come to life. If this Twist Face wasn’t on this product, what I see in the Y-Track and the connection with the Y-Track, which was also very difficult to do, is something that I am very excited for, for the fitters, but nothing really trumps the Twist Face.

MGW: Do you remember what happened when the drivers first came into the hands of Dustin Johnson, Jason Day, Jon Rahm, Rory McIlroy, Tiger…

BB: In fact we have five of the Top-12 players, and I had the chance to work with them, and they fell in love with the product immediately. When we showed Tiger the new product, and he doesn’t switch very often, he showed a good appreciation of we’ve done, and he’s put the product into play as well.

MGW: When Jon Rahm tested it for the first time, do you remember what he said?

BB: Yes, I did spend some time with him. We all agree that Jon is not only a great person to work with, but his reaction to the new product was amazing. He fell in love with the M4, and I’m quite happy if he chooses the M3 or the M4, whichever one works for him. That was the one he felt he could hit all of his shots with, because it felt more accurate to him.

You know he hits a lot of drivers, and he is an aggressive player, and for him it’s important to have a driver that is very accurate. It’s like saying ‘I’d rather to be closer to the hole in the trees than laying further back and behind the trees’. I think the Twist Face is going to help him to go further and straighter.

MGW: What do you think about a Spanish player such as Jon Rahm being involved in the company? Is he like the relay to Sergio Garcia?

BB: No, with Sergio was spectacular, I loved working with Sergio, and with Jon… I got to know him over the last year and a half, and he is an incredible person. Very genuine, a great storyteller, very articulate about what he sees in the product and how he plays golf. I enjoy every moment I am with him!

He is the second in the world, in just one year! The Majors are waiting for him.

With no doubt, like the Tour players, average golfers who play the M3 or M4 drivers will have a distinct advantage over any other driver thanks to the Twist Face technology.

Golf Balls, TaylorMade Golf

TaylorMade Golf – New 2018 Project (a) and Project (s) to complete the golf ball lineup

February 9, 2018 – TaylorMade Golf, makers of the hottest Tour ball with the TP5 & TP5x models, has announced the expansion of its globally successful golf ball line up with the addition of the 2018 Project (a) and the introduction of the all-new Project (s) golf balls.

PROJECT (a): Tour Technology. Soft Feel.

Since its inception in 2014, the Project (a) golf ball has been designed to deliver golfers Tour-level performance in a three-piece construction at an attractive price point. The original Project (a) gained notoriety by being designed with a cast urethane cover to provide Tour-level spin for the average golfer, a performance attribute unmatched by anything in the category. In 2016, the ball was made softer with lower compression while maintaining the greenside spin demanded by consumers. In 2018, Project (a) takes the next step in its evolution with new technologies that make it significantly longer than ever before.

“100% of worldwide Tours use a golf ball with a Urethane cover, while 0% use suryln. If every Tour player and Tour ball manufacturer in the world is telling you urethane is the best material, why wouldn’t you buy the only product outside the Tour ball category using this technology that’s now longer than ever before?”, says Michael Fox, Category Director, Golf Balls & Accessories of TaylorMade Golf company.

The new Project (a) is a three-layer design that incorporates a new Dual-Distance core and a new 322LDP seamless dimple pattern which combined increase driver and long iron distance while maintaining excellent greenside control and feel.

New 322 Dimple Seamless Cover

The Project (a) now uses the same 322 dimple pattern as the hottest Tour ball in golf, the TP5 & TP5x golf balls; resulting in superior distance through a more aerodynamic dimple pattern. Less drag = more speed = more distance.

Dual-Distance Core

The new Project (a)’s dual core design is comprised of a larger, softer-inner core, which scrubs off unwanted spin while providing great feel. The stiffer outer core allows for increased rebound and velocity. In addition to reducing driver and long iron spin, the stiffer outer core also aides in pinching the soft cast urethane cover between the clubface, creating more greenside spin.

PROJECT (s): Soft is Slow without Speed

Complementing the Project (a), TaylorMade is also introducing the all-new Project (s) golf ball. The all-new Project (s) offers an even softer feel while continuing the company’s focus on low driver spin and significant driver distance; a golf ball unlike any in the competitive class to date. To break through in a crowded and diluted space, TaylorMade has designed one golf ball that delivers on the two performance attributes amateur players in this category want most: soft feel AND distance. No longer does the golfer have to choose between one or the other with a single ball. That ball is Project (s).

Dual-Distance Core

Similar to the Project (a) the Dual-Distance Core in the Project (s) decreases the overall compression of the ball for soft feel while maintaining rebound and speed. The Project (s)’s compression is 60, 10 less than the Project (a). The dual distance core is a two-layer system that has a large, low compression inner core that reduces unwanted driver spin and creates great feel. The outer core consists of a softer-resilient polymer that also improves feel and maintains high ball velocities.

Aerodynamic Ionomer Cover

Due to the high COR of the Dual-Distance Core, engineers were able to use a soft ionomer cover that improves feel and control around the green. Compared to the competitive set, the Project (s) has the softest cover which provides more greenside spin and soft feel.

The Project (s) uses TaylorMade’s high lift 342LDP dimple pattern, which, in combination with the lower backspin construction, reduces drag throughout the golf ball’s flight for more distance. In general, lower compression golf balls travel the shortest distance, but with Project (s), TaylorMade’s engineers have solved for soft while maintaining impressive distance. The result is a golf ball that delivers on both distance and feel, allowing for golfers to no longer having to choose between one over the other. In addition to gloss white, the new Project (s) is also available in a matte yellow & matte orange finish that offers a unique look that stands out while being UV resistant.

“The new multilayer design incorporates a softer yet resilient dual distance core that maximises distance and enables us to utilise a softer ionomer cover for soft feel and great control. We are eliminating the need for a golfer to choose between distance and feel in this category. The new Project (s) provides both softer feel AND distance,” says Eric Loper, Director R&D Golf Balls.

The 2018 Project (a) golf balls will be offered in gloss white or yellow, available at retail on February 16, 2018 at an RRP of €45. The Project (s) golf balls in matt white will be available at retail on April 01, 2018 and in matt orange and matt yellow on May 01, 2018 at an RRP of €30.

Putters, TaylorMade Golf

TaylorMade Golf – Extension of Spider Tour putter line up and introduction of High MOI Spider ARC

January 24, 2018 – To say Spider Tour putters took the world of golf by storm following Jason Day’s triumphant victory at THE PLAYERS 2016 would be an understatement. It was a victory that catapulted him to a then world #1 ranking by way of the best statistical season putting on Tour on record and sent the Tour into a frenzy. Almost overnight, the demand for Spider Tour seemingly exceeded supply, with both TaylorMade Golf staffers and non-staff players clamouring to get their hands on one.

Following Jason’s success with Spider, fellow TaylorMade stablemates Dustin Johnson — who has taken firm control of world #1 with Spider in the bag — and Jon Rahm, whose unprecedented rise to world #2 following his 2nd career PGA TOUR victory at the CareerBuilder Challenge, have since put Spider into play.

Whereas Johnson, Day & Rahm have specific preferences for their models, consumer feedback led to the creation of the expanded line up combination of sightlines, toe hangs and hosels for a wide array of alignments to fit any stroke. The most in-demand putter in TaylorMade’s lineup now has more options than ever before.

SPIDER TOUR RED

  • #1 L-Neck: full sightline, 21º toe hang, full shaft offset (RH/LH)
  • #3 Small Slant: no sightline, 32º toe hang, half shaft offset (RH only)
  • #3 Small Slant: full sightline, 32º toe hang, half shaft offset (RH/LH)
  • #7 Double Bend: full sightline, face-balanced, half shaft offset (RH/LH)
  • #7 Center: full sightline, face-balanced, center-shaft (RH only)

SPIDER TOUR BLACK

  • #3 Small Slant: no sightline, 32º toe hang, half shaft offset (RH/LH)
  • #7 Double Bend: full sightline, face-balanced, half shaft offset (RH only)

SPIDER TOUR DIAMOND SILVER

  • #1 L-Neck: full sightline, 21º toe hang, full shaft offset (RH/LH)
  • #7 Double Bend: full sightline, face-balanced, half shaft offset (RH/LH)

All new Spider Tour models feature 3º of loft and a 70º lie angle, aside from the double bend #7 which has a head weight of 350g, each model is 355g. Similar to current Spider Tour models, each of the new Spider Tour models is made of a 304 stainless steel frame combined with a lightweight 6061 aluminium body, which enables weight to be positioned at the extremities for high MOI to ensure the face stays square to path.

As with all Spider Tour models, each of the five new variations incorporate a milled aluminium Pure Roll insert with a gunmetal finish to promote better forward roll, increased directional accuracy and improved distance control. Vibration damping PU foam embedded between the body and frame delivers enhanced sound and feel, and Moveable Weight Technology allows for the player to adjust weight settings to desired headweights.

“Putters are unique, perhaps the most unique of any club in the bag. What we continue to experience inside the TaylorMade putting lab is that different players line up better with and without sightlines as well as different hosels. We’re now able to offer consumers the opportunity to experience the Spider Tour putter with the ability to match their eyesight with a variety of hosels and sightlines,” said Bill Price, Senior Director of Product Creation for putters and wedges.

Each of the new models are available in 33”, 34” & 35” lengths, and come equipped with a SuperStroke GTR 1.0 grip and a black finish steel shaft. The new Spider Tour models are available at retail starting January 26, 2018 at an RRP of €329. 

SPIDER ARC – Better Alignment. Better Stability. Better Path.

TaylorMade Golf is also introducing Spider ARC, a full arc mallet design with Tour-proven performance engineered to be TaylorMade’s highest MOI Spider putter for increased stability, alignment and forward roll. Originally a Japanese release only, Justin Rose put the Spider ARC prototype into play en route to his runner-up finish at Augusta last April, praising its performance on longer putts and speed control.

Spider ARC’s unique construction features a 3.65 inch heavy stainless steel ring for better MOI and an arced geometry cup design for better visual alignment. Paired with the stainless steel ring, Spider ARC is constructed with an aluminium body for high MOI to ensure the putter’s face stays square to path. To promote improved forward roll and better distance control, Spider ARC employs TaylorMade’s popular Soft Surlyn Pure Roll Insert. Both Spider ARC Red & Spider ARC Silver employ a combination sightline with face-balance and a ¾” shaft offset.

Spider ARC Red and Spider ARC Silver will be offered in 33”, 34” & 35” lengths, and come equipped with a SuperStroke GTR 1.0 grip and a black finish steel shaft. Each model is available in both right and left-handed models.

Available at retail starting January 26, 2018 at an RRP of €329.

Equipment, TaylorMade Golf, Wedges

TaylorMade Golf – The Tour-validated Milled Grind Hi-Toe wedge, already in Dustin Johnson and Jon Rahm golf bags

January 23, 2018 – Having already played a significant role in World #1 Dustin Johnson’s runaway victory at Kapalua as well as being relied on by World #2 Jon Rahm during his rookie season-closing victory in Dubai, TaylorMade Golf formally announced today the new Milled Grind Hi-Toe wedge, designed to deliver optimal short-game control for a multitude of shots and conditions around the green. Following Johnson and Rahm’s successes with the new wedge, fellow TaylorMade stablemates Rory McIlroy and Justin Rose have also added the Milled Grind Hi-Toe wedge to their bags early in their respective 2018 campaigns.

Featuring a higher, more centrally-located centre of gravity, the new Hi-Toe wedge launches the golf ball lower while generating more spin and control from a variety of lies. The result, a wedge that gives golfers full confidence standing over full strikes, delicate chips, bump-and-runs, controlled pitches and precision-based flop shots, as well as providing excellent escape options from greenside bunkers.

“Our Tour players couldn’t wait to put this in the bag; Dustin Johnson praised the performance of the Hi-Toe following his dominant victory at Kapalua; we’re confident that this wedge will benefit golfers of all abilities around the green, regardless of what style of course they’re playing on,” says Bill Price, Senior Director of Product Creation Wedges in the company.

The Hi-Toe’s full-face scoring lines ensure consistent ball contact out of the rough, while the high bounce leading edge and channel cut midsole make for a more efficient turf interaction which provides cleaner contact with the golf ball for optimal short-game accuracy and control.

The enhanced heel and toe relief of the Hi-Toe wedge allows golfers to accomplish a wide array of shots without the club digging into the turf, while the sole cavity features three trapezoid-shaped pockets that optimise weight distribution, which in turn enhances the wedge’s feel.

Engineered from 8620 carbon steel, the Hi-Toe wedge features a new, aged copper finish with ZTP-17 full-face grooves. Offered in 58°, 60° & 64° lofts (64° in RH only), each Hi-Toe wedge has a D5 swingweight and is equipped with KBS’ Hi-REV 2.0 115g shaft with a Golf Pride Tour Velvet burgundy 360 GEC grip.

The Milled Grind Hi-Toe wedge will be available at retail on March 02, 2018 at an RRP of 179€.

Equipment

TaylorMade Golf – New M3 & M4 irons, an unprecedented combination of distance, control, feel and accuracy

January 3, 2018 – TaylorMade Golf welcomes two new iron sets into the expanded and re-engineered M Irons Family for 2018. M3 and M4 irons build upon the remarkable successes of their ’17 predecessors (M1 and M2 irons), taking new leaps in performance with the introduction of its new RIBCOR Technology. RIBCOR Technology provides a new internal support system designed specifically for M3 and M4 that works in synergy with TaylorMade’s proven Face Slot Technology to achieve increased ballspeed across the entire face, further enhancing distance and tightening dispersion while also reducing vibrations to significantly improve sound and feel.

The Science of RIBCOR

When the club head of an iron strikes a ball, only a certain percentage of the energy is imparted back into the ball, as reflected by the measured COR of that head. Any flexing of the head that is not directly located at the impact point on the face is lost energy. By strategically stiffening the structure of the iron head, RIBCOR Technology greatly reduces energy loss, especially on mishits.

RIBCOR Technology works in conjunction with Face Slots to stiffen the area outside the scoreline area while retaining flexibility and COR in the area inside the Face Slots. When these proprietary TaylorMade technologies are implemented simultaneously, the performance benefits are amplified. The outer structure of the iron remains stiff, while the face remains free to flex during impact — enhancing energy transfer that leads to increased ball speed.

By efficiently focusing impact energy directly back to the ball, off-centre hits see higher ballspeeds, more carry distance and improved dispersion. RIBCOR Technology also allows for placement of additional mass in the heel and toe areas of the head, resulting in significantly higher moment of inertia (MOI) than the corresponding 2017 irons. This combination of benefits provides irons with RIBCOR Technology a substantial increase in overall forgiveness.

M4 Irons: Straight Distance with Incredible Forgiveness

The new M4 irons offer players increased distance, forgiveness, and feel. The new M4 irons push the boundary of COR limit, providing the maximum possible ballspeed off the face. To achieve M4’s crisp sound and feel, TaylorMade’s new RIBCOR internal ribbing structure works to stiffen the iron body while imparting maximum energy to the ball during impact. Additionally, a multi-material damping badge works in tandem with the RIBCOR Technology to efficiently dampen undesirable vibrations during impact, producing major improvements in sound and feel.

M4 irons (4-7) utilise proven TaylorMade technologies made popular with previous models of the company’s irons, including Face Slots and Speed Pocket, as well as a new, redesigned off-centre Inverted Cone Technology (which is also found in the M3 irons). Each technology has been individually optimised specifically for M4 to deliver incredible distance and forgiveness. Additional technologies in the M4 include a Fluted Hosel 2.0, an ultra-thin 1mm topline along with the company’s thinnest-ever leading edge.

With forgiveness being a significant focus of M4 irons’ engineering process, TaylorMade went to great lengths to achieve its high-MOI design. Optimised mass distribution (toward the heel and toe) resulted in a high resistance to twisting of the head during an off-centre impact, which translates to preserved ballspeeds and improved forgiveness across the face. With high-MOI head designs (24% higher than ’17 M2), M4 achieves faster ballspeeds, giving the iron more distance across the face and offering optimal forgiveness for any player.

Available at retail on February 16, 2018, M4 irons will be offered in 4-iron through LW. Players will have a choice of the KBS MAX 85 steel shafts (S, R) and Fujikura ATMOS graphite shafts (7S, 6R, 5A) in addition to numerous additional custom shaft options. All M4 irons are equipped stock with a TM Dual Feel grip. RRP (steel shaft), 899€; (graphite) 999€.

M3 Irons: Straight Distance for the Discerning Golfer

M3 irons answer the challenge of creating an iron that delivers distance, while retaining accuracy and workability in a more appealing, compact head shape preferred by better players. Housed within the smaller design of the M3 iron, RIBCOR technology works to protect ballspeeds, which improves overall accuracy and increases forgiveness across the clubface, specifically on off-center impacts.

Similar to the M4 irons, the M3 irons push the legal limit of COR to maximise the legal ballspeed across the clubface. TaylorMade engineers were able to accomplish this by incorporating new technologies, including RIBCOR, which stiffens the iron’s body to impart maximum energy to the ball during impact. Additionally, a multi-material damping badge works in tandem with the RIBCOR Technology to efficiently dampen undesirable vibrations during impact, providing a clean, crisp sound and feel.

15 grams of high-density Tungsten have been added to the sole of the M3 irons, which allowed engineers to create the more compact head shape while still maintaining desired mass properties in a high-performing iron with low centre of gravity and high MOI.

Each M3 iron (3-7) also incorporates many of the same proven technologies as the M4 irons: Face Slots, Speed Pocket and a redesigned off-center Inverted Cone — all optimized specifically for the M3 to provide players with distance, height, forgiveness and straightness. Additional technologies in the M3 include a 180º Fluted Hosel, a 360º Undercut and individually sized tungsten weights to locate head CG for optimal launch and ballspeed.

With M3, TaylorMade also appeals to the eye of the low-to-mid-handicap golfer with a refined, confidence-inspiring shape. Featuring a thinner topline than last year’s M1 and a straighter leading edge for a cleaner address view, M3 delivers powerful, high-MOI performance that boasts shot-shaping ability not typically found in game-improvement irons. M3 irons are also shaped to enhance effective bounce, which helps maintain turf interaction conditions that are suited for a wide variety of players, including higher handicaps.

Available at retail on February 16, 2018, M3 irons will be offered in 3-iron through SW. Players will have a choice of True Temper’s XP100 steel shafts (S300, R300) or Mitsubishi Chemical’s Tensei graphite shafts (80S / 70R) in addition to numerous additional custom shaft options. All M3 irons are equipped stock with Lamkin UTx NC grips. RRP (steel shaft) 1,049€; (graphite) 1,249€.

Drivers, Fairway Woods, Hybrids / Rescues, TaylorMade Golf

TaylorMade Golf – Twist Face Technology changes drivers with the new M3 & M4 metalwoods

January 2, 2018 – TaylorMade Golf, makers of the winningest drivers on the PGA Tour in 2017 (*) with its M1 & M2 drivers, have shifted the paradigm of golf club engineering with the introduction of the M3 & M4 metalwoods, highlighted by the company’s breakthrough innovation – Twist Face technology.

“From the creation of the first metalwood in 1979, TaylorMade has established a legacy of breaking from tradition to reach new thresholds of performance. In 2018, we have once again uncovered a new frontier of driving potential with Twist Face Technology — a radical departure from traditional driver-face design, engineered to correct for inherent human swing tendencies in real-time, giving golfers a tangible competitive advantage,” says Brian Bazzel, Vice President of Product Creation of the company.

Twist Face: The next breakthrough in innovation from TaylorMade

Reimagining traditional driver face design, TaylorMade’s Twist Face technology is truly the first of its kind. Twist Face, featured in both the new M3 & M4 drivers, is TaylorMade’s solution to counteract golfers’ most common misses, more specifically, those resulting from the high toe and low heel impacts.

To counteract the high-toe miss (a hook), the driver face has been ‘twisted’ open (loft increased & face opened) on the high-toe to help straighten ball flight. Similarly, to counteract the low-heel miss (a slice) the driver face has been twisted closed to de-loft and close the face in the low heel area. Ultimately, TaylorMade’s Twist Face technology delivers a corrective face angle when hit off-center for longer, straighter shots.

The origin of a breakthrough

Studying data captured from more than half a million shots that simultaneously tracks head presentation (in-out path, angle of attack, loft, impact location), initial launch conditions and final landing location of the golf ball, TaylorMade engineers discovered there was a flaw in the traditional bulge and roll.

By studying the performance of thousands of shots in each quadrant across the face of all golfers’ levels, researchers determined these shots were not averaging to be on the centre line. In fact, high face shots and high toe shots have a left tendency of the target line and spin significantly less. Similarly, low face and low heel shots tend to land right of the target line with a significantly more spin.

TAYLORMADE M3 DRIVER

World-class design and elite performance is the genesis of every product TaylorMade engineers. In 2015, the company introduced multi-material construction with eye-catching carbon composite crowns that captured the attention of millions of golfers around the world, becoming the most winning driver on the PGA Tour and once again retaining the title of the best-selling driver in the industry. Two years later, the stakes have been raised, and engineers have responded to the challenge by creating the most advanced driver in company history — M3.

In addition to Twist Face technology, the M3 driver features a new matte silver front section and a raised, aerodynamic five-layer carbon composite crown. Years of research and development have culminated in some of the thinnest, strongest and lightest composite panels in the industry. With both the 2018 M3 and M4 metalwoods, TaylorMade engineers were able to design thinner and lighter composite panels (the M3 & M4 drivers both feature a 5-layer carbon composite crown) than ever before.

Exclusive to the M3 in both the 460cc & 440cc models is a new intuitive Y-Track adjustability system that allows for CG adjustment of the head to obtain desired, optimal ball flight parameters. Dissimilar to the T-Track on both the ’16 & ’17 M1 drivers, the heel to toe track and front to back track on the M3 are connected, allowing all 22 grams (two 11g weights) of moveable mass to be utilized for both the benefit of heel to toe control as well as front to back CG adjustment. The Y-track gives the golfer more precise CG adjustability than ever before with more than 1,000 unique CG configurations — more than double the number of positions in the 2017 M1. Add in TaylorMade’s 12 position, 4-degree ultra-lightweight aluminum Loft Sleeve (back sleeve compatible) and the result is an unparalleled level of personalization.

The flat curvature of the front/back track provides the lowest CG possible regardless of the weight setting. In fact, when the weight is in the back position versus M1 2017, the 2018 M3 CG is 36% further back. This makes the moment of inertia (MOI) 10% larger without raising the CG projection on the face. Furthermore engineers were able to increase the total amount of front / back CG movement by 83%.

Hammerhead Slot

For the first time ever, TaylorMade has engineered a slot housed in the sole of its most adjustable driver. The new Hammerhead slot was engineered to work in combination with Twist Face and Inverted Cone technologies to deliver maximum ballspeed across a larger area of the face and thus, resulting in a larger sweet spot. The Hammerhead slot’s design is defined by three design elements; the central Speed Pocket, the face geometry and the stiffening ribs.

By dividing the Speed Pocket into zones, TaylorMade was able to increase its overall length from 82mm to 100mm — a 22% increase. Additionally, it allowed for the creation of a larger flexible centre zone, designed to increase ball speed on low face impacts and drop unwanted backspin. By using the new ribs, engineers were able to decrease the thickness and weight of the face allowing for a more flexible face designed to deliver higher ballspeeds across a larger area of the face. Engineers challenged themselves to evolve the construction and performance of the Speed Pocket; their answer was Hammerhead, a radical technology engineered to deliver longer drives.

TAYLORMADE M3 440 DRIVER

Following the success and demand for the 440cc version in 2017, the M3 will again be available in a 440cc model, which utilizes a slightly smaller head, deeper face and 22g of moveable weight, working in unison with all of the same technologies as its larger 460cc counterpart. Both the 460 and 440cc models come equipped with MCA’s popular Tensei CK Red (high launch), Blue (mid launch) or White (low launch) shafts in R, S & X flexes along with a Lamkin UTx cord grip. As the company has offered for the past few years, TaylorMade is also once again offering more than two dozen additional premium custom shaft options at no upcharge.

Available for pre-order on February 1 and at retail on February 16 at 579€, the M3 460 driver will be offered in 8.5°, 9.5°, 10.5° & 12° loft options, while LH models will be offered in 9.5° and 10.5° lofts. The M3 440 driver (RH only) will be offered in 9° & 10° loft options.

TAYLORMADE M3 FAIRWAY WOODS

The ’17 M1 fairway broke innovation and performance barriers by being both adjustable and incredibly long, a goal the engineering team set in the conception stage and executed in its creation. The new M3 fairway takes a premium, adjustable fairway to the next level; constructed with a 450 stainless steel body, strong Ni-Co C300 face and new, thinner 5-layer carbon composite crown (same as the M3 & M4 drivers). An improved track system that houses more moveable weight (29 grams compared to 25 in the ’17 M1 fairway) allows for the adjustment for preferred shot shape; from fade to draw, more than ever before.

Similar to the M3 driver, the M3 fairway also utilizes an ultra-thin, ultra-light crown and sole panel. The combination of the composite panels saves up to 8g over a similarly shaped metal fairway. The discretionary weight is placed low and forward into the M3’s clubhead to create driver-like launch conditions (high launch & low spin).

The sliding weight track (SWT) on the M3 fairway, first introduced in a TaylorMade fairway with last year’s M1, incorporates a new, smaller Loft Sleeve screw, which allowed for the moveable weight track to move 3.5mm forward, which resulted in the CG moving almost a full millimetre forward too, an 8% change over the ’17 M1.

Bringing the track forward led to a more streamlined overhang design which led to improving the sole to turf interaction for the M3 fairway. By designing an overhang that extends across the length of the track the playability of the sole was improved while allowing the weight track to be further forward.

The smaller screw head and port area to the Loft Sleeve also positively affects the Speed Pocket. By taking up less room on the sole, the Speed Pocket length from heel-to-toe on the M3 fairway is longer than the M1 2017 Speed Pocket. The through-slot is extremely efficient in terms of size and material usage, giving the ability to package it in front of the track. The through-slot promotes faster face-flex and ball speed on mishits low on the face and also reduces backspin leading to more overall distance.

Available on February 16, 2018 at 349€, the M3 fairways will be offered in 15° (3), 17° (3HL) and19° (5) loft options while LH models will be offered in 15° (3) and 19° (5) options, equipped with an MCA Tensei Blue shaft in A, R & S flexes (65g) and X flex (75g). All models come equipped with a Lamkin UTx cord grip.

TAYLORMADE M3 RESCUE

The new M3 Rescue incorporates a moderate sized, Tour-proven and preferred shape first introduced by the ’17 M1 Rescue but with more moveable weight — 30g compared to 27— and a successful sole design that will appeal to players of all ability levels. The crown showcases a whole new look with a premium two tone, matte silver front section and gloss black back body framing the ball beautifully. The sole is engineered with a performance-driven adjustable sliding weight system, allowing golfers the opportunity to not only experience the neutral/fade biases of its predecessor but having more moveable weight for an unparalleled level of personalization in a TaylorMade Rescue.

In addition to the new 30g sliding weight and advanced sole design, the head comes equipped with a 3-degree ultra-lightweight aluminium Loft Sleeve. Premium components again are offered as stock options, with a MCA Tensei Blue hybrid 80g shaft in R, S & X flexes as well as a 70g A flex along with a new Lamkin UTx cord grip.

Available on February 16, 2018 at 299€, the M3 Rescue will be offered in 17° (2), 19° (3), 21° (4) and 24° (5) options while LH models will be offered in 19° (3) and 21° (4) options.

TAYLORMADE M4 DRIVER

Complementing the M3 driver and its unrivaled personalization is the M4 driver, which differentiates its design by putting an emphasis on unparalleled forgiveness with straight distance. The M4 driver not only utilizes TaylorMade’s most groundbreaking ‘18 technologies (Twist Face & Hammerhead), it also incorporates Geocoustic engineering –combines geometry and acoustical engineering to unlock more forgiveness and best-in-class sound.

Geocoustic Technology

Geocoustic technology combines geometry and acoustical engineering to deliver more forgiveness and best-in-class sound. Driver heads with low back centers of gravity typically have low frequencies because they tend to have fairly flat soles. Geocoustic sole shapes allow for a low CG and larger head size, but with a more curved sole which has inherently higher frequencies, leading to better sound and feel. The Geocoustic sole design of the M4 driver freed up discretionary volume that allowed engineers to increase the overall face size and also improved sound and feel.

Hammerhead Slot

Similar to the M3, the M4’s Hammerhead slot features reinforced outer portions for a lighter, more flexible face, which results in a larger sweet spot. The centre portion of the slot increases ball speed low on the face and drops unwanted spin for straight distance. Additionally, the newly designed face saves 8g of discretionary weight. To increase the stability of the driver, the rearward mass pad has been increased from 22 to 41 grams – an 86% increase.

Also new to the M4 is a redesigned face that is both thinner and lighter. The maximum thickness has been reduced from 4.47mm to 3.6mm and the heel/toe perimeter thickness has been reduced from 2mm to 1.92mm. In addition, the mass of the face has been reduced from 45.5g in the ’17 M2 to 37.6g – 17.3%.

Available on February 16, 2018 at 449€, the M4 driver will be offered in a new 8.5°, 9.5°, 10.5° & 12° loft options, while LH models are available in 9.5° and 10.5°, each coming equipped with a Fujikura Atmos Red shaft in 6X, 5S, 5R, 5A along with a TM-Lamkin Dual Feel grip. For women, the M4 driver is available in 10.5° & 12° lofts, equipped with a TM-Tuned 45 (L) shaft.

TAYLORMADE M4 D-Type DRIVER

In addition to the standard M4 model, TaylorMade is also offering a higher-launching, more draw-biased model, the M4 D-Type (also 460cc). The M4 D-Type (D signifying draw) combines multiple draw-biased design technologies to help players who consistently fight fade-to-slice trajectories find more fairways. In addition to the multi-material construction, Twist Face technology and Hammerhead Speed Pocket, the D- Type is more heel-weighted (41g), has slight offset and uses advanced visual cues to promote a square face at address and a more draw-biased face at impact.

Available on February 16, 2018 at 449€, the M4 D-Type driver will be offered in 9.5°, 10.5° & 12° loft options, while LH models will be offered in 9.5° and 10.5° lofts and equipped with Matrix’ Platinum White Tie shaft 55 S,R and 45 A,L, which complements the driver’s draw-biased performance. For women, the M4 D-Type driver is available in 10.5° & 12° lofts, equipped with a Matrix White Tie MSF5 45 g (L) shaft.

TAYLORMADE M4 FAIRWAY WOODS

In the M4 fairway, TaylorMade’s ultimate distance fairway has been made even more forgiving, taking everything learned from the use of multi-material composition, Speed Pocket, Geocoustic Technology and ICT integration to deliver a remarkably high- performing complement to the M4 driver that delivers maximum distance and forgiveness by way of a larger sweet spot and more optimal launch conditions. A new split-weight mass pad separates the weight at the outward extremities of the head to preserve ballspeed on shots hit off-centre.

The M4 fairway utilizes a thinner and stronger Ni-Co C300 face along with TaylorMade’s proprietary Inverted Cone Technology (ICT) to increase the higher-COR area of the clubface, thus minimizing ballspeed losses on off-center impacts delivering more distance more often.

In addition to the M4 fairway, TaylorMade is also introducing the M4 Tour fairway, which features a smaller head size (156cc versus 175cc) with a slightly deeper face, designed for better players who prefer a more compact look, lower launch and more workability.

Available on February 16, 2018 at 279€, the M4 fairway will be offered in 15° (3), 16.5° (3HL) & 18° (5), 21° (5HL) and 24° (7HL) loft options, while LH models will be offered in 15° (3), 16.5° (3HL) & 18°(5) lofts, equipped with Fujikura’s Atmos Red 75g 6S, 6R, 5A shaft and a Lamkin Dual Feel grip.

The M4 Tour fairway, at 349€, will be available in 15°(3) & new 18° (5) lofts (RH only) and comes equipped with MCA’s Tensei Blue (65g S and 75g X) flexes and Lamkin UTx grip. For women, the M4 fairway is available in 3HL, 5HL & 7HL lofts, equipped with a TM-Tuned 45 (L) shaft and a Winn Dual Feel grip.

TAYLORMADE M4 RESCUE

Completing the M4 metalwood lineup in 2018 is the M4 Rescue. Power and control are the essential ingredients golfers need when playing a hybrid. M4 offers the best of all worlds with key performance technologies working in sync to produce exceptional ball speed and a larger sweet spot for enhanced overall playability.

The low-profile body of the M4 Rescue has a tiered two-tone crown with the same matte silver front and gloss black rear section that showcases the distinctive, widely recognized aesthetics TaylorMade’s M series of product has become known for.

The M4 Rescue features a cut-through Speed Pocket to increase launch and maximize ballspeed on shots hit below center face. Similar to the M4 fairway, a new split-weight mass pad separates the weight at the outward extremities of the head to increase the club’s forgiveness by preserving ballspeed on shots hit off-center. In addition to the added forgiveness, a Geocoustic sole design and a short, fluted hosel work in tandem to optimize sound and feel at impact. The M4 Rescue is designed to help average golfers replace a long iron with higher, longer and more draw-biased performance.

Available on February 16 at 229€, the M4 Rescue will be offered in 19° (3), 22° (4), 25° (5) and 28° (6) lofts while LH models will be offered in 19° (3), 22° (4) and 25° (5) lofts and equipped with Fujikura’s Atmos Red shaft 7S, 6R, 5A and a Lamkin Dual Feel grip. For women, the M4 Rescue is available in 22° (4), 25° (5) & 28° (6) lofts, equipped with a TM-Tuned IR 45 (L) shaft and a Winn Dual Feel grip.

(*) Winningest drivers claim based on combined 2017 wins on the PGA TOUR, as reported by the Darrell Survey Co.

More information at www.taylormadegolf.eu.

DP World Tour, TaylorMade Golf, What's in the bag…

TaylorMade Golf – What’s in the bag of Jon Rahm as he seals the victory at the end of 2017 European Tour

November 20, 2017 – Jon Rahm ended the 2017 European Tour campaign in spectacular fashion by sealing victory in the season-ending DP World Tour Championship in Dubai. Relying on a full 14-club bag of TaylorMade Golf equipment, the Spaniard – who was named the 2017 Sir Henry Cotton Rookie of the Year earlier in the week – fired a final round 67 to finish on 19-under-par for the week, a shot clear of his nearest rival.

“It’s been an incredible year, and to finish this way is a great achievement. I will enjoy the moment, but I want to keep working hard to improve my game and kick on again in 2018,” said Jon Rahm.

Rahm’s victory was his third as a professional, with previous wins coming earlier this year at the Farmers Insurance Open in January and the Dubai Duty Free Irish Open in July. He only turned professional in June 2016.

With an average Driving Distance of 313.4 yards, Rahm – using the M2 driver – finished atop the field in that category for the week. TaylorMade’s 2017 drivers have now accounted for 31 victories across the worldwide tours this year.

In addition to his stellar work off the tee, Rahm’s success also came from his wizardry on the greens, as he finished in the top three for the week in Putts per Green and Putts per Round categories, trusting his Spider Tour Red in the process. Red is definitely his colour, like the putter and the adidas Golf polo shirt he usually wears on Sundays.

The victory is the third in four weeks for TaylorMade players, following Justin Rose’s wins in China and Turkey. Jon Rahm now moves up to No.4 in the Official World Golf Rankings.

What’s in the bag of Jon Rahm?

  • Golf ball: TaylorMade Golf TP5x (#10)
  • Driver: TaylorMade M2 2017 (10,5º, Aldila Tour Green 75X)
  • Fairway Woods: TaylorMade M1 2017 (15º & 19º, Aldila Tour Green 75X)
  • Irons: TaylorMade P750 (4-PW, True Temper Project 6 6.5)
  • Wedges: TaylorMade Milled Grind (52º & 56ºSB, True Temper Project X 6.5; Milled Grind Hi-Toe, 60º, True Temper Project X 6.5)
  • Putter: TaylorMade Spider Tour Red
  • Clothing: adidas Golf
  • Footwear: adidas Golf

Pictures: ©Getty Images

Equipment, Irons, TaylorMade Golf

Irons Guide – TaylorMade Golf 2017, which irons suit your game?

November 13, 2017 – Since September, TaylorMade Golf now covers the whole range of players with its complete range of irons. The last three introductions, the M CGB, P790 and P730, extend the collection to 7 models, all loaded with technology, going from larger profile distance and forgiveness irons for medium to high handicaps (M CGB, M2 and M1), up to smaller profile high-performance forged irons for the skilled player (P770, P750 and P730), bridged by the innovative P790, a revolutionary iron that fuses the best of both profiles.

Deciding on a new set of irons can be exciting but disconcerting at the same time, as there are many options to choose from. The right decision will provide you with a set of personalized clubs that complement your game, with the potential to reduce some shots on your card in each round. On the other hand, the wrong decision will make you less efficient on the golf course, adding shots to your card because your equipment isn’t quite right.

The best thing is to go to an authorized TaylorMade dealer and get a professional fitting, but to help you make a first selection, here is a guide where you can discover which irons of the range are the ones that best suit your game, with the detailed recommendation of our MGW site.

TAYLORMADE M CGB IRONS

This one is for players looking for the ultimate in distance, height and forgiveness throughout the set, especially for those with mid to slow swing speeds. The M CGB is tuned for loft, CG and MOI specifically for this golfer providing long, straight and high shots with every club in the bag. Its explosive impact is a pleasure in the hands of any medium to high handicap golfer.

MGW: Recommended for 15 handicap and higher. Set: 4-PW, AW, SW, LW. RH/LH. Shaft/flex: Steel S, R; graphite S, R, A, L. RRP: 7 irons steel shaft, 1.199 €; graphite shaft, 1.399 €.

TAYLORMADE M2 IRONS

The M2 is the ultimate all-rounder. This iron has incredible speed and forgiveness in the long and mid irons while providing a nice level of workability and precision in the shorter irons. The most popular TaylorMade iron overall, the M2 will suit golfers of most handicap levels from a 10 and up. 

MGW: Recommended for 10 handicap and higher. Set: 4-PW, AW, SW, LW. RH/LH. Shaft/flex: Steel S, R; graphite S, R, A, L. RRP: 7 irons steel shaft, 849 €; graphite shaft, 999 €.

TAYLORMADE M1 IRONS

If you’re looking for M2-type performance but have always craved something a little more compact and workable, then the M1 is your iron. The M1’s thinner sole and reduced offset vs M2 provides more shot shaping for a player in the 5-15 handicap range.

MGW: Recommended for 5/15 handicap. Set: 3-PW, AW, SW. RH/LH. Shaft/flex: Steel X, S, R; graphite S, R, A. RRP: 7 irons steel shaft, 1.049 €; graphite shaft, 1.249 €.

TAYLORMADE P790 IRONS

The P790 is your definitive cross-over iron, a bridge to the forged irons that will surprise you. The P790 is your ultimate cross-over iron. For the first time, there is an iron that combines true players iron look and feel with the ‘at-the-limit’ speed and distance of an M- iron. P790 will appeal to golfer in the low-single digits all the way to 12 or even a 15 handicap, thanks to its surprising amount of forgiveness and playability. If you are in this range, you really must try it.

MGW: Recommended for 12/15 handicap and lower. Set: 3-PW, AW, SW. RH/LH. Shaft/flex: Steel X, S, R (custom graphite options available). RRP: 7 irons set steel shaft, 1.249 €.

TAYLORMADE P770 IRONS

For good ball-strikers, not many irons will offer the feel and consistency of the P770. Head shaping is driven by low offset and shorter blade length but the moderate top-line hints at the forgiveness inherent in the 70-gram tungsten sole. This iron is a favorite with sub-10-handicap skilled amateurs, club professionals and Tour players alike. 

MGW: Recommended for 8/10 and lower. Set: 3-PW, AW, SW. RH/LH. Shaft/flex: Steel X, S, R (custom graphite options available). RRP: 7 irons set steel shaft, 1.249 €.

TAYLORMADE P750 IRONS

The P750 Tour Proto is designed for very skilled golfers offering the ultimate blend of workability, feel and control. The compact blade design with minimal offset makes this is our most preferred iron among TaylorMade Tour players. Sergio Garcia, Jon Rahm, Jason Day and many others play it and it was the Nº1 played iron model at The Open and US PGA Championship.

MGW: Recommended for 2/4 handicap and lower. Set: 3-PW. RH (custom only). Shaft/flex: Steel S (custom graphite options available). RRP: 7 irons set steel shaft, 1.799 €.

TAYLORMADE P730 IRONS

Only the absolute best ball-strikers need apply here, even if you are a Tour player. The P730 was designed to exacting requirements of the very best players in the world – Dustin Johnson, Rory and Justin Rose. It offers a very short blade length in a clean and precisely engineered shape to execute shots with the ultimate in precision and finesse. 

MGW: Recommended for 0 handicap and professionals. Set: 3-PW. RH (custom only). Shaft/flex: Steel S (custom graphite options available). RRP: 7 irons set steel shaft, 1.249 €.

Putters, TaylorMade Golf

TaylorMade Golf – Expanding on the successful TP Collection arrives the TP Red Putter Collection

September 29, 2017 – TaylorMade Golf has announced the expansion of the TP Collection of putters with the introduction of TP Red. Comprised of 6 performance mallet models, the new collection has been designed for the discerning player who seeks the performance of TaylorMade’s renowned Pure Roll technology in an aesthetically appealing Tour Red colorway that the company became the first to roll out in 2016. Since then, the Tour Red colorway has seen its demand grow exponentially global tours following the success of TaylorMade staffers Jason Day, Jon Rahm and Sergio Garcia.

The TP Red Collection is comprised of five new variations of the Ardmore putter as well as the Chaska model. Each of the six new models feature milled 304 stainless steel heads with Tour Red finish for a premium look and feel with high-contrast colouring and a variety of sightline options to promote improved alignment.

TP RED PUTTER COLLECTION MODELS

  • Ardmore: A face-balanced mallet designed with dual sightlines for a linear stroke and easy alignment.
  • Ardmore CTR: A center-shafted, face-balanced mallet designed to emphasize perfectly centered alignment.
  • Ardmore 2 (“L” Neck): A progressive mallet designed with single top, double cavity sightlines and 27º toe hang for a flowing stroke and enhanced alignment.
  • Ardmore 2 (double bend): A progressive, face-balanced mallet featuring single top, double cavity sightlines for a straight back, straight through stroke and enhanced alignment.
  • Ardmore 3: A progressive mid-size mallet incorporating 40° toe hang for a flowing stroke and simple alignment.
  • Chaska: A larger, face-balanced, semi-rounded mallet with a three top sightlines to encourage a confident stroke.

World number 13 Justin Rose, who first saw the putter at a company photoshoot earlier this month, put the Chaska into play the following week at the BMW Championship, where he finished T2 and recorded a remarkable strokes gained: putting of 2.393.

Each putter in the TP Red Collection has a head weight of 355g, a 3.5° loft, a 70° lie angle and comes available in 34” & 35” lengths. Each model in the collection also features interchangeable sole weights to enable the adjustment of mass for optimal performance.

Similar to the original TP Collection, each new model utilizes a new milling process along with TaylorMade’s proprietary Pure Roll insert to deliver optimal forward roll with a desired firm feel.

PURE ROLL INSERT

The 6061 aluminum Pure Roll insert combines 45° grooves with a softer polymer between the grooves to promote better forward roll and reduce skidding across varying surfaces. The composition and construction of the Pure Roll insert is specially engineered to bring the grooves into direct and active contact with the ball during impact, even on short putts. The grooves in the face also serve in part to strategically soften the insert’s structure. Together, these factors make the insert perform at a very high level.

Currently, Jon Rahm, Jason Day, Rory McIlroy and Justin Rose all play putters incorporating Pure Roll technology.

  • Availability: At retail the 16th October.
  • Grip: Each putter comes equipped stock with a Super Stroke Pistol GTR 1.0.
  • MSRP: €289.
Golf Companies, TaylorMade Golf

TaylorMade Golf – Brian Bazzel, appointed as Vice President of Product Creation of the company

September 27, 2017 – TaylorMade Golf has announced it has appointed Brian Bazzel, an influential figure within TaylorMade’s product creation teams for the last seventeen years, as its new Vice President of Product Creation.

Bazzel, whose product creations have earned the highest accolades in the industry and are played by the best players in the world, will lead product strategy and development efforts for all of TaylorMade’s product lines, including metalwoods, irons, balls, putters, wedges and accessories.

One of the most well-respected product experts in the industry, Bazzel began his career at TaylorMade in 2000 as a member of the company’s research & development team, where he played a critical role in developing the MATT fitting system in addition to SelectFit, considered the ‘most comprehensive fitting system in the industry’ at its launch in 2007.

In subsequent years, his role has shifted into the product creation sector and has since been responsible for the efforts of a variety of TaylorMade’s most prominent and successful product lines, including the highly-popular Burner 2.0, RocketBladez and Tour Preferred irons lines as well as the widely acclaimed and most winning drivers on the PGA TOUR over the last two years, the M1 & M2.

Concurrently, succeeding Bazzel as Senior Director of Product Creation for metalwoods is Tomo Bystedt, whom like Bazzel, has vast experience with many of the company’s product lines which include putters, wedges and most recently, leading iron creation, a position he’s held since 2013 and whose most notable products include RSi, PSi and most recently, the P700 Series. Bystedt, who first joined TaylorMade in 2006, will now lead the company’s efforts in the development and creation of all metalwoods.

In his new role, Bazzel will now oversee one of the most prominent product creation teams in the golf industry, which, in addition to Bystedt and the metalwoods team, includes Bill Price (putters & wedges) and Mike Fox (golf balls & accessories). Bazzel and his team will report directly to CEO David Abeles.

“For five years, Brian has been the driving force behind our metalwoods product creation team, leading to groundbreaking products that have invigorated the industry. His vision has helped position TaylorMade as the industry leader in metalwoods innovation and performance, and it is my great pleasure to welcome him to his new role as VP of Product Creation. There’s no doubt in my mind that under his guidance, the TaylorMade brand will continue to see exceptional growth and forge a lasting position as an industry leader across all product categories”, said David Abeles.

Irons, TaylorMade Golf

TaylorMade Golf – New M CGB Irons, designed to push the limits for maximum distance and power in every shot

September 7, 2017 – TaylorMade Golf has announced today the release of the all-new M CGB irons. Featuring consistently high COR throughout the entire set, an extremely low and back centre of gravity and many of the company’s most prominent iron performance technologies, M CGB delivers powerful and forgiving playability in their fastest iron set (4-PW) to date. (*)

“The CGB name is iconic and represents some of the longest and most forgiving irons we’ve ever created at TaylorMade. The concept has now been re-created with all our latest technology to bring never-before-seen performance to golfers of all skill levels,” says Tomo Bystedt, Senior Director, Product Creation, Irons of the company.

With the introduction of M CGB, TaylorMade enhances the M Irons family with a new super game-improvement option. In each iron throughout the set, golfers will discover the signature technologies that made both the M1 and M2 irons so successful — Speed Pocket, Face Slots, 360° undercut, Inverted Cone — in addition to new technologies that launch M CGB to the next level of performance. These proven technologies are combined with a clubhead designed with high-MOI using Tungsten weighting and an ultra-thin leading edge to deliver full-face forgiveness like never before.

By complementing the low CG position with strategically adjusted lofts, TaylorMade’s engineers have produced optimal distance gapping emphasizing higher peak height throughout the set. In fact, M CGB achieves the highest peak trajectory of any TaylorMade iron since 2012 (including the 2017 M2), allowing golfers of all swing speeds to produce higher, softer landing shots.

To further differentiate M CGB from the competitive set, TaylorMade’s engineers deviated from standard practices to advance their performance capabilities. While traditional game-improvement irons feature a progressive COR that reaches closer to the max in longer irons, M CGB utilizes a consistent COR model with every iron capping out at a substantially high COR limit. A constant COR is achieved using consistently thin face thicknesses and utilizing Face Slots and Speed Pocket technology all the way through to the PW. This produces optimized launch conditions throughout the set, regardless of which iron in the set the golfer is playing.

Each M CGB iron features four weight ports that house milled MIM (metal-injection-moulded) tungsten weights. These tungsten weights work to increase MOI and move the centre of gravity low and back for higher launching shots.

To deliver increased draw-bias and tighter overall dispersion, the Inverted Cone has been redesigned and relocated to a slightly off-centre position (closer to the toe). Additionally, a newly redesigned Speed Pocket provides for flexibility for the generation of faster ball speed. Last but not least, M CGB irons utilize TaylorMade’s Geocoustic technologies to create a fine-tuned sound and feel. The precision-shaped head geometry combines with an ultra-stiff 3D sound management badge and a soft Hybrar damper to reduce unwanted vibrations and produce superior sound and feel.

Taking decades worth of irons innovations and uniting them with new technologies, M CGB delivers a complete set of high-performance irons that are long, high, forgiving, and incredibly easy to hit.

  • Availability: At retail on 16th October.
  • Configuration: Offered in a 7 piece set with Nippon NS Pro 840 steel shafts or UST Recoil 460 ES graphite shafts. Additionally, a variety of custom shaft and grip options are also available.
  • RRP: Steel shafts, 1.199€; graphite shafts, 1.399 €.

(*) Fastest refers to measurement of COR vs. previous TaylorMade models.

Irons, TaylorMade Golf

TaylorMade Golf – Expansion of P700-Series Irons lineup with the introduction of P790 and P730

August 22, 2017 – TaylorMade Golf, the industry leader in iron technology and innovation, announced today the expansion of its globally successful P700-series iron lineup with the addition of the P790 irons, a forged players distance iron engineered with new SpeedFoam Technology for golfers seeking the forged look and feel of a players iron with increased distance, forgiveness and playability.

With P790, TaylorMade’s engineers have answered the challenge of creating a forged iron that delivers remarkable distance and playability combined with remarkable feel in a medium-compact head design with a thinner topline and reduced offset preferred by discerning players. This was accomplished by incorporating technologies that improve on feel, sound and consistency while delivering significant distance. The P790 features a soft, 8620 carbon steel body combined with a high-strength forged 4140 carbon steel WrapFace in a hollow body design.

The P790’s hollow cavity uses SpeedFoam Technology, a new proprietary construction which serves a dual purpose of generating ball speed as well as the management of sound and feel. Injected into the clubhead, SpeedFoam provides the face support and damping properties that make the performance of the P790 unlike any other iron in the TaylorMade family.

The incorporation of the WrapFace creates a cut-thru Speed Pocket on the sole with extreme flexibility in the lower part of the clubface; it’s this flexibility which creates greater forgiveness and consistency than is typically seen in a distance iron design.

The P790 also features an ultra-thin 1.75mm face thickness with re-engineered Inverted Cone Technology optimised for the slightly smaller face area. Whereas the company’s previous ICT which had a larger, heavier profile, the new, smaller Inverted Cone allows for reduced face thickness at the edges of the face, thus increasing flexibility from heel to toe and low on the clubface, resulting in more ball speed across the entire face.

For forgiveness and playability, P790 irons feature strategically placed internal metal-injection-molded (MIM) tungsten weighting for precise CG placement and higher moment of inertia (MOI).

“With P790, we created a forged iron that meets the demands of discerning players and delivers distance performance never before seen in a players iron”, says Tomo Bystedt, Senior Director, Iron Creation of the company. “By combining our new SpeedFoam filler and WrapFace technology with a clean, classic design, we have effectively engineered an iron that is as beautiful as it is powerful – setting the new standard for all-around iron performance.”

Availability: 16th October 2017 in Europe.

RRP: P790 irons in 3-PW, AW, SW equipped with True Temper’s Dynamic Gold 105 steel shafts, 1.249 € for 7 irons; or UST Mamiya’s Recoil 760/780 ES SmacWrap graphite shaft with Golf Pride Tour Velvet 360 grips, 1,549 € for 7 irons. Numerous other custom shaft options are also available.

P730 IRONS, HERITAGE OF MAJOR WINNING BLADE IRONS

TaylorMade has also announced the release of the P730 irons. The P730 was designed to build off of the company’s storied heritage of major championship winning blade irons, especially with the ’11 & The shaping improvements evo’14 Tour Preferred MB. The design team’s primary objective was to retain the features that were iconic to the Tour Preferred MB ’14 – notably sole camber, offset flow, sole radius and hosel length – while at the same time improving its performance in two subtle ways; shaping and mass properties.

The shaping improvements evolved from previous MB with direct feedback from Justin Rose, Dustin Johnson and other PGA TOUR players over the past several years. The overall blade profile is slightly smaller with cleaner and crisper lines, particularly in the 7-8-9 iron transition. The leading edge profile was also tweaked to improve turf interaction across the set. TaylorMade Golf’s Tour players are already noticing the improved look at address, commenting on the improved shaping across every iron in the set. Rory McIlroy and Justin Rose currently play a milled version of the 730 (the Rors Proto & Rose Proto, respectively), while Dustin Johnson is currently testing a forged set (which will be the version at retail).

In terms of the mass properties, the goal was to slightly raise the inertia (MOI) in the vertical direction (IXX) without increasing it in the horizontal direction (IZZ). This is important in order to improve on forgiveness on shots struck slightly high or low on the blade while maintaining the level of workability and shot shaping ability that TaylorMade’s top professionals require. This was achieved by reducing the overall blade length and creating a milled channel in the back of the blade, which moves some mass away from the centre of the blade.

Availability: At retail on 1st November 2017.

RRP: P730 3-PW, 1.249 € for 7 irons.

Blog, Golfstyle, TaylorMade Golf

MyGolfWay – Drive a sports car and a golf club, together in an exclusive TaylorMade Golf event

August 21, 2017 – While on Summer holidays in London, we received an e-mail invitation of the sort that you just can’t turn down. In essence, an exclusive event of… ‘cars and golf’.

TaylorMade Golf invited us on Wednesday 16th of August, along with a select group of European golf journalists, to the heart of Surrey to live the AMG Driving Experience at the Mercedes-Benz World in Brooklands, and then hit a few shots in the Silvermere Golf Club. A good plan to crown the holidays.

Obviously, Mercedes-Benz and TaylorMade Golf have quite a lot in common when it comes to the high quality and great performance of their products. No wonder they have joined their logos for this event to promote their sports that, with very different technologies, are focused on speed engineering.

Mercedes-Benz World is the home of the brand in the United Kingdom, located in the famous Brooklands, in Weybridge (Surrey), next to the pioneering circuit where car racing began more than a hundred years ago. Its museum allows you to contemplate the historical trajectory of the German brand, from the first gasoline engine automobile of 1885 to the spectacular Mercedes GP Petronas Formula 1 of Lewis Hamilton.

After a instructional briefing with information about the different car models and circuits, we went across to the track and got into a Mercedes-AMG GT. Guided by a professional driving specialist in the passenger seat, we experienced every inch of the circuit at maximum speed and braking power, through the curves and along the straights, as well as the control of the vehicle by sliding it on a wet skid surface. Adrenaline running wild!

After catching a breath, we took a look at the fabulous first six months of 2017 for TaylorMade Golf, not only because its continuous leadership as Nº1 Driver on Tour, a position maintained now with both the M1 and M2 2017 drivers, but mainly for the gigantic step it has made in the golf ball category, with the TP5 and TP5x, and also in the putter category, with the Spider Tour. These are star products in the golf market, in the hands of great players such as Dustin Johnson, Sergio Garcia, Jason Day, Rory McIlroy or Jon Rahm.

To end the day with a good taste of golf, TaylorMade Golf took us to the Silvermere Golf Club to try out the latest products. The facilities are awesome! In the passage leading the driving range we saw two golf shops: Two? You might ask… Yes, because one of them is specifically dedicated to left-handed equipment!

The club enjoys a fantastic 60-tee range in a double floor, each tee equipped with a launch monitor for you to know every detail about every shot. Impressive – it’d be great to have something similar in Spain! Two buckets of 50 golf balls hit with wonderful golf clubs in the driving range left us more than satisfied, and we return home with more than a touch of envy for all the good things surrounding the golf industry in this wonderful country.

Golf Companies, TaylorMade Golf

adidas – TaylorMade, Adams Golf and Ashworth, sold to KPS Capital Partners

May 11, 2017 – adidas has announced that it has entered into a definitive agreement to sell its TaylorMade, Adams Golf and Ashworth golf brands to a newly formed affiliate of KPS Capital Partners, LP for a total consideration of US$ 425 million, around half of which will be paid in cash with the remainder in a combination of secured note and contingent considerations. The transaction, which is subject to customary closing conditions, is expected to be completed later in 2017.

As a result of the transaction, adidas will record a non-operational negative P&L impact in the high-double-digit to low-triple-digit million euro range, which will be reported in discontinued operations as part of the company’s 2017 results.

“TaylorMade is a leading global golf brand with an exceptionally strong market position. We would like to thank all TaylorMade employees for their many contributions to our company and wish them all the best for a successful future under their new ownership. At the same time, we welcome all adidas Golf employees who will be integrated into our adidas Heartbeat Sports Business Unit,” said Kasper Rorsted, CEO of adidas AG.

“Within our long-term strategy ‘Creating the New’, our focus is clearly on our core competencies in footwear and apparel and on our two major brands adidas and Reebok.” 

While – as already detailed-out in the adidas 2016 Annual Report – the divestiture of the golf hardware business changes some specifics of the company’s outlook for the current year, adidas continues to expect to increase its net income from continuing operations to a level of between € 1.200 billion and € 1.225 billion in 2017. In addition, the strategic divestiture of the three golf brands has also already been reflected in the company’s updated long-term outlook. As announced in March 2017, adidas aims to achieve net sales of € 25 billion to € 27 billion and an implied operating margin of 11% by 2020.

Guggenheim Securities LLC acted as exclusive financial advisor to adidas AG and Sheppard, Mullin, Richter & Hampton LLP served as legal counsel.

PGA Tour, TaylorMade Golf, What's in the bag…

TaylorMade Golf – Driven by performance, Rory McIlroy choose to play a new full bag equipment

May 9, 2017 – TaylorMade Golf has announced today that four-time major champion and two-time PGA TOUR Player of the Year, Rory McIlroy, has chosen to sign a long-term agreement with TaylorMade after testing with nearly every major club manufacturer.

With his new full bag plus golf ball deal, McIlroy joins a Tour staff that now includes the top three players in the world and 6 in the top 12 of the OWGR. The signing of the 28 year-old Northern Irishman is yet another decisive move by the company that reaffirms its commitment to fielding the strongest Tour staff in the industry and putting the highest performing equipment in the hands of the best players in the world.

McIlroy joins Team TaylorMade with an impressive CV of accomplishments that already puts him in an elite class of golfers and rivals any active player on Tour. As one of the most tenacious, performance-driven players the game has ever seen, the 13-time PGA TOUR & 13-time European Tour winner is looking to reclaim his position as the #1 player in the world with an arsenal of new TaylorMade products in the bag as he embarks on the next stage of his career in pursuit of his fifth major championship and beyond.

“My future rests firmly in my hands – that’s why I choose TaylorMade. I’ve been around the game long enough and have tested most clubs on the market, but I have never been as excited about equipment as I am right now,” says Rory McIlroy.

In the summer of 2016, McIlroy stated that he intended to spend a full year playing and testing product from nearly every major manufacturer, but commented at the Barclays that if he came across a product that he liked and was comfortable with, he’d accelerate his decision and consider signing a long-term deal. His decision became clear after experiencing the performance of TaylorMade and realising the noticeable benefits over the equipment he was previously playing.

TP5x GOLF BALL

Critical to McIlroy’s decision was the performance of his golf ball, particularly in windy conditions. In the past, Rory has had to decide between playing a ball with good iron performance at the expense of greenside control and more recently, a ball that offered control around the green but didn’t have the trajectory and distance he was looking for with his irons. Knowing what his previous ball was capable of doing for every shot he hits, Rory tested the new ’17 TP5x golf ball and instantly realised an improved trajectory that will give him better, more consistent iron performance, especially into the wind. It was after testing with TaylorMade that McIlroy’s commitment to play TP5x materialised almost immediately.

’17 M2 DRIVER

Rory’s length off the tee is one of the strongest parts of his game, so the optimisation of a driver for him in testing was very important. A variety of driver heads, lofts, shafts, swingweights and adjustability settings were all tested, with McIlroy keen on finding his optimal setup. In the end, the team landed on a 9.5º ’17 M2 driver.

As evidenced by the following chart, his average numbers after multiple shots hit during his testing period were remarkable:

  • 181 MPH ballspeed
  • 12.3° launch angle
  • 2119 RPM spin rate
  • 315.8-yard carry average, 338.5 total average

’17 M2 TOUR FAIRWAYS

Similar to driver testing, Rory took the opportunity to test multiple heads in both the ’17 M1 and M2 fairways, which included different loft configurations, weight settings and shafts. It was critical to fit McIlroy into a fairway that, per his preference, could be used both for positioning off the tee and going after par-5s in two. His desire for the M2 Tour fairways was evident at the Masters, where he had two of them in the bag and commented how easy they were to turn over compared to his previous product. In testing, his sentiment echoed those statements, as he was elated about the versatility and turf interaction they provide him.

P700 SERIES “RORS PROTO” IRONS

Rory has played muscle-back irons throughout his career and worked closely with TaylorMade’s R&D team in testing a new prototype the iron team in Carlsbad has been developing. Characterised by a shorter blade length, reduced offset and revised shaping, the “Rors Proto” iron has not only exceeded McIlroy’s performance expectations but also aesthetically suits his eyes perfectly, too. In addition to his new irons, he’s opted to play the 3 & 4 irons of the P750 Tour Proto.

MILLED GRIND WEDGES

It’s no secret that McIlroy can overpower golf courses with his length; it’s this length that will leave him with more wedges into par-4s than the average tour player, so finding the optimal wedges & grinds to hit all the shots he needs is important. After a thorough process, McIlroy will eventually play the Milled Grind wedges that will be machine milled to his personal specification. The result – a competitive advantage over the competition with wedges engineered for unparalleled accuracy, optimal turf interaction and consistent performance.

PUTTER

Over the coming weeks, TaylorMade’s Tour and product teams will be working closely with McIlroy to find a model that is optimal for him.

“It’s incredible when a 4-time major champion who expects nothing but the finest performance from his equipment and golf ball reaches out to your company requesting the opportunity to meet with you. Our tour staff and product teams have been working closely with Rory for months and after extensive testing, we’re elated that he has chosen to join Team TaylorMade as he embarks on the next chapter of his career,” says David Abeles, President & CEO of TaylorMade company.

A closer look to what is in Rory’s bag this week at THE PLAYERS:

  • Driver: M2 ’17 (9.5º, MCG Kuro Kage Silver 70 XTS)
  • Fairway woods: M2 ’17 Tour (13.5º, MCG Tensei CK Blue 90TX); M2 ’17 Tour (19º, Fujikura Composites Pro P95X)
  • Irons: P750 Tour Proto (3-4, True Temper Project X 7.0); P700 “Rors Proto” (5-9, True Temper Project X 7.0)
  • Wedges: Milled Grind (48º, 54º & 60º, True Temper Project X 6.5)
  • Golf Ball: TP5x #22
DP World Tour, TaylorMade Golf, What's in the bag…

TaylorMade Golf – Edoardo Molinari claims the 14th win in 16 weeks for M Drivers at Trophee Hassan II

April 17, 2017 – The Italian player Edoardo Molinari finished his fourth round with a stunning eagle at the 18th of Trophee Hassan II, held at Royal Golf Dar Es Salam in Rabat (Morocco). Hitting his 2017 M1 TaylorMade Rescue catch the green in two on the par 5 to hole the putt and post the clubhouse lead. But with his nearest opponent, the Irish Paul Dunne, holding his nerve to card a birdie at the last to get to nine under, the contest was set to be decided in a play-off.

On the first extra hole, Molinari calmly got up and down from just off the green, rolling in the winning putt from two feet for par to beat his opponent and claim his third European Tour victory. With Molinari having fought back from a combination of serious injury problems and two visits to Qualifying School, this win shows his sheer determination to succeed.

“It just shows that you should never give up, you should always keep trying, keep working hard”, said Edoardo Molinari.

Having recently switched to the new TaylorMade TP5x golf ball, Molinari commented: “I am very happy man with the new TP5x golf ball. I tested it thoroughly last week and now see a slightly higher launch, a lot less spin and higher ball speed. I have gained 4-5 yards with the Irons and up to 7-8 yards with my Driver!”

This was the seventh win this season for the new TP5/TP5x ball. TaylorMade was the Nº1 Driver Brand in play this week at the Trophee Hassan II. Molinari’s win is the 14th win in 16 weeks for TaylorMade’s ’17 M drivers, more than any other manufacturer at the season.

Molinari’s Trophee Hassan II Winning Bag:

  • Golf Ball: TaylorMade TP5x
  • Driver: TaylorMade 2017 M1 (8.5º, Mitsubishi Rayon Kuro Kage Silver 60-X)
  • Fairway Wood: TaylorMade 2016 M1 (14º, Mitsubishi Rayon Kuro Kage Silver 80-X)
  • Rescue: TaylorMade 2017 M1 (17º, Mitsubishi Rayon Kuro Kage Silver 80-X)
  • Irons: TaylorMade Psi Tour (3-PW, X100 SL)
  • Glove: TaylorMade Tour Preferred
  • Clothing: Colmar
  • Footwear: adidas Golf
Majors, TaylorMade Golf

TaylorMade Golf – Prepared for the first Major of the year with Limited Edition golf bags and headcovers

March 30, 2017 – As the excitement builds for the annual trip to Augusta National, with the blooming azaleas, rolling fairways and treacherous greens, the unofficial start of the 2017 golfing season is upon us.

To celebrate the season opening major, TaylorMade Golf is launching a Limited Edition Augusta themed tour bag, carry bag, and putter headcover.

TOUR BAG

Adorned in the green and white colours associated with the season opening major, the Tour Bag features the striking pink Azalea pattern inside the pockets. A total of 12 pockets allows for excellent storage whilst a 6-way velour top divider keeps the clubs organised.

Complete with umbrella sleeve, towel clip, rain hood and zip off belly panel for embroidery, golfers can match their favourite staff players during the tournament. RRP: €549.

FLEXTECH STAND BAG

Mimicking the colour way of the Tour Bag, the FlexTech Stand Bag features the same nod to Augusta, with the green/white colours and Azalea patterned pocket lining. The patented FlexTech base ensures no club crowding or sticking occurs through a smooth collapsible base and full length dividers.

A water-resistant micro-suede lined pocket keep valuables safe whilst a large internal cooler pocket will keep drinks cold. Be on lookout at this year’s Par-3 contest to see a selection of celebrities using the Season Opener FlexTech Bag. RRP: €249.

PUTTER COVER

The Limited Edition cover embodies golf’s first Major featuring the iconic Augusta green colouring and stitched Azalea flowers. Hints of white and subtle branding on the synthetic leather add a premium look and feel to perfectly complement the Tour and stand bags.  RRP: €40.

For more information visit a local TaylorMade Golf stockist.
(*) Cap and Driver headcover only available in U.S.

TaylorMade Golf, What's in the bag…

TaylorMade Golf – M1 2017 Driver and Spider Tour putter, keys in Dustin Johnson’ WGC victory

March 27, 2017 – Coming into the week with wins in consecutive starts, world Nº1 Dustin Johnson showed no signs of letting up, completing his week with a perfect 7-0 record and capturing the WGC-Dell Match Play Championship for his 5th career WGC title. Fellow TaylorMade Golf stablemate Jon Rahm, who also finished 2nd to Johnson at the WGC-Mexico Championship, once again finished runner-up, continuing his rapid ascent up the Official World Golf Rankings.

Dustin Johnson‘s driver setup hasn’t changed since he first put it into play during his win at the Genesis Open at Riviera. He plays the ’17 M1 460 driver with the Fujikura Speeder Evolution 661 X Tour Spec 2.0, the same he used last year. His actual loft is 11º, which along with his weight settings, allows him to hit his preferred shot shape: the high fade.

An interesting note regarding Dustin Johnson‘s bag lies in his ’17 M1 fairway. It’s cut to a 5 wood length (1″ shorter than standard) and set to 17º of loft. Dustin carries it 280 yards, which is the exact number he’s looking for in his 3 fairway. As you can see at the picture, his weight is set toward toe much like on his M1 driver.

Dustin Johnson‘s wedge setup often changes week to week depending on the conditions. So far this year, he’s gotten comfortable with his TP MB PW along with a 52º & 60º combination in the Milled Grind wedges, which he added to the bag as soon as the Tour truck had them available. He once again played these two lofts throughout the tournament.

Similar to World #3 Jason Day, Dustin Johnson plays the Spider Tour Black putter, which he first put into his bag at last year’s BMW Championship (he won). Dustin Johnson prefers its firmer insert to Jason’s Spider Tour red model. Also notable with the win, Spider becomes the most winning putter model on tour in the last 9 months, starting with Day’s win at THE PLAYERS last year; a truly remarkable feat for the category.

For the company, this was the seventh consecutive week that Spider was the No1 putter model on PGA TOUR. TaylorMade once again won the driver count at the WGC-Dell Match Play Championship with 22 of 64 drivers in play. This was the fifth win this season for the new TP5/TP5x ball, with Johnson having 3 of them. Rahm and Garcia have also won this year with the new ball (Rahm: TP5x, Garcia TP5). Johnson’s win is the 11th win in 14 weeks for TaylorMade’s ’17 M drivers, more than any other manufacturer.

In Dustin Johnson winning bag:

  • Driver: TaylorMade M1 2017 460 (10,5º, Fuji Speeder Evolution 661 X Tour Spec 2.0)
  • Fairway: TaylorMade M1 2017 (17º, Project HZRDUS Black 95 X)
  • Utility: TaylorMade RSi TP UDI #2 (Project X HZRDUS Black 105 X)
  • Iron: TaylorMade Tour Preferred MB 2014 (3-PW, Dynamic Gold X100)
  • Wedges: TaylorMade Milled Grind (52º y 60º, KBS Tour Black 130 X)
  • Putter: TaylorMade Spider Tour Black
  • Golf ball: TaylorMade TP5x
  • Glove: TaylorMade Tour Preferred
  • Headwear: Tour New Era 9Fifty
  • Footwear: adidas Golf TOUR360 Boost
  • Polo: adidas Golf Climachill tonal stripe
  • Pant: adidas Golf Ultimate 365 Solid
  • Belt: adidas Golf 3-stripes reversible
Clubfitting, Golf Shops, TaylorMade Golf

TaylorMade Golf – The Custom Fit Guarantee 2017 Program guarantees your new clubs on time

March 21, 2017 – TaylorMade Golf has launched its Custom Fit Guarantee 2017 Program, improving and extending its service to authorized dealers in Europe, and therefore to its customers. For the golfer, today’s custom-fitting is one of the basic ways to buy custom-fit clubs and, aware of this, TaylorMade Golf is back on track to support the custom retailers and raise the level of confidence of the player.

Essential!

A new demonstration of their commitment to quality, reliability and compliance on delivery dates ensures players have new custom clubs on the agreed day, and just in time for their next match.

“Here at TaylorMade we have a relentless pursuit of custom excellence,” says Sean Brady, Director of Custom & Brand Experience EMEA at the company’s European headquarters in Basingstoke, England.

“We are developing a three-year vision to become the #1 brand in custom clubs. For this we‘ve invested heavily in people, in machinery and in the quality processes of the assembly line, helping retailers to offer the best club fitting and delivery in the minimum time to their players”.

The orders throughout Europe are centralized in Basingstoke, with four modern assembly chains with improved logistics and distribution, which have enabled them to increase their productive capacity without neglecting the quality control, since they carry out double verification of the specifications of each order (loft, lie, shafts, grips, etc.).

Perfect!

In 2016 TaylorMade Golf already offered the service of fitting irons through its authorized custom retailers, with a guaranteed label. “‘Guaranteed’ means that the technical team of the company agrees to deliver the fitted irons in the minimum time, within the agreed time frame,” adds Sean Brady.

“We are delighted that last year this programme was a complete success, since we full fill the delivery of orders in 99.7% of the irons served on time, with a margin as tight as 4.7 days on average to Europe, and 3.7 days to the UK.”

Spectacular!

The new Custom Fit Guarantee 2017 Program was launched last February 14th and will offer this guarantee until June 30th, 2017. A commitment that was limited to irons in 2016, and this year has been extended to the new drivers and the rest of the metalwoods.

In other words, now you go to the store or to one of the brand’s Demo Days, test the clubs, do the fitting, they take your specs and in 5 to 10 working days, you have them at home ready to go and play. This is an opportunity that players should not miss if they plan to renew their golf bag, taking into account the great news that the TaylorMade Golf offer includes both the M1 and M2 2017 families.

Convenient!

“That’s right, the great news is that in 2017 we are continue to offer our custom guaranty, and that custom retailers can commit to their customers that they will not have to wait more than they should to dispose of their new clubs. And not only for the irons, because in 2017 we include all the new metalwoods in the program”, he continues.

The commitment of TaylorMade irons and metalwoods orders delivery program in Spain (Peninsula) is in a maximum of 10 working days (only 6 or 7 days normally). In addition, if the clubs arrive incorrectly assembled, the company assume the responsibility for the equipment.

Rigorous!

“We are going to work really hard on our stock provision, and we extend the guaranty length of time that we run the guaranty with our best custom partners, with which we want to work intensely in 2017,” concludes Sean Brady.

So do not delay any more and go to your golf store, identified as a TaylorMade Golf dealer, and keep calm. Your custom clubs will be ready, because with this accurate and committed program it is clear that… you won’t miss… nor will they.

Great!

DP World Tour, TaylorMade Golf, What's in the bag…

TaylorMade Golf – Chawrasia defends Indian Open title and completes a 10th win in 9 weeks for the brand

March 13, 2017 – S.S.P. Chawrasia started yesterday tied for the lead as he completed the final 7 holes of his weather interrupted third round, before carding a 71 in the final round to secure victory at the Hero Indian Open.

Armed with TaylorMade metalwoods, Chawrasia finished the day 7 shots ahead of fellow staff professional Gavin Green. Using the All-New 2017 M1 3 wood, Chawrasia impressed off the tee hitting 76.8% of fairways on a golf course that demanded accuracy and precision.

“This is probably my best win of my career as it was a really tough course. This week, I made less mistakes and others made more mistakes”, said S.S.P. Chawrasia, now twice Hero Indian Open champion.

In his golf bag he played the TaylorMade M2 Driver (10,5º, Graphite Design Tour AD DI 6-S), the M1 2017 3 fairway wood (15º, Graphite Design Tour AD TP 7-S), and the M1 5 fairway wood (17º, Grapgite Design Tour AD DI 7-X).

This is his fourth European Tour International Schedule victory in his 188th official European Tour event and moves to 289,309 points in the Race to Dubai. Also Becomes the first Indian in European Tour history to successfully defend a European Tour title. Continues with his incredible record in the Hero Indian Open since the event became part of the European Tour International Schedule in 2015. In 2015 he finished second and first in 2016 and 2017.

For TaylorMade Golf Company this win marks the 10th win in 9 weeks globally on Tour.

DP World Tour, TaylorMade Golf, What's in the bag…

TaylorMade Golf – Sergio Garcia wins Omega Dubai Desert Classic with a full bag of new 2017 equipment

February 6, 2017 – Sergio Garcia claimed his 12th European Tour title as he completed a dominant wire-to-wire win at the Omega Dubai Desert Classic. Gaming a full bag of new 2017 TaylorMade equipment, including the new 2017 M2 Driver and TP5 golf ball, Garcia set the tone for the tournament with an opening 65 and never looked back. Wearing adidas Golf apparel and footwear, Garcia continued his momentum and finished strong with a bogey-free round 69 to get to -19, beating his nearest competitor by three shots.

This win marks Garcia’s 12th win on the European Tour and moves him back into the Top-10 of the Official World Golf Ranking. He claimed the second global victory for the new TP5 golf ball, after the first by Jon Rahm last weekend (TP5 and Tp5x golf balls will available at retail in March).

The Spanish golfer played the 2017 M2 Driver, and his key statistics are outstanding. He took the 3rd position in Driving Distance with 305 yards and the 2nd in Driving Accuracy with 69.6%. Playing his new P750 Tour Proto irons throughout he took the 1st position in Stroke Average with 67.25, and was also the 1st of Green in Regulation with 81.9%. Garcia’s win marks the second win for the adidas Golf Powerband BOA BOOST.

For the company, this event at the Emirates Golf Course has been a complete success. This is the 4th worldwide win, and the 2nd on the European Tour this year for TaylorMade’s 2017 M drivers. The PGA Tour saw fellow Spaniard Jon Rahm claim victory at the Farmers Insurance Open last week gaming a 2017 M2 Driver. TaylorMade also had 45.5% driver and 41.9% fairway wood counts at the tournament, both of which led all manufacturers by substantial margins. So, the 2017 M1 440 has been claimed the No.1 Driver model. The all-new M metalwoods have dominated during the European Tour Desert Swing claiming No.1 Driver model at each tournament.

What’s in Sergio Garcia’s bag?

  • Driver: TaylorMade M2 2017 (9.5º, Mitsubishi Kuro Kage Silver 80 X)

  • Fairways: TaylorMade M1 2017 (15º and 19º, Mitsubishi Kuro Kage Silver 80 X)

  • Irons: TaylorMade P750 Tour Proto (3-PW, Nippon Modus 130 X)

  • Wedges: TaylorMade Milled Grind Wedges (52º and 58º)

  • Putter: TaylorMade TP Collection JUNO

  • Golf ball: TaylorMade TP5

  • Apparel and Footwear: adidas Golf and adidas Golf Powerband BOA BOOST 2017

Pictures: ©Getty Images

Golf Companies, TaylorMade Golf

The Golf Group – TaylorMade and PXG join Golf Anti-Counterfeiting Group

February 1, 2017 – The U.S. Golf Manufacturers Anti-Counterfeiting Working Group (The Golf Group) has announced the addition of two members to the growing roster of golf manufacturers joining forces to help stop the spread of counterfeit golf products. TaylorMade Golf and Parsons Xtreme Golf (PXG) join current members Acushnet Company, Callaway Golf – Odyssey Golf, Srixon / Cleveland Golf and XXIO, and PING, to represent 11 of the golf industry’s most popular brands.

“We have made a lot of progress as a group, but there’s still work to do and these two companies help us bring new ammunition to our fight to keep golf real,” said Joe Nauman Executive Vice President for Corporate and Legal for Acushnet Company.

“We are committed to protecting our brands and committed to our customers and we’re excited to have TaylorMade and PXG with us as ambassadors for the group and the game of golf.”

Based in Carlsbad, California (U.S.), TaylorMade Golf was founded in 1979 and has since grown into one of the largest manufacturers of golf clubs and accessories.

“Counterfeit equipment is both damaging to the industry and to the consumers who unknowingly purchase these products,” said Ryan Lauder, TaylorMade Golf spokesperson.

“This is why we’re eager to throw our weight behind the Group, which has done great work educating the golf community and making inroads with law enforcement. We hope to help maintain those relationships and provide a model for all industries to eliminate the spread of illegal counterfeits.”

The Scottsdale-headquartered PXG formed in 2014.

“An important part of our mission is upholding the integrity of our brand and protecting consumers from counterfeit product,” said PXG Founder Bob Parsons. “The Golf Group initiative will enable us to join forces with other major golf equipment manufacturers to help protect the future of the sport.”

The Golf Group has worked with international law enforcement to identify manufacturers of counterfeit golf products, seize their inventory and punish when possible. Through 2016, The Group has helped keep more than two million counterfeit products out of the marketplace. Last year, the group seized more than 10,000 counterfeit products, primarily in China. The criminals responsible for those counterfeit operations were sentenced to a combined eight years of jail time and ordered to pay fines 810,000 RMB (more than $110,000).

To help consumers learn more about counterfeit products and their inherent risks, The Golf Group has published and distributed the “Golf Anti-Counterfeiting Primer” at the 2017 PGA Merchandise Show. The primer contains information and unique graphics to help inform golf club pros and golfers about the risks associated with buying counterfeit products, or buying from unauthorized retailers.

More information at www.keepgolfreal.com.

PGA Tour, TaylorMade Golf, What's in the bag…

TaylorMade Golf – What’s in the bag of Jon Rahm, winner of Farmers Insurance Open on PGA Tour 2017

January 30, 2017 – The second event of the West Coast swing provided all the drama you’d expect with a field packed with the best players in the world. In the end, it was TaylorMade Tour staff Professional Jon Rahm who pulled away and emerged victorious on the South Course at picturesque Torrey Pines, carding two eagles on the back nine to claim the tournament title – his first on the PGA Tour. With the win, the 22-year-old also punches his ticket to Augusta.

The victory of the Spanish player is the 3rd worldwide and 2nd on the PGA Tour this year for TaylorMade’s 2017 M drivers, joining Hudson Swafford, who won last week’s Career Builder Championship. Rahm’s win marks the first win for the adidas Golf Powerband BOA BOOST.

Jon Rahm plays the 2017 M2 Driver set to 10.5º one click lower with an Aldila Tour Green TX 75 shaft. This is his second week with it in the bag, having added it last week at the CBC. His feedback to the Tour team was that he liked both the new M1 & M2, but benefited from the forgiveness and consistency of the M2.

TaylorMade had 48.4% driver & 46% fairway wood counts at Torrey, both of which led all manufacturers by substantial margins.

The spectacular game with his new driver made Rahm averaged 296.5 yards off the tee and led the field in strokes gained: off the tee for the tournament.

Rahm also claimed the first global victory for the new TP5x golf ball, which he switched into at last week’s Career Builder Challenge. TP5 and Tp5x golf balls are available on 3rd March.

In his golf bag he also played the new P750 Tour Proto irons, which he first added to his bag last week. He has Project X 6.5 shafts throughout the set.

Rahm’s short game brilliance this week was aided by the new yet-to-be-released Milled Grind wedges, which are also new to Rahm’s bag. His setup is a traditional 52/56/60*, also with PX 6.5 shafts.

In Jon Rahm’s golf bag at Torrey Pines:

  • Golf ball: TaylorMade TP5x
  • Driver: TaylorMade M2 2017 (10,5º, Aldila Tour Green TX 75)
  • Fairway woods: TaylorMade M1 2017 3 (15º, Aldila Tour Green TX 75); y TaylorMade M1 2017 5 (19º, Graphite Design Tour AD-DI 8x)
  • Utility: TaylorMade RSi UDI 4 (True Temper Project X 6.5)
  • Irons: TaylorMade P750 Tour Proto (5-PW, True Temper Project X 6.5)
  • Wedges: TaylorMade Milled Grind (52º/09ºSB, 56º/12ºSB, 60º/10ºSB, True Temper Project X 6.5)
  • Putter: TaylorMade Spider Tour Red
  • Glove: TaylorMade Tour Preferred
  • Headwear: TaylorMade Tour New Era 9Fifty
  • Clothing: adidas Golf
  • Footwear: adidas Golf Powerband BOA BOOST
Golf Companies, PGA Tour, TaylorMade Golf, What's in the bag…

TaylorMade Golf – Tiger Woods becomes Tour Staff of the company with a multi-year contract

January 25, 2017 – TaylorMade Golf, maker of the most-played driver on the PGA Tour for 16 years and counting and an industry leader in product innovation and technology, announced today a multi-year contract has been reached with one of the most accomplished athletes in history, Tiger Woods.

Tiger will play TaylorMade’s driver, fairway woods, irons and wedges. The signing is a definitive move by the company that reaffirms its on going commitment to fielding the strongest Tour staff in the industry and putting the highest performing equipment in the hands of the best players in the world.

Tiger’s accolades are well documented since first turning professional in 1996 at the age of 20. The 14-time major championship winner holds countless amateur and professional records on the PGA Tour that place him among the game’s all-time greats and have cemented his legacy as one of the greatest athletes of all time in any sport.

“Throughout my career, I’ve always been meticulous about my equipment. Over the past few months, I’ve had clubs from every brand sent to me to test. When it came to making a final decision, the choice was easy—it all came down to performance, which is why I chose TaylorMade,” says Tiger Woods.

David Abeles, CEO of TaylorMade Golf company, adds: “Our product teams at TaylorMade have a singular focus – to create the best performing golf equipment in the world. We are thrilled that Tiger has chosen to play TaylorMade. His impact on the game of golf is undeniable and we are honoured to have him part of our team.”

Tiger’s history with the brand goes back to his days as the world’s top amateur, when he played TaylorMade metalwoods in his victories at both the 1994 &’95 U.S. Amateur Championships in addition to multiple other junior and professional tournaments on Tour.

The eleven-time PGA Tour Player of the Year will play TaylorMade metalwoods, the M2 driver and fairways, irons and wedges as part of his club contract, with specific product models to be determined at the conclusion of Woods’ and TaylorMade’s extensive testing process.

Further, Tiger will co-create with TaylorMade’s club engineers and have an integral role in the design and development of a new, personalised iron model that will make its debut in Tiger’s bag at a future date to be determined.

TaylorMade Golf, Wedges

TaylorMade Golf – New Milled Grind wedges with precise, repeatable sole & leading edge geometries

January 23, 2017 – Building upon years of working closely with some of the company’s best Tour players, TaylorMade Golf’s new Milled Grind (MG) wedges feature meticulously considered materials, shaping and grinds that cater to the needs of the world’s best wedge players. The new Milled Grind wedge is a refined and finely crafted classic wedge sporting a variety of three high-performance grinds tailored for various playing conditions and player types.

To find the perfect grind geometry, TaylorMade relied on input from Tour players along with extensive iterative testing. Once designed, to produce the wedges to exacting specifications, each leading edge and sole grind is individually CNC milled for unparalleled accuracy and consistency from club to club and grind to grind. This process faithfully reproduces the master design of the surfaces most impactful on the performance of the wedge.

The implementation of machining technology produces high fidelity leading edge symmetry to the score lines, leading edge radiuses, and sole grind geometry, creating a new standard in precision wedge making. A low effective bounce (LB) grind provides the least amount of ground resistance, a standard grind (SB) has a median ground resistance, and a high bounce (HB) grind features a wider sole that offers the most ground resistance.

With lofted wedges, shaping as it relates to leading edge and sole configuration is of particular importance. The shape and thickness of the leading edge must be formed within a narrow range to provide proper versatility from a variety of turf conditions. Likewise the sole geometry, consisting of contour, angle and surface area must be designed and maintained to interact properly with the turf in the desired manner. Different ground and sand conditions also require variations in sole geometries to facilitate play depending on player type.

The new Milled Grind wedges also exhibit a deeper bore and shaft insertion, this year going from 1.0 to 1.5 inches, and visible in the heel of every sole is the precision weight port—a weight relocation feature filled with a soft yet durable red polymer. The deeper bore, while providing an improved shaft connection, also removes weight from the hosel to be relocated into a more centrally located position, which improves the centre of gravity (CG), making the club more solid and more forgiving.

A new and improved groove configuration is also incorporated into the faces of each new wedge. The MG’s new groove geometry features a 38.5 % steeper side walls that reduce launch angle and increase spin rate over previous models. The closer spacing also adds one additional groove on the face. These soft 8620 carbon steel wedges promise to be the most precise, balanced and best feeling wedge that TaylorMade has ever produced.

No wedge offering would be complete without a variety of lofts and sole/bounce selections, and the Milled Grind wedge is no exception. The chart below exhibits a full range including the Low Bounce (LB) grind with a “C” type relieved rear section, the Standard Bounce (SB) grind with a relieved heel section for enhanced open-faced shots, and the High Bounce (HB) grind featuring a wide cambered sole for added sole lift.

  • Availability: At retail on 15th March.
  • MSRP: 179€.
Irons, TaylorMade Golf

TaylorMade Golf – New P770 and P750 Tour Proto forged irons for ultimate players

January 19, 2017 – TaylorMade Golf, the industry leader in iron technology and innovation, announced today the release of P770 & P750 Tour Proto irons, the next advancement in forged players irons, designed specifically with the better player in mind with extensive input from the company’s most notable Tour staffers.

TAYLORMADE P770 IRONS

In P770, engineers endeavoured to deliver a true Tour iron for highly-skilled players while simultaneously providing playability improvements that create a great playing experience for the better player. P770 features a unique forged 1025 carbon steel face/hosel and precision-milled faces and grooves along with 70-gram tungsten back-bar weighting in the mid and long irons (3-7) and a one-piece forged cavity back construction in the short irons (8-AW) for added feel and control. The P770 iron has higher MOI for ball speed consistency, thus more forgiveness, and has a lower center of gravity which creates a higher launch angle than its predecessors. The result is a high performance iron with great sound and feel with improved playability.

While featuring small offsets, thin toplines and shorter blade lengths, engineers were still able to incorporate technologies that improve on consistency, enabling P770 to offer improved launch conditions and forgiveness without sacrificing workability and feel. To do this, the team focused on two primary areas: Lowering CG using tungsten weighting and utilising a unique construction to allow for discretionary weight to be repositioned to the perimeter for maximum forgiveness.

The center of gravity is lowered by developing a shallower face profile, shorter hosel and 70-gram tungsten back/sole component. Engineers also utilised a tapered face thickness profile, whereby the upper portion of the face is thinner for low CG but thickened in the bottom portion near impact for a soft, solid sound and feel.

Beyond CG optimization, the construction of the P770 irons (two-piece) freed up additional discretionary weight for improved perimeter weighting. This is achieved through the undercut and the design of the back bar itself being lighter at the centre than at the heel and toe. The tungsten back piece has weight removed internally to create heel-toe weighting without compromising on the muscular external appearance of the iron.

“We spent countless hours working with our PGA Tour players to develop the most complete players iron we have ever created. Drawing inspiration from some of our most successful irons, P770 challenges the status quo of what a players iron should be”, says Tomo Bystedt, Senior Director of Iron Creation at TaylorMade Golf.

TAYLORMADE P750 TOUR PROTO IRONS

In addition to the P770, TaylorMade also announced the P750 Tour Proto irons, designed with in-depth feedback from the best players in the world. The P750 Tour Proto irons raise the standard by providing superior performance and feel in a design that delivers optimum workability for the best ball strikers.

This true forged blade with shallow cavity, made of 1025 carbon steel, is created using a new, multi-step forging process which culminates with a high tonnage strike, three times more forceful than a standard forged press. This process ensures precise, near-net head shaping requiring minimal hand polishing, resulting in a pure players iron with soft feel. The face and grooves are CNC milled for high precision, as is as the back cavity of the iron. The extra step of milling the cavity ensures that the face thickness, CG position and weight distribution are maintained to the highest standard demanded by the best players.

P750 Tour Proto irons feature a thin topline (thinner than the P770) and minimal offset for a blade-like look preferred by the Tour players. Additionally, the P750 Tour Proto irons incorporate a narrower sole and tighter leading edge for improved turf interaction. Similar to the P770, P750 Tour Proto includes tungsten weighting (5 grams precisely located in the sole) in the 3-7 irons that allow for perfectly positioned CG for optimal trajectory and shot-making.

TAYLORMADE P770 AND P750 TOUR PROTO KEY FACTORS

  • Availability: At retail on 17th March 2017.
  • Shafts: P770 irons will be offered in KBS FLT steel shafts (S & X) with Golf Pride Tour Velvet 360 51.5g grips, with additionally, numerous additional custom shaft options are available. P750 irons and will be offered in True Temper’s Dynamic Gold shafts with Golf Pride Tour Velvet 360 51.5g grips, with a variety of custom shaft options are also available.
  • RRP: P770, 1.249 € for 7 irons; P750, 1.799 for 7 irons.
Putters, TaylorMade Golf

TaylorMade Golf – Launch of Spider Limited putters, inspired by the Nº1 Jason Day

Spider-Limited-putter-Day-1

May 18, 2016 – On the back of Jason Day‘s emphatic win at THE PLAYERS Championship, TaylorMade Golf has formally announced the release of the new Spider Limited and Spider Limited Red putters, both inspired by the Nº1 player in the Official World Golf Ranking and one of the PGA TOUR’s best statistical putters, Jason Day.

During his storybook rise to Nº1 late last fall, Day came to the TaylorMade team with a request for a putter similar in style to his trusted Itsy Bitsy prototype, the putter he’s used for multiple wins on the PGA TOUR which included his first major victory at the 2015 PGA Championship. His ask was for a putter that incorporated red, one of his favourite and most sentimental colours. Using the Redback Spider, a venomous spider indigenous to Day’s native Australia as inspiration, the TaylorMade team embarked on a mission to create a palate of colour options, working intimately with Jason throughout the process to create a colour Jason would prefer.

When the final colour was selected, Jason proposed the team build him two different models, each showcasing the colour in a different way that would allow him to test & select which suited his eye before determining which would be put into play.

Spider-Limited-putter-Day-3

  • The Spider Limited putter features a black frame with Tour Red bumpers.

Spider-Limited-putter-Day-2

  • The Spider Limited Red incorporates Tour Red throughout the frame and bumpers.

Day was first introduced to the putters in February, and after testing both models, the Spider Limited Red made its PGA TOUR debut at the RBC Heritage in mid-April and was used to win THE PLAYERS Championship on Sunday.

Both models feature subtleties recognisable by the best players in the world, including Day, who prefers a seamless top crown and sans alignment aid. The two models available at retail will differ slightly from Day’s personal putter, which will include the alignment aid on the crown.

Spider-Limited-Red-Day-4

Made of a 304 stainless steel frame combined with a lightweight 6061 aluminum body enables weight to be positioned at the extremities, the Spider Limited putters provide improved stability and high MOI. Similar to the original Itsy Bitsy, both new models incorporate a milled Aluminum Pure Roll insert with a gunmetal finish to promote better forward roll, increased directional accuracy and improved distance control.

  • Availability: Both starting at 29th of June.
  • RRP: Spider Limited, 279€; Spider Limited Red, 329€.
  • Lengths: Spider Limited in 33”, 34” & 35”; Spider Limited Red in 35” only.
Drivers, Drivers, Reviews, TaylorMade Golf

Review: TaylorMade Golf M1 Driver

TEST-M1-01

November 30, 2015 – TaylorMade Golf has got us into the “bad” habit of pushing beyond our limit every time it launches a new driver. And there’s no question that with the new M1… it’s done it again. The buzz created by the spectacular global launch in early September has been reflected throughout the professional tours, and for MyGolfWay.com the time has come to take that enthusiasm onto the course. So we’ve gone out to CG Sant Cugat (Barcelona, Spain).

The M1 driver is different and innovative, but not absolutely new, as the construction materials have previously been used and proven by the golf industry. However, the combination and proportion of these materials, together with the technology of TaylorMade Golf, is what makes it unique and makes this driver stand out.

TEST-M1-02

For example, how the crown is made, lighter with carbon composite, which helps shift the weight and therefore the centre of gravity (CG) lower in the sole, in order to improve launch conditions. The criss-cross carbon composite is now produced in a more refined way than the drivers of half a decade ago, which also gives it a great racing look right up to the end of the club head.

TEST-M1-04TaylorMade Golf decided not to apply the carbon composite that other brands had used earlier on, until it could get a performance which could beat that of a head made only of titanium – hence the slogan M1 THE UNMETALWOOD.

The technology and the cost of production push up its final price, but now it’s here, you’ll have seen it in golf shops and you’ve got the chance to try it out.

Given its guaranteed high performance, it is clear to us that it’ll be around for some time. And it’ll certainly brighten the life of anyone who puts it in their golf bag, like Jason Day, Dustin Johnson, Justin Rose or Sergio Garcia.

TEST-M1-03

The front section of the crown is white and made of titanium, so the M1 breaks away from the white / black controversy, with a mixed option that can seduce fans of either. We can clearly see that the contrast of the white between the dark face and the black carbon crown helps you in the alignment and in squaring the head with the golf ball at impact.

TEST-M1-07

The weight saved in the crown is shifted to the T-Track System of the sole, which now has a mobile black weigh of 15g on the front track, sliding from right to left, while another red weight of 10g slides along a back track. The front weight lets you create a Draw, Fade or Neutral shot, and the second affects the launch angle, with a higher launch the further back the weight is. With the two separate tracks you can also move the CG a little to the right or to the left.

TEST-M1-12

In the front track you have up to 18 positions to set the weight, while the back track has 15, offering you a total of 270 possible combinations. If you then add the 12 hosel configurations, and four lofts of 8.5º to 12º, you end up with 12,960 options. It seems a lot, but the personalization system lets you adjust the club with extreme accuracy, based on your characteristics and preferences, and in a much easier and faster way than with previous adjustable drivers.

TEST-M1-08

We put our demo M1 driver – 10.5º and Fujikura Pro 60 flex Regular shaft, starting with Neutral configuration and Medium trajectory – in the hands of Enricco Rissi, a promising young player of CG Sant Cugat, who hit a series of golf balls in front of the FlightScope. “I find the head fairly light and workable, compared to my current AeroBurner. The face gives you very good contact, the sound and feel are excellent, and the ball comes out very long,” are his first impressions. “Although for me it’d be better with an X shaft, I really like this club.”

TEST-M1-06

You choose the right loft of the head by turning the hosel and then to move the weights of the sole. These are the first steps to finding the best launch angle according to your swing speed and spin rate.

TEST-M1-09We tested the feel of the M1 by changing first the loft and then moving the weights of the club head: “You have many options for changing the trajectory, and you really notice the difference of hitting when you change the loft or the weights. I felt most comfortable and hit better with the Neutral ball flight configuration and the Medium trajectory,” says Enrico Rissi. Changing settings sometimes produces worse performance and other times similar but not feeling as good, until you find the best performance according to the feelings of the player, and this is confirmed by the launch monitor data.

His trainer Carlos Vivas, golf coach of the Junior Golf Academy reads the FlightScope data and comments: “The most significant thing is that just with the standard configuration he has already produced a better Smash Factor. He’s gone from 1.45 with the AeroBurner to 1.49 with the M1. The golf ball comes out faster and reaches more distance with less launch spin. Spin has reduced from 3000 to 2500 rpm, and flight distance has reached an average of 250m, 5m more of carry and with a shaft that isn’t his… If you count the bounce and roll of the golf ball, he could easily make 15m more. This is a very good driver, and the best thing is that you can make multiple combinations to find what works best for you.”

TEST-M1-05

“Looking at the driver optimizing section of the FlightScope, taking Enrico’s best numbers, he’d get a carry of 290m.”

To give it the final touch, you can choose the M1 from three stock shaft options: Fujikura Pro 60 gives you a high launch, the Mitsubishi KuroKage TiNi Silver 60 is mid, and the Aldila Rogue Black 70 is low. TaylorMade also offers 19 additional shafts without charge, with different models of Fujikura (Fuji Pro, Pro 70, Speeder), Matrix Ozik (White, Red and Black Tie), Aldila (Rogue and Tour) and Mitsubishi; and another 9 with charge, UST (Elements CHROME), Mitsubishi (Diamana and Fubuki), Project X Graphite Design 65 (Tour AD). So you can choose from 22 high quality shafts at the same price.  And if you prefer a more pro head, you can choose the M1 430 cc driver.

As a result of the multiple options we can say that the M1 is a driver for everyone who is looking to maximize their performance off the tee, and wants or can afford to invest in improving the performance of their golf bag.

TAYLORMADE M1 DRIVER

  • Reviewed club: M1 Driver (10.5º, Fujikura Pro 60 shaft, flex Regular).
  • Tester: Enrico Rissi (+0.3 hcp), CG Sant Cugat promising young golfer.
DESIGN
DISTANCE
ACCURACY
FORGIVENESS
FEELING
OPTIONS
VALUE
FOR… Mid Handicaps and professionals
AVERAGE

 Due to its premium production, technological reliability and capacity for personalization, the M1 TaylorMade driver raises the threshold of performance in the category of drivers. Choosing the ball flight effect, and especially the spin, as we have experienced, guarantees the excitement of going further, under greater control.

 Given its high level of technology and performance, little can detract from the M1. Its high price means it won’t be affordable for everyone. And to buy it directly off the shelf is not the best option. It is recommendable to go through a fitting with a launch monitor to find the configuration and spin that will get you the most distance.

M1 DRIVER TECHNICAL FEATURES

TEST-M1-11

  • TaylorMade Longest: Built with extremely low CG that allows for an efficient power transfer for more ball speed.
  • Personal Fit System: A Tour-Level fitting without the truck.
  • Loft Sleeve: A 4º (+/-2º), 12-position, sleeve for the golfers preference of face angle, loft and lie.
  • T-Track System: Front Track, one 15-gram weight to provide multiple draw, neutral and fade settings; Back Track, one 10-gram weight adjusts for multiple high, medium and low launch and spin settings.
  • Head: Multi-material, 460cc or 430cc. Lofts: 460cc (8.5º, 9.5º, 10.5º, 12º); 430cc (8.5º, 9.5º, 10.5º). Lie: 58º-62º. Lenght: 45,5”. Swingweight: D4. Stock shaft options (flex): Fujikura Pro 60 (X, S, R, M); Mitsubushi KuroKage TiNi Silver 60 (X, S, R); Aldila Rogue Silver 70 (X, S). Grip: TaylorMade Lamkin Performance 360 (52g). Left handed: 460cc (9.5º, 10.5º); 430cc (9.5º, 10.5º).
  • RPP: 599 €.

TEST-M1-10

Drivers, Drivers, Reviews, TaylorMade Golf

Review: MiniDriver TaylorMade Golf AeroBurner

TaylorMade-MiniDriver-01

August 14, 2015 – Innovating to fill gaps within the woods category, last year TaylorMade Golf launched the Mini Driver SLDR. Well, this year it’s taken the club to the next level with the launch of the Mini Driver AeroBurner, #MadeofSpeed. This club was originally designed for those who usually get off the tee with a 3-wood, but it’s shown that it is helpful in more areas for golfers of all levels!

The Mini Driver SLDR was very well received as an alternative for anyone who doesn’t feel comfortable with the driver. Now, taking advantage of the knowledge applied in the development of that club, and integrating it into the AeroBurner family, you can interpret the club as the reduced version of the AeroBurner driver or as an enlarged AeroBurner fairway wood, depending on how you look at it, embodied in the Mini Driver AeroBurner.

TaylorMade-MiniDriver-02

At first glance it features the same design and technologies as the other AeroBurner metal woods, in terms of the Speed ​​Pocket and aerodynamics, but then we looked at the 253cc head (the Mini Driver SLDR has 260cc). This means that in terms of volume, it doesn’t have an intermediate size, being much smaller than the AeroBurner driver (with 207cc less), and bigger than the 3 AeroBurner 3-wood (just 88cc more).

TaylorMade-Maderas-AeroBurner

Looking at the most similar lofts, you have the driver in 12º and HL (High Launch) and the fairway wood in 15º (3) and 16.5º (3HL), while the Mini Driver is in 12º, 14º and 16º. It’s also important to compare the shaft length of the driver (45.75″), the mini driver (43.5″) and the fairway wood (43.25″). So, with this feature it is also closer to the fairway than to the driver.

TaylorMade-MiniDriver-07

The titanium head has a spectacular white crown with a subtly placed logo as alignment aid, and a contrasting black PVC face, all superbly proportioned. The centre of the crown is raised, and the lateral flanks are roughened to reduce air drag. And the other aerodynamic factor is the new fin on the hosel, which is barely visible but helps to increase the speed of the head during the downswing.

TaylorMade-MiniDriver-05

Looking the sole, there’s a Speed ​​Pocket, painted in red, which has been elongated as much as possible. This increases the sweet spot and keeps up the ball speed while reducing the spin, which is one of the factors of this club’s high performance.

TaylorMade-MiniDriver-03

From the tee, I find both the sound and the feel are fabulous. You hit effortlessly with a powerful flight, high enough, and penetrating, and it seems more sensitive than the driver given its smaller size. I would say that hitting the ball from the fairway with this 12º club is a bit more difficult, with a slightly lower trajectory in its flight, but it’s the Speed ​​Pocket that makes it easier for you.

Where the Mini Driver AeroBurner gains accuracy is with the Matrix Speed RUL-Z 60 shaft of 43.5”, 2.25” shorter than the driver, and more or less the same length as the drivers year ago, when their heads were less pronounced. It may seem harder to hit the ball with the mini than with the driver, but there is no doubt that it’s more manageable to swing, and the player who tends to miss-hit with the driver can gain more distance with a shorter shaft, hitting with more confidence and with less dispersion. On the other hand, better players can enjoy greater control of shots and keep the ball flight low from the fairway in a links or in windy conditions.

TaylorMade-MiniDriver-08

Well, the idea of the Mini Driver AeroBurner seduces, although you’ll have to see if you’ve got room for it in your golf bag. You can replace the driver or the 3-wood with it, and reconfigure your bag with, for example, three AeroBurners: the driver (10.5°), the mini driver (14º) and a 5-wood (18°) to keep the distances between the clubs rather than going for hybrids.

In any case, as the TaylorMade Golf AeroBurner family offers a full range of possibilities aimed at a wide range of golfers, it’s best to try it out for yourself before taking any decision.

We went to El Golf Vallés (Barcelona, Spain) to gather the opinions of the professional golfer Daniel Sanchez and two amateur players, with low and middle handicaps, after trying it out. Here are their impressions:

TaylorMade-MiniDriver-04

Daniel Sanchez: Professional. Age: 40. Years playing: 30. Course: RCG El Prat and El Vallés Golf.

“The MiniDriver is very good, but I like drivers more. I think it is right for the player who has a lot of dispersion with the driver. This gives an alternative off the tee with a penetrating trajectory. In my opinion, it is more like a 3-wood than the driver itself, and to get the best performance from it you need to play at a high level.”

Xavier Serra: Handicap 5. Age: 19. Years playing: 3. Course: El Valles Golf.

“I’ve never tried a Mini Driver before. The impact is very easy, but personally I wouldn’t put it in the bag, because it doesn’t give me as much distance as the driver, or as much accuracy as I get with my 3-wood.”

Joan Martinez: Handicap 20.4. Age: 37. Years playing: 4. Course: El Valles Golf.

“It handles well, very comfortable. I like the design because it’s different, but also the address takes a little getting used to at first. I would use it for example in a narrow fairway, when you need more precision.”

TaylorMade-MiniDriver-06

TAYLORMADE MINI DRIVER AEROBURNER

  • Club reviewed: Mini Driver, 14º loft, Matrix Speed RUL-Z 60 graphite shaft, flex R.
  • Testers: Daniel Sánchez, Xavier Serra, Joan Martínez.
DESIGN
 [rating: level=”4.5″]
DISTANCE [rating: level=”4″]
ACCURACY [rating: level=”3.5″]
FORGIVENESS [rating: level=”4″]
FEELING [rating: level=”4.5″]
OPTIONS [rating: level=”4″]
VALUE [rating: level=”3.5″]
FOR… Low and Mid Handicaps
AVERAGE
 [rating: level=”4″]

 The Mini Driver AeroBurner may seem a small driver or an enlarged fairway, but it works very well, and is a attractive incentive for the game. It’s useful from the tee, but also from the fairway, and doesn’t require extra effort or swing change to launch the ball well, just like a fairway wood.

 The idea of the ​​Mini Driver is not for everyone. It can take some getting used to. Space needs to be found in the golf bag or choice has to be made about which club to replace. Its role might be as a drive or a 3-wood, or indeed both!

TaylorMade-MiniDriver-09

TECHNICAL FEATURES

TM-AeroBurner-Mini-Driver-2

  • Available in two models: Standard and TP.
  • Lofts AeroBurner Mini-Driver Standard: 12º, 14º, 16º
  • Lofts AreoBurner Mini-Driver TP: 12º, 14º
  • New aerodynamic shape with a shallow face, raised centre crown and new hosel fin
  • New Speed Pocket increases the size of the sweet spot and reduces spin
  • Improved playability due to its larger hittable face area and decreased overall size (volume of 253cc)
  • New matte White finish, black PVD face, and linear AeroBurner Crown graphic make alignment easy
  • Built with the new lightweight Matrix Speed RUL-Z 60 shaft (X, S, R, M flex) and TaylorMade Speed grip
  • TP model designed with a longer hosel, flatter lie, and more open face angle
  • TP model built with new Matrix Ozik White Tie 70X4 shaft (flex X, S, M) and new Lamkin UTx grip
  • Several aftermarket shafts and grips available to customize the AeroBurner
  • RRP: Standard, 279 €; TP, 349 €.
DP World Tour, TaylorMade Golf, What's in the bag…

TaylorMade Golf – Richie Ramsay wins Trophee Hassan II with RSi irons

Richie-Hassan-II

March 30, 2015 – TaylorMade–adidas Golf staff professional Richie Ramsay has claimed his third European Tour title with a one shot victory at the Trophee Hassan II in Morocco.

ADV_150309 MyGolfWay Web Banners - Leaderboard Boost [ 300x250px ]Ramsay’s win is the first worldwide for TaylorMade’s of the new RSi irons in 2015, featuring Face Slot Technology for increased distance control by protecting ball speed on off-centre hits toward the heel and toe.

Richie Ramsay has in his golf bag a half set of RSi TP irons (6-PW) with Dynamic Gold S400 shafts. This is the first week he’s played the new irons, having praised them as soon as he hit them.

AlsoRamsay’s win is another for adidas Golf’s new adipower Boost footwear, having also been worn by Jason Day, Brandt Snedeker and Dustin Johnson in their victories on the PGA Tour earlier this season.

adidas-Golf-boost-shoes

With the win, Richie Ramsay achieved his third European Tour victory and his fifth worldwide, earning him exemption on the European Tour through 2017.

What’s in Ramsay’s golf bag?

  • Driver: TaylorMade JetSpeed (9.5º, Mitsubishi Rayon Diamana S)
  • Fairway wood: TaylorMade JetSpeed (15º, aldila RIP 65 X)
  • Hybrid: Adams Pro Mini (20º, Aldila NV 85 S)
  • Irons: TaylorMade Rocketbladez Tour (3-5); TaylorMade RSi TP (6-PW)
  • Wedges: Cleveland Golf 588 RTX (52º, 56º, 60º)
  • Putter: Odyssey W/H XG #7
  • Golf ball: TaylorMade Tour Preferred X
  • Footwear: adidas Golf adipower Boost
  • Glove: TaylorMade Tour Preferred
Golf Companies, TaylorMade Golf

TaylorMade Golf – David Abeles, named CEO and President of the Company

TMaG-Fachada

March 27, 2015 – The adidas Group has appointed David Abeles as CEO of TaylorMade Golf Company with immediate effect.  Abeles succeeds Ben Sharpe, who has decided to leave the company for personal reasons. Abeles will report directly into adidas Group CEO Herbert Hainer.

David-AbelesDavid Abeles rejoined the company as President of TaylorMade and Adams Golf last month. A 12-year veteran of TaylorMade Golf, Abeles brings a deep executive skill set, leadership competence and business acumen built both within the golf industry as well as in the world of sports.

Most recently the CEO of the Competitor Group Inc., Abeles is widely respected within the golf community for his relationships and energetic connection with both the retailer and consumer.

Herbert Hainer, CEO of the adidas Group, said: “David has a proven track record of success and leadership excellence. I am convinced that David will lead our golf business into the next era of growth. At the same time, I would like to thank Ben for his passion and many contributions to our company over the last nine years and I wish him all the best for his professional and private future.”

Irons, TaylorMade Golf

TaylorMade Golf – AeroBurner irons, unsurpassed stability and explosive distance

AeroBurner-Irons-2015

March 23, 2015 – An all-new product from TaylorMade Golf are the AeroBurner irons, following in the footsteps of the AeroBurner metalwoods. Built for distance through speed, AeroBurner irons are designed with a new performance package to deliver unsurpassed stability and explosive distance.

ADV_150309 MyGolfWay Web Banners - Leaderboard RSi [ 300x250px ]Stretching the limits of innovation, the AeroBurner iron features an up-to-the-limit COR face design engineered to maximise ball speed off the clubface.

A low centre of gravity (CG) generates high launch and great feel throughout the set.

Additionally, the high-MOI head design provides enhanced forgiveness and stability on balls hit across the clubface.

AeroBurner-Irons-3

To create the ultimate distance iron, engineers have optimised loft and CG placement for consistent, powerful shot-making from any lie. Incorporating TaylorMade’s revolutionary Speed Pocket Technology to promote higher launch angles and more ball speed, AeroBurner irons protect ball speed on shots hit low on the face for a more consistent shot on mis-hits.

Aesthetically, the AeroBurner irons feature a dark, matte head finish found most recently in the SpeedBlade irons. The darker finish reduces glare off the clubface while delivering a sleek look. A longer blade length, more offset and thicker topline give golfers an inspiring, confidence-boosting appearance at address.

AeroBurner-Irons-2

“The AeroBurner iron breaks the mould of the typical distance iron and brings distance to all golfers,” said Tomo Bystedt, TaylorMade’s Director of Product Creation. “Never before has up-to-the-limit COR speed and distance been delivered in such an easy-to-play and confidence-inspiring package. Distance has now come to all golfers.”

AEROBURNER IRONS SPECIFICATIONS

AeroBurner-Iron-4

Performance: New package, unsurpassed playability meets explosive distance:

    • Up-to-the-limit COR face design maximizes ball speed.
    • Low CG generates high launch and great feel.
    • High-MOI head design provides forgiveness and stability.
    • Optimized loft and CG placement for consistent, powerful shot-making.

Speed Pocket: Configured for higher launch and more ball speed on low-face miss-hits

Shape: Longer blade length, more offset and thicker top line gives the golfer maximum confidence at address

Finish: Dark, matte head finish for reduced glare and sleek look

Stock shafts: REAX 88 High Launch Steel shafts and AeroBurner REAX 60 graphite shafts engineered with low kick point for higher ball flight and more distance (flex Stiff, Regular, Senior and Ladies).

Availability: 27th of March.

RRP: 749 €, Steel shaft; 869 €, Graphite.

Putters, TaylorMade Golf

TaylorMade Golf – Introduction of new Ghost Tour Black series of putters

TaylorMade-Ghost-Tour-Black-putter-1

March 20, 2015 – TaylorMade Golf today announced the release of the new Ghost Tour Black Series putters, inspired by the company’s four most classic shapes and updated with a new deep-milled aluminium insert to deliver an aesthetically pleasing, tour-validated line up – offering the perfect blend of performance and craftsmanship in each piece.

TAY_12506-R15-Web-Banner-(300px-x-250px)-ENGLISH_v2The Ghost Tour Black series, already in play on various Tours worldwide, is comprised of two blade styles: Daytona and Indy, as well as two mallet styles: Maranello and Monte Carlo, each seductively designed to deliver the sound and feel demanded by the game’s best players in traditional putter shapes.

Ghost Tour Black putters feature a rich, dark glare-resistant PVD coating, designed to deflect the sun’s rays and deliver a visually attractive design to complement the line’s performance features. The contrasting white line on the trailing edge forms a confidence-inspiring alignment aid and race-inspired paint schematics add a sleek, fast appearance.

TaylorMade-Ghost-Tour-Black-3

In addition to the new matte black finish, highlighting the Ghost Tour Black series is the introduction of a deep-milled 6061 aluminium insert, inspired by Tour player feedback and engineered to deliver a crisp, clean feel off the putter face and a smooth, accurate roll.

The rough surface of the Ghost Tour Black’s deep-milled insert softens the sound at impact, delivering more auditory feedback preferred by better players. The aluminium insert differs from the polymer found in the original Ghost Tour line in that it provides a wider variance in sound off the clubface, allowing players to more accurately determine how well they’ve struck a putt. 

“With Ghost Tour Black, we’ve taken tour-proven, classic designs and updated them with an all-new milled aluminium insert to give golfers precise auditory feedback,” said Clay Long, TaylorMade’s Director of Putter Product Creation. “These putters have been meticulously engineered to deliver golfers the sound, feel and performance sought by the best players in the world.”

TaylorMade-Ghost-Tour-Black-putter-2

SPECIFICATIONS

TaylorMade-Ghost-Tour-Black-4

  • Finish: Matte black, for reduced glare.
  • Insert: Milled 6061 aluminium, for tour inspired feel and sound.
  • Shapes: Tour validated, provide confidence at address.
  • Models: Daytona, Indy, Maranello, Monte Carlo.
  • Length: 33”, 34” and 35” each model.
  • Grip: Golf Pride rubber red cap,for enhanced feel.
  • Availability: 20th March.
  • RRP: 179 €.
Golf Balls

TaylorMade Golf – New AeroBurner Pro Ball, fast and long with Tour stopping power

AeroBurner-Pro-Ball

ADV_150309 MyGolfWay Web Banners - Leaderboard Boost [ 300x250px ]March 18, 2015 – Following the launch of the AeroBurner Driver, AeroBurner Mini Driver and AeroBurner Irons this year, TaylorMade Golf also introduce the AeroBurner Pro Golf Ball that complete the AeroBurner franchise in 2015 and deliver golfers speed, distance and power from tee to green.

The AeroBurner Pro golf ball is a three-piece ball engineered for high ball speeds off the clubface, designed to deliver speed and distance with tour-level stopping power.The spin control and soft feel come from the interface of TaylorMade’s Spin Mantle and proprietary Iothane cover.

TAYLORMADE AEROBURNER PRO GOLF BALL

KEY FACTORS

Being a bomber, you want a ball that enhances your bomber-ness. That’s why TaylorMade has engineered the 3-piece Ionomer to explode off the face faster, stay in the air longer and go flat-out far, withpout skimping on feel or control.

TECHNOLOGY

  • The speed comes from TaylorMade high-energy REACT core that stores and releases energy with incredible efficiency.
  • The hang-time comes from TaylorMade gravity-defying, computer-modeled 342 High-lift. Low-Drag dimple pattern.
  • The spin-control and soft feel come from the interface pf TaylorMade Spin Mantle and proprietary Iothane cover.

RRP: Dozen box, €30.00.

Drivers, Equipment, Fairway Woods, TaylorMade Golf

TaylorMade Golf – AeroBurner Mini Driver: driver alternative or 3-wood replacement

TM-AeroBurner-Mini-Driver-Portada

March 13, 2015 – Completing the new AeroBurner metalwood franchise of TaylorMade Golf for 2015, the AeroBurner Mini Driver is a golf club engineered for players who commonly drive with their 3-wood. It has a 253cc clubhead equipped with a 43.5” shaft, designed to deliver even more speed and forgiveness than the SLDR Mini Driver.

TAY_12506-R15-Web-Banner-(300px-x-250px)-ENGLISH_v2The Mini Driver is a new category from TaylorMade, delivering golfers 2 club options in 1; a driver alternative or a 3-wood replacement.

Many of the same features engineered into the other AeroBurner metalwoods are now part of this new category. Like all of the AeroBurner metalwoods, the AeroBurner Mini Driver is “Made of Speed”.

Check out Hank Haney’s explanation of how the AeroBurner Mini Driver can help golfers of all abilities!

Taking everything they’ve learned from the development of SLDR Mini Driver, engineers have taken AeroBurner Mini Driver to the next level, designing a product with a new aerodynamic shape, shallow face, raised centre crown and incorporated a new hosel fin, created to maximise clubhead speed during the downswing. With emphasis placed on low-forward CG, Mini Driver delivers driver-like launch conditions off the tee with remarkable accuracy.

TM-AeroBurner-Mini-Driver

Additionally, similar to the entire AeroBurner metalwood family, Mini Driver features the biggest open channel Speed Pocket of any TaylorMade metalwood in company history, increasing the size of the sweet spot while reducing spin. A larger hittable face area and decreased overall size promote improved playability in a confidence-inspiring shape.

“The SLDR Mini Driver captivated golfers on all skill levels by delivering better 3-wood performance from the tee,” said Brian Bazzel, TaylorMade’s Senior Director of Metalwood Creation. “With AeroBurner, we’ve now designed a metalwood that delivers even more speed and forgiveness to this new, popular club type.”

Aesthetically, engineers developed the crown of AeroBurner Mini Driver with a new matte white finish, a black PVD face and linear crown graphic, features implemented to facilitate easy, accurate face alignment. The TP model is designed with a longer hosel, flatter lie angle and more open face angle.

TECHNICAL FEATURES

TM-AeroBurner-Mini-Driver-2

  • Available in two models: Standard and TP.
  • Lofts AeroBurner Mini-Driver Standard: 12º, 14º, 16º
  • Lofts AreoBurner Mini-Driver TP: 12º, 14º
  • New aerodynamic shape with a shallow face, raised centre crown and new hosel fin
  • New Speed Pocket increases the size of the sweet spot and reduces spin
  • Improved playability due to its larger hittable face area and decreased overall size (volume of 253cc)
  • New matte White finish, black PVD face, and linear AeroBurner Crown graphic make alignment easy
  • Built with the new lightweight Matrix Speed RUL-Z 60 shaft (X, S, R, M flex) and TaylorMade Speed grip
  • TP model designed with a longer hosel, flatter lie, and more open face angle
  • TP model built with new Matrix Ozik White Tie 70X4 shaft (flex X, S, M) and new Lamkin UTx grip
  • Several aftermarket shafts and grips available to customize the AeroBurner
  • RRP: Standard, 279 €; TP, 349 €.
  • Availability: At retail on March 27th.
Golf Companies

TaylorMade Golf – Completion of the restructure of the executive team

TMaG-Fachada

February 15, 2015 – TaylorMade Golf has announced the completion of the restructure of its executive team by adding three new team members. Ben Sharpe, TaylorMade’s CEO since June 2014, has been making significant strides in restructuring the internal organisation. The three new appointments are all former TaylorMade executives: David Abeles, President of TaylorMade and Adams Golf, Bob Maggiore, Chief Marketing Officer, and Jeff Barker, Chief Financial Officer.

“We have three great executives, each with proven success in the industry and with our brands, rejoining the team,” said Ben Sharpe. “We now have the executive talent to execute the game plan we have established for long-term success.”

David Abeles rejoins the company as President of TaylorMade and Adams Golf. A 12-year veteran of the company, Abeles brings a deep executive skill set, leadership competence and business acumen built both within the golf industry as well as in world of sports. Most recently the CEO of the Competitor Group Inc., Abeles returns to oversee the global business operations for the TaylorMade and Adams Golf brands. Within the golf community, Abeles is widely respected for his relationships and energetic connection with both the retailer and consumer.

Bob Maggiore is widely recognised for leading the TaylorMade brand to unprecedented heights. Maggiore’s understanding and passion for the industry, along with his strategic vision produced award-winning campaigns that led to runaway product success stories.  With a previous 16-years logged with the company, he returns with a renewed focus on creating an emotional connection with the golfer and igniting an energy in the marketplace through meaningful brand storytelling. Marketing and digital teams will report into Maggiore.

And Jeff Barker will rejoin the team in early March. He began his career in 2000 as an accountant and has taken growth assignments within TaylorMade and the adidas Group over his 15-year tenure with the company. In 2010, Barker took the role of Director, Finance and Operations for EMEA & Pacific at TaylorMade’s UK office. In his most recent role, Barker was the Finance Director for the adidas Group in Sao Paulo, Brazil, where he ensured profitable growth in a complex and legislative heavy market. He was also key in the successful sponsorship of the 2014 FIFA World Cup Brazil for adidas. Barker’s exceptional international business and financial background, along with his strong leadership and team building skills will bring valued long-term strategic thinking to the team.

PGA Tour, What's in the bag…

TaylorMade Golf – Jason Day wins Farmers Insurance, his third PGA Tour victory

Jason-Day-Farmers-Insurance-1

February 10, 2015 – Playing what is considered one of the sternest tests on the PGA Tour at the long and unforgiving pair of Torrey Pines layouts, it was TaylorMade Golf’s Jason Day who emerged victorious, winning a four man playoff on the South Course to capture the Farmers Insurance Open. The victory is Day’s second win in eight weeks, having also won the Franklin Templeton Shootout in December.

Complementing his bag full of TaylorMade clubs, Day wore adidas’ newest high-performance golf footwear, adipower boost, throughout the tournament. Boost is an industry-changing innovation years in the making, designed to deliver maximum energy return, responsiveness and unparalleled comfort by way of thousands of TPU energy capsules fused together by way of a proprietary high pressure steam moulding process.

Jason-Day-Farmers-3For the first time, designers have utilised tour-proven gripmore spikes of varying sizes, strategically locating them on the outsole to deliver improved and more efficient traction and stability where it’s needed most.

Jason Day added the R15 driver to his bag just ten days prior to the Franklin Templeton Shootout in December, becoming one of the first TaylorMade staff players to make the switch from SLDR. The R15 is offered in both black and white and features a desirable, playable pear-shape in two head sizes – 460cc and 430cc.

Also it was the #1 Driver model in play at this week’s tournament with 21 total in play (430 & 460).

Jason also added an AeroBurner HL Fairway which replaces the RBZ three wood which has been in his bag for the past three seasons. Day found his new AeroBurner fairway launched hotter, flew further and landed softer which enabled him to attack the challenging Torrey Pines layouts.

In Jason Day’s Bag:

Jason-Day-bag-Farmers-Insurance

  • Driver: TaylorMade Golf R15 460 (10.5º, Mitsubishi Kuro Kage 70x)
  • Fairway: TaylorMade Golf AeroBurner HL (16.5º, Mitsubishi Kuro Kage 70x)
  • Irons: TaylorMade Golf Tour Preferred MC 2014 (3-9, PW, True Temper Rifle 6.5)
  • Utility: TaylorMade Golf Tour Preferred MC 2011 (2 iron)
  • Wedges: TaylorMade Golf Tour Preferred (ATV Grind) (54º & 60º)
  • Putter: TaylorMade Golf Ghost Spider IB Putter
  • Bola: TaylorMade Golf Tour Preferred X
  • Footwear: adidas Golf adipower boost
  • Apparel: adidas Golf
  • Accessories: TaylorMade Golf Bag, Headwear & Glove

What is interesting to know:

  • The win is Jason Day’s third on the PGA Tour, having previously won the Byron Nelson Championship in 2010 and the WGC Accenture Match Play Championship last year.
  • Day’s win is his second with the R15 driver, which he added to the bag just ten days prior to capturing the Franklin Templeton Shootout in December.
  • Day used his new AeroBurner fairway wood which took the place of his trusty RBZ in his bag.
  • The win is the first for adidas Golf’s new adipower boost footwear, designed for the athlete to be the most comfortable, high-performance footwear the company has ever created.
  • With just under 40% of the field (61/156 players) playing a TaylorMade driver, the brand was once again the #1 Driver in play.
LPGA Tour

TaylorMade Golf – Paula Creamer signs a contract extension

Paula-Creamer-TMaG

January 8, 2015 – TaylorMade Golf Company, maker of the most-played driver on the PGA Tour for 14 years and counting, has announced the contract extension of LPGA player and long time brand ambassador, Paula Creamer (@ThePCreamer). Creamer, who first signed with TaylorMade shortly after turning professional in 2005, will continue to play TaylorMade metalwoods and irons as well as adidas Golf footwear, apparel and accessories. In the picture she already shows her new R15 driver.

Creamer, who has 10 career victories on the LPGA Tour, turned professional in 2005 after a remarkable amateur career that saw her win 19 national tournaments, 11 of those coming in American Junior Golf Association events. In her first year on the LPGA Tour, Creamer won the Sybase Classic, becoming the youngest winner of a multiple-round tournament in LPGA history. Two months later, Creamer won the Evian Masters by a resounding 8 strokes. Her performance in 2005 earned her LPGA Rookie of the Year honours as well as a coveted spot on the U.S. Solheim Cup Team, becoming the youngest player to do so. Since then, she has finished in the top 15 of the Women’s World Golf Rankings every year.

In her numbers there are also the 2010 U.S. Women’s Open title, 94 top-ten finishes and five Solheim Cup appearances.

“Since turning professional in 2005, Paula’s been an exemplary ambassador for our brands and the game of golf; an ideal role model for the next generation,” said Chuck Presto, Senior Vice President, Global Sports Marketing. “Her resounding popularity is indicative of not only of her performance on the course, but her engaging and genuine personality off of it. We’re proud to have Paula in the TaylorMade family.”

Irons

TaylorMade Golf – Robot testing helps validate RSi technology in new VIDEO

TaylorMade-Rsi-Irons-Robot-Testing-Video

December 9, 2014 – The new RSi Irons from TaylorMade Golf have already been helping golfers across the globe to improve their mis-hits since their release past November. Today the company showcase a video which uses robot testing to prove that when mis-hits happen, the RSi irons still enable golfers to attack the flag!

The robot testing shows an RSi 6-iron being hit to a green 175 yards away, from the centre, heel and toe with unbelievable results. If you don’t believe it, check it out for yourself below:

Face Slot technology provides greater consistency across the face of irons giving players improved performance on off-centre hits.

Equipment

TaylorMade Golf – The R15 #MadeofGreatness and AeroBurner #MadeofSpeed, revealed

TaylorMade-R15-Drivers

November 14, 2014 – TaylorMade Golf has taken another giant step in developing the most innovative and revolutionary metalwood technology, introducing today two new metalwood lines for 2015, the R15 and the AeroBurner.

R15: ‘Made of Greatness’

The R15 metalwood line, under the ‘Made of Greatness’ slogan, harnesses TaylorMade Golf world-class portfolio of technological advancements engineered over the last 15 years. The driver has an even lower and more forward centre of gravity (CG) than SLDR thanks to the Front Track system, which is 12mm closer to the leading edge with 40 more grams of weight forward.

In total, 75% of the mass is in the front of the driver. A low forward CG in combination with the more forward track and redesigned sliding weights in the R15 Driver helps to reduce spin by about 100 to 200rpm and increase launch by 0.5 to 1.0-degrees compared to the SLDR 460.

TaylorMade Golf expects the majority of its Tour players to play R15 with a white crown, although a gloss black version will be offered exclusively in R15 460.

“Everything we have learned on low-forward CG, sliding weight, Speed Pocket, and adjustability have gone into the R15, making this our most technologically advanced driver ever,” says Benoit Vincent, Vice President of Research and Development of the company.

About the R15 fairways and Rescues Brian Bazzel, Senior Director of Metalwood Product Creation, ads: “Bringing the Front Track system to the 3 wood allows us to get the best of all worlds, a system that creates more flexibility and speed while allowing us to effect shot shape.”

“The shape of the Rescues is very striking at address and will speak to the better player, while the performance of the club will speak to anyone who hits it.”

TM-R15-Drivers-2

The R15 metalwood line includes: R15 Driver (460cc) White; R15 Driver (460cc) Black; R15 Driver TP (460 cc) White; R15 430 Driver (430cc); R15 430 Driver TP (430cc); R15 Fairway; R15 Fairway TP; R15 Rescue; and R15 Rescue TP; with Fujikura Speeder shaft and custom.

TaylorMade-AeroBurner-2

AeroBurner: ‘Made of Speed’

With the AeroBurner metalwood line, under the ‘Made of Speed’ slogan, TaylorMade Golf have drastically improved the performance of the sole’s Speed Pocket and significantly improved the aerodynamics to deliver maximum speed to the golfer.

AeroBurner metalwoods feature an “Aero hosel,” a small fin located at the heel of the club to reduce drag, a raised centre crown and rounded toe section. All three of these variables work as a system to improve aerodynamics and lower drag force.

The AeroBurner family has the largest Speed Pocket ever, which enhances the sweet spot and protects ball speed on mishits. The AeroBurner fairway combines the size of the RocketBallz fairway channel with the technology of the through slot of the JetSpeed fairway to produce an ultimate Speed Pocket. Compared to the original RocketBallz, the AeroBurner has a face size that is 2.5mm shallower for better playability from the turf.

“With the AeroBurner Driver we’ve drastically improved the performance of the sole’s Speed Pocket and significantly improved the aerodynamics to deliver maximum speed to the golfer,” says Brian Bazzel.

“The AeroBurner Fairway with our largest Speed Pocket ever, we are now achieving driver-like launch conditions with a fairway wood. The name Burner has always stood for speed more specifically ball speed. Now we have introduced breakthroughs in aerodynamics to the Burner name that will also help increase club head speed,” ends saying Brian Bazel.

AeroBurner-1

The AeroBuner metalwood line includes: AeroBurner Driver (460cc); AeroBurner TP Driver (460cc); AeroBurner Fairway; AeroBurner TP Fairway; AeroBurner Rescue; AeroBurner TP Rescue, with Matrix Speed or Matrix Ozik shafts, and customizable.

Pricing, options and availability:

  • R15 460 Driver (9.5º, 10.5º, 12º, 14º) White RRP: 479 €.
  • R15 460 Driver (9.5º, 10.5º, 12º, 14º) Black RRP: 479 €.
  • R15 460 TP Driver (9.5º, 10.5º, 12º, 14º) RRP: 529 €.
  • R15 430 Driver (9.5º, 10.5º, 12º) RRP: 479 €.
  • R15 430 TP Driver (9.5º, 10.5º, 12º) RRP: 529 €.
  • R15 Fairway (3, 3HL, 5, 5HL) RRP: 279 €.
  • R15 TP Fairway (3, 3HL, 5, 5HL) RRP: 349 €.
  • R15 Rescue (2, 3, 4, 5) RRP: 229 €.
  • R15 TP Rescue (2, 3, 4) RRP: 279 €.
  • AeroBurner Driver (9.5º, 10.5º, 12º, HL) RRP: 329 €.
  • AeroBurner TP Driver (9.5º, 10.5º) RRP: 399 €.
  • AeroBurner Fairway (3, 3HL, 5, 5HL, 7) RRP: 229 €.
  • AeroBurner TP Fairway (3, 3HL, 5) RRP: 299 €.
  • AeroBurner Rescue (3, 4, 5, 6) RRP: 199 €.
  • AeroBurner TP Rescue (3, 4) RRP: 269 €.

Availability begins at retail January 9, 2015.

Irons

TaylorMade Golf – Introducing the RSi Irons with new Face Slot Technology

TaylorMade-RSi-irons-Portada

October 21, 2014 – Results gathered by TaylorMade Golf from thousands of golf club fittings revealed that 76% of all iron shots are mis-hits struck outside the centre of the face (where the fastest ball speeds are produced). This discovery led the company to the development of a revolutionary new technology, designed to improve consistency and distance on off-centre hits.

Introducing the new RSi iron family featuring Face Slot Technology, the next great innovation from the company that has pioneered the performance of the modern distance iron. “Face Slot Technology provides greater consistency across the face, giving players improved performance on mis-hits,” said Tomo Bystedt, TaylorMade’s Director of Product Creation for Irons, Putters & Wedges. “No golfer is perfect, not even the best players in the world hit the centre of the club every time. So with RSi, we’re giving all golfers a technology that can help their mis-hits perform more like pure strikes.”

Two years ago, TaylorMade introduced “Speed Pockets” (a small slot in the sole of the iron to improve shots struck low on the face of the iron). The company has taken everything it’s learned from the development of the Speed Pocket technology (originally introduced in its revolutionary RocketBallz fairway wood) and applied it to the iron face to activate the toe and heel areas to provide more uniform flexion across the face and protect ball speed on off-center hits.

TaylorMade-RSi-Irons-02

Face Slot Technology
Only available with RSi, Face Slots are found in the 3-8 irons. Positioned at the toe and heel, just outside the score lines and vertically spanning 35 to 38mm (depending on the iron number), the slots are cut all the way through the face and filled with a durable epoxy compound. The heel and toe slots allow the face to flex easily and protect ball speed for more consistent distance across the face.

Improved Speed Pocket
In addition to Face Slots, the improved Speed Pocket in the RSi iron features ThruSlot technology – engineered to activate the lower portion of the face by minimizing speed reduction and creating higher launch on shots hit below center. Like Face Slots, the Speed Pocket (found in the 3-7 irons) protects ball speed, launch angle and spin rate, especially on shots struck low on the face.

The two combine to give RSi a larger sweetspot with forgiveness near the toe, heel and bottom of the club.

RSi Lineup

TaylorMade-RSi-Irons-family

The family of RSi irons features three distinct models; each designed to appeal to the performance needs of different player types.

RSi 1 IRONS: This irons features TaylorMade’s Advanced Face Design – an engineering feat that incorporates the company’s thinnest face ever, a deep undercut and Inverted Cone Technology (to extend the COR zone) in order to promote greater ball speed. In addition, a stabilized head structure and multiple dampening systems resulted in improved sound and feel. The new REAX 90 steel shaft from True Temper helps optimize ball flight for max distance and performance. RRP RSi 1 (8 iron set): 859 € with steel shafts; 979 € with graphite shafts. Available from November 14, 2014.

RSi 2 IRONS: The most resounding characteristic of the RSi 2 irons are the Progressive Multi-Material Construction. The 3-5 irons are cast from 450 stainless steel with tungsten weighting to promote a lower CG and slightly higher flight. The mid irons (6-7) are cast of 450 stainless steel, as well. The high- strength material allowed engineers to make the face thinner, undercuts deeper and accommodate slot technology. The short irons (8, 9, PW) incorporate forged faces to promote feel and accuracy; and the wedges are completely forged, giving them the look, feel and workability desired by better players. RSi 2 irons come stock with the all-new KBS Tour 105 shaft. RRP RSi 2 (8 iron set): 999 € with steel shafts; 1.199 € with graphite shats. Available from November 14, 2014.

“The RSi 2 provides the ideal blend of performance and beauty,” said Tomo Bystedt. “We have combined a progressive multi-material construction with our most innovative performance technologies to provide the best of all worlds in a slim, beautiful package.”

RSi TP IRONS: The RSi TP irons combine the forged look and feel preferred by better players with Face Slot Technology. An advanced two-piece construction merges a premium 1025 forged carbon steel hosel/face with a 431 stainless steel back using plasma welding in the 3-7 irons. This construction provides the precision and feel of a forged iron with the advanced geometry of cast irons – delivering the best of both worlds. The short irons (8-PW) are classic forged heads with a slight muscle cavity. RSi TP irons come stock with the Tour-proven KBS Tour Steel Shaft. RRP RSi TP (8 iron set):

“The RSi TP irons were developed to deliver launch, consistency and feel to take performance to the next level for our Tour Professionals,” added Tomo Bystedt. “The shapes of these irons will be instantly pleasing to better players and will have the feel and workability that golfers expect in a forged product. It really is the best combination of performance, look and feel that we’ve created for the world’s best players.”

How the Face Slot Technology works

Pictures: ©Luis Corralo and TaylorMade Golf.

Blog, Equipment, Irons

TaylorMade Golf – Sergio Garcia, the star at the launch of the new RSi irons

Sergio-García-TaylorMade-RSi-irons-01

October 21, 2014 – TaylorMade Golf is revolutionizing the golf equipment industry again with the introduction of the new family of RSi irons with Face Slot Technology. This great innovation is leading the performance of modern distance irons, and is designed to help all kinds of golfers to improve the result of the mis-hits that fail to come off the centre of the clubface.

Invited by TaylorMade Golf, MyGolfWay.com went to the global launch of the RSi irons, held last 15th of October simultaneously in different parts of Europe and the U.S., where the Spanish golfer Sergio Garcia was at the centre of the stage. The event was organized in his club, CC del Mediterraneo (Castellón), with a exclusive demonstration for specialized golf media and a selection of retailers. Other European launches were also held at The Belfry and Wentworth (England), and in Bro Hof Golf (Sweden), featuring TaylorMade Golf staff players such as Graeme Storm, Kevin Pieterson, Johan Carlsson and Peter Hedblom.

Already wanting to put them in play and get the maximum performance from them in competition, Sergio Garcia commented: “The truth is that RSi offer something interesting, especially for the strokes that aren’t hit from the centre. That’s where these golf clubs will help more. A couple of years ago, with the Speed ​​Pocket, TaylorMade began helping, with those mis-hits from the lower area of the clubface. Now the company has gone one step further.”

Sergio-Garcia-TaylorMade-RSi-irons-00

“Really, and although people don’t believe it, we pros miss a lot of shots, although our failures tend to be a little better than amateurs’,” added Sergio Garcia.

“But what really matters is that there’s less difference in distance between centred and of-centred shots. Making the difference shorter, and getting our mis-hits a little closer to the pin, can gives us the chance to save one stroke per round which might, at the end of a tournament, make the difference which decides between winning or have possibilities of winning, or finishing 20th.”

Sergio-García-TaylorMade-RSi-irons-02

After the presentations we all went to the tee of hole 2, a par 3 of the course, where the No.3 of the Official World Golf Ranking made ​​a testimonial performance demonstration of the new RSi irons with Face Slot. Sergio began his series of shots with his current Tour Preferred MC 5 iron, and then went on with the new RSi 1, RSi 2 and RSi TP 5 irons under the supervision of José Enrique Ruiz-Giménez, head pro of TaylorMade Performance Lab (TMPL) in Madrid, and the FlightScope launch monitor so that an objective comparison could be made of the performance of the shots with each club.

Sergio-García-TaylorMade-RSi-irons-04

José Enrique Ruiz-Giménez pointed out that “it is known that 76% of the shots made by players are not hit with the sweet spot. What TaylorMade is looking for with the Face Slot technology is that the best players in the world, and especially amateurs of all handicaps, can benefit from this new technology.”

The FlightScope launch monitor could compare the Ball Speed, Smash Factor and Distance on off-centre hits of Sergio, considering a ‘mis-hit’ as a shot where the point of impact is 10 mm horizontally or 6 mm vertically away from the sweet spot.

Sergio-García-TaylorMade-RSi-irons-07

The stickers on the club face revealed the difficulty of always hitting the sweet spot, even for the best professionals in the world. Of Sergio’s 14 shots, only four were made from the exact centre of the clubface.

Sergio-García-TaylorMade-RSi-irons-06

What the Face Slot Technology does is to keep the ball speed from being sacrificed by mis-hits. In the attached statistical chart we can see that with the RSi 1, Sergio exceeds the 8 m/h ball speed of the Tour Preferred MC, which results in a longer shot, although this is not the iron that best suits his requirements, as the RSi 1 is oriented to the medium-high handicap golfer who is looking for extra distance. Where Sergio will benefit from the Slot Face is in a greater accuracy on off-centre hits.

From Smash Factor data, which measures the efficiency of hitting the ball, we can find out about distance and control effects, where we try to get the maximum accuracy possible with the shot.

Test-Hierros-RSi-Sergio-TaylorMade

The data reflects that the RSi TP irons don’t launch the ball as strongly as the RSi 1, but more like Sergio’s irons up to now, the Tour Preferred MC. The Face Slot of RSi increases the Smash Factor because the larger sweet spot ensures that even if you mis-hit the shot, the ball comes out almost at the same speed, and reaches a distance very similar to the ball hit from the centre of the clubface.

Sergio-García-TaylorMade-RSi-irons-08

After Sergio’s test, those present had the opportunity to experience and test the performance of the new technology at the driving range of CC del Mediterraneo. And our feeling with the RSi 1 was really positive. Being a very easy iron to move, with a very forgiving impact, and where the ball flies off powerfully and gains height quickly, it became clear that the Face Slot is a technology that really helps to improve our ‘usual’ mis-hits.

It is time to improve bad shots

The launch of the RSi irons is accompanied by the “Nobody’s Perfect” campaign, which highlights that even though Tour professionals find the centre of the clubface far more often than amateurs, of course even the best pros in the world, like Sergio Garcia, mis-hit the sweet spot more often than we think.

Sergio is regarded as one of the most consistent players on the PGA Tour when he has an iron in his hands, but the mis-hit is also a big factor for him. “I would say in a given round of golf, we probably mis-hit the ball at least 30% of the time,” said Sergio Garcia. “It’s increasingly difficult to hit the centre of the clubface every time. That’s why it’s important that the club you play helps those little mis-hits perform pretty much as well as your sweet spot shots.”

DP World Tour, Tournaments, What's in the bag…

TaylorMade Golf – David Lipsky, winner of Omega European Masters

Lipsky-Omega-European-Masters-2014

September 9, 2014 – Playing in the penultimate pairing, TaylorMade’s David Lipsky carded a final round 65, capped off by a sensational birdie on the 72nd hole to force a playoff at the Omega European Masters, at Crans-sur-Sierre GC, Switzerland.

Lipsky went on to win the all-TaylorMade playoff on the first hole for his maiden career victory on the European Tour over fellow staff player Graeme Storm with the victory also being the 39th worldwide win (all tours) for TaylorMade Drivers in 2014 in just the 37th week of the year.

Off the tee, the American of 26-year-old played the SLDR driver to hit consistently long and straight drives, and his 75% driving accuracy tied him for third in the field of 82. Lipsky also used a combo set of Tour Preferred MC/MB irons (3-4 MC & 5-9 MB), using them to finish second in the field in greens in regulation at 83.3%. In addition to his Tour Preferred irons, Lipsky also played the newly launched Tour Preferred Ultimate Driving Iron (UDI), coming in Europe in 2015.

Lipsky’s first career win on the European Tour and third victory worldwide is also another for the revolutionary speed pocket technology found in TaylorMade’s Tour Preferred irons.

In addition to his bag full of TaylorMade clubs, Lipsky wore adidas Golf apparel and pure 360 footwear throughout the tournament. Featuring clean, classic silhouettes, ultra-flexible outsoles and premium materials, the pure 360’s Thintech outsole features swing plane traction and a new midfoot cleat for incredible grip and stability throughout the swing.

What’s in Lipsky’s golf bag?

  • Driver: TaylorMade SLDR (9.5°)
  • Fairway: TaylorMade SLDR (15°)
  • Utility iron: TaylorMade Tour Preferred UDI #1 (16°)
  • Irons: TaylorMade Tour Preferred (3-4 MC & 5-PW MB)
  • Wedges: TaylorMade Tour Preferred (54° & 60°)
  • Putter: Odyssey Metal-X Milled 7
  • Ball: TaylorMade Tour Preferred X
  • Footwear: adidas Golf pure 360
  • Apparel: adidas Golf
  • Glove: TaylorMade
Drivers, Equipment, Golf & Apps, Golfstyle, GPS & Rangefinders

TaylorMade Golf – Free R1 Driver Tuning App

TaylorMade Golf R1 Driver Tuning App

February 18, 2013 – TaylorMade Golf has released the new R1 Tuning App, the best way to tune the R1 Driver, and make it YOUR1.

TaylorMade Golf R1 Driver Tuning AppThe R1 Tuning app can help golfers to get the most out of their R1 Driver to create a shot shape or fix a shot shape. So whether the golfers want to hit a high draw or need help correcting their slice, the R1 Tuning app will tell them how and where to adjust the settings.

Once the golfer has put in his handicap, if he is right or left handed and what the current R1 driver settings are, the R1 Tuning app will quickly guide him through a Tuning Session and provide him with a recommendation for his settings to achieve the desired shot shape (see the iPhone Screenshots).

TaylorMade Golf recommend using this app whilst on the range during the practice sessions so that players can provide the app with accurate feedback on their shot shape before and after they have adjusted the R1 driver into the recommended settings.

Once they have tuned the R1 driver, why not share new settings with friends via the Twitter, Facebook and Email share functionality.

KEY FEATURES:



  • TaylorMade Golf R1 Driver Tuning AppDownload: Free download from iTunes. Version 1.0. Size 13.0 MB. Languages: English, German.
  • Tune: Make it YOUR1 by tuning the R1 driver to achieve the desired shot shape.
  • Locate: Find the nearest TaylorMade retailer to take the tuning to another level with a professional custom fitting session.
  • Register: Provide with the unique details of your R1 driver and sign up to TaylorMade Golf email alerts

.
  • About: Learn more about the R1 driver and watch R1 driver videos

.
  • Help: You can also get help on how to adjust your Loft, Face Angle or Shot Shape weights easily at anytime.
  • Requirements: Compatible with iPhone 3GS, iPhone 4, iPhone 4S, iPhone 5, iPod touch (3rd generation), iPod touch (4th generation), iPod touch (5th generation) and iPad. Requires iOS 5.0 or later. This app is optimized for iPhone 5.

More information at iTunes R1 Tuning by TaylorMade Golf.

DP World Tour, Tournaments, What's in the bag…

Sergio and his TaylorMade arsenal

Picture: Andalucía Masters (F. Herranz)

 

October 31, 2011 – After winning the Castelló Masters with a convincing victory of 11 strokes ahead, Sergio Garcia achieved his second consecutive win at the Andalucia Masters in Sotogrande, playing the R11 driver, Tour Preferred irons and putter MB Ghost TM-880, all from TaylorMade. The 31-year old Spaniard has recovered the pulse of the European Tour, dressed by adidas Golf and wearing the new TOUR360 ATV shoes, also from adidas Golf, on his way towards his 15th international victory. By winning at Valderrama, Sergio has returned to the list of Top-20 world ranking players and is now leading the European race towards the Ryder Cup.

Sergio’s victory is the 49th win for TaylorMade Golf drivers this season on the international scene, demonstrating the leadership of the brand in this club category.

What’s in Sergio’s bag?

  • Driver: R11 (9 degree)
  • Fairway woods: Burner Superfast 2.0 (15 and 18 degrees)
  • Irons: Tour Preferred MB (3-9)
  • Wedges: Tour Preferred MB PW and xFT (50 and 58 degrees)
  • Putter: Ghost TM-880
  • Ball: Penta TP
  • Apparel: adidas Golf
  • Shoe: adidas TOUR360 ATV